WO2024037640A1 - Cleaning equipment - Google Patents

Cleaning equipment Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024037640A1
WO2024037640A1 PCT/CN2023/113847 CN2023113847W WO2024037640A1 WO 2024037640 A1 WO2024037640 A1 WO 2024037640A1 CN 2023113847 W CN2023113847 W CN 2023113847W WO 2024037640 A1 WO2024037640 A1 WO 2024037640A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
cleaning
component
height
mop
assembly
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/113847
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
张涛
周彬
邱锐
孙佳佳
丘伟楠
杨咚浩
邓晶
刘广宇
舒忠义
严松
刘璎皞
花天宇
詹镇伟
马怀超
夏磊
关奥
霍江浩
张聪
Original Assignee
追觅创新科技(苏州)有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202222182410.5U external-priority patent/CN218045012U/en
Priority claimed from PCT/CN2023/100210 external-priority patent/WO2023241628A2/en
Application filed by 追觅创新科技(苏州)有限公司 filed Critical 追觅创新科技(苏州)有限公司
Publication of WO2024037640A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024037640A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47LDOMESTIC WASHING OR CLEANING; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47L11/00Machines for cleaning floors, carpets, furniture, walls, or wall coverings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47LDOMESTIC WASHING OR CLEANING; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47L11/00Machines for cleaning floors, carpets, furniture, walls, or wall coverings
    • A47L11/40Parts or details of machines not provided for in groups A47L11/02 - A47L11/38, or not restricted to one of these groups, e.g. handles, arrangements of switches, skirts, buffers, levers

Definitions

  • the invention belongs to the field of cleaning technology, and specifically relates to a cleaning device and cleaning equipment.
  • the cleaning equipment has gradually been used in household floor cleaning. It has many advantages such as labor saving and good cleaning effect.
  • the cleaning equipment includes a cleaning device. When the cleaning equipment performs cleaning work, the cleaning device contacts the surface to be cleaned to clean the surface to be cleaned.
  • the installation position of the cleaning device is usually fixed.
  • cleaning equipment often switches cleaning scenes during the cleaning process. For example, when cleaning equipment cleans the living room after cleaning the bedroom, when passing through the carpet placed in the living room, due to the fixed installation position of the cleaning device, the cleaning device will come into contact with the carpet, thereby causing contamination to the carpet.
  • the cleaning equipment encounters large obstacles such as stones during the cleaning process, due to the fixed position of the cleaning device, friction will occur between the cleaning device and the obstacle, causing wear and tear on the cleaning device. Reduce the cleaning efficiency of the cleaning device.
  • the technical problem to be solved by the present invention is how to ensure the cleaning efficiency of the cleaning device in different cleaning scenarios.
  • the present invention provides a cleaning equipment, including:
  • the lifting structure includes a driving component and a threaded mechanism; the threaded mechanism is connected to a cleaning component;
  • At least one matching piece is provided on the body
  • the threaded mechanism is in contact with the mating piece, so that the driving component drives the threaded mechanism to rise and fall, so as to drive the cleaning component to rise and fall between the working position and the non-working position; the cleaning component is lifted and lowered.
  • the fitting part remains stationary relative to the cleaning component or the body;
  • the driving assembly drives the threaded mechanism to drive the cleaning assembly to rotate, and a rotational abutment and/or an interference flexible abutment is formed between the threaded mechanism and the matching piece.
  • the technical solution provided by the present invention has the following advantages: a driving component and a threaded mechanism are provided, and the threaded mechanism connects the driving component and the cleaning component.
  • the driving component drives the cleaning component through the threaded mechanism. Switching between the working position and the non-working position enables the cleaning component to be displaced in the height direction to realize the lifting and lowering of the cleaning component to cope with different cleaning scenarios, thereby ensuring the cleaning efficiency of the cleaning device;
  • the lifting transmission assembly also includes a rotating body that abuts against the outer surface of the threaded mechanism.
  • the rotating body and the threaded mechanism are rotationally abutted to avoid the occurrence of interference between the rotating body and the first rotating member. Sliding friction causes wear between the rotating body and the first rotating member, thereby improving the reliability of the lifting and lowering of the cleaning assembly.
  • the present invention also provides a method for disassembling a mop component of a self-moving device.
  • the self-moving device includes a connecting component, and the mop component is detachably connected to the connecting component; along the height direction of the self-moving device, the The connection component has at least a fourth height and a second height and/or a third height lower than the fourth height; at least at the second height and/or the third height, the mop component can be connected to the connection component ;
  • the method includes:
  • the task to be cleaned of the self-mobile device does not use the mop component, and the self-mobile device is located in a cleaning base station, control the connection component from the second The height or third height rises to a fourth height to separate the mop assembly from the connection assembly on the mobile device at the fourth height.
  • the invention also provides a cleaning device for cleaning equipment, including a cleaning component; a driving component suitable for connecting the cleaning equipment; and a lifting transmission component including a threaded mechanism and an outer surface that at least partially offsets the outer surface of the threaded mechanism.
  • the rotating body, the threaded mechanism is connected to the cleaning component and the driving component respectively; the cleaning component has a working position and a non-working position arranged along the height direction of the cleaning equipment, and the driving component is suitable for driving all
  • the threaded mechanism drives the cleaning component to switch between the working position and the non-working position, and drives the threaded mechanism to drive the cleaning component to rotate in the working position; wherein, at least when the cleaning component is located When the working position is rotated, the rotating body is in rotational contact with the threaded mechanism.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a cleaning device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 2 is a partial structural schematic diagram of a cleaning device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view of Figure 1;
  • Figure 4 is a partial schematic diagram of Figure 3;
  • Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of the explosion in Figure 1;
  • Figure 6 is another explosion diagram of Figure 1;
  • Figure 7 is a schematic structural diagram of an installation component according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic structural diagram of the first rotating member according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic structural diagram of the second rotating member according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a cleaning device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a cleaning device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic cross-sectional view of Figure 11;
  • Figure 13 is a schematic diagram of the explosion in Figure 11;
  • Figure 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a cleaning device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 15 is a schematic cross-sectional view of Figure 14;
  • Figure 16 is a schematic diagram of the explosion in Figure 14;
  • Figure 17 is a schematic three-dimensional structural diagram of a cleaning device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 18 is a schematic top view of the structure of Figure 17;
  • Figure 19 is a cross-sectional structural schematic diagram of the A-A section of Figure 18;
  • Figure 20 is a schematic cross-sectional structural view of the B-B section of Figure 18;
  • Figure 21 is a schematic exploded view of the second rotating member of the cleaning device according to one embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 22 is a schematic structural diagram of the sealing structural member when the cleaning assembly is in a retracted position according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • Figure 23 is a schematic structural diagram of the sealing structure when the cleaning assembly is in the swing-out position according to one embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 24 is a schematic diagram of the installation structure of the sealing structure according to one embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 25 is a schematic structural diagram of a sealing structural member according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 26 is a schematic diagram of the installation structure of the sliding sealing plate according to one embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 27 is a schematic three-dimensional structural diagram of a sliding sealing plate according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 28 is a partial enlarged view of the sealing plate in Figure 27;
  • Figure 29 is a schematic diagram of the installation structure of the rubber coating layer according to one embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 30 is a schematic structural diagram of a moving space from below according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 31 is a schematic structural view from below of the baffle plate on the machine body according to one embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 32 is a schematic structural diagram of a bottom view of the sliding sealing plate when the cleaning assembly is in a retracted position according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • Figure 33 is a schematic structural diagram of a bottom view of the sliding sealing plate when the cleaning assembly is between the retracted position and the outward swing position according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • Figure 34 is a schematic structural diagram of a bottom view of the sliding sealing plate when the cleaning assembly is in the swing-out position according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • Figure 35 is a schematic structural diagram of a bottom view of the sliding sealing plate when the cleaning assembly is in the swing-out position according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • Figure 36 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a cleaning device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 37 is a partial perspective view of a cleaning device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 38 is a schematic plan view of a cleaning device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 39 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a cleaning device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 40 is a three-dimensional schematic view of the lifting transmission assembly according to one embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 41 is an explosion diagram of Figure 40
  • Figure 42 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the first rotating member according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 43 is a schematic top view of a cleaning device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 44 is a three-dimensional schematic view of a cleaning device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 45 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a cleaning device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 46 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a cleaning device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 47 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a cleaning device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 48 is a schematic diagram of the base of a base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 49 is a schematic diagram of a cleaning device provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 50 is a partial schematic diagram of Figure 50
  • Figure 51 is a schematic diagram of a cleaning device provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 52 is a schematic diagram of a cleaning device provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 53 is a schematic diagram of the water replenishing mechanism of the cleaning equipment provided by one embodiment of the present invention projected on the bottom of the body;
  • Figure 54 is a schematic diagram of the cleaning disk of the cleaning equipment provided on the body according to one embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 55 is a schematic diagram of the dust box of the cleaning equipment provided by one embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 56 is a schematic diagram of the first driving structure of the cleaning equipment provided by one embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 57 is a schematic diagram of the first driving structure and the fixation of the rag disk of the cleaning device provided by one embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 58 is a hardware structural block diagram of a sweeping robot with an optional mop assembly installation method according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • Figure 59 is a flow chart of an optional installation method of a mop assembly according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 60 is a schematic structural diagram of an optional self-mobile device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 61 is a flow chart of an optional disassembly method of a mop assembly according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 62 is a structural block diagram of an optional mop assembly installation device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 63 is a structural block diagram of an optional mop assembly disassembly device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 64 is a schematic diagram of the sealing sliding plate and lifting structure provided by one embodiment of the present invention, viewed from the bottom direction;
  • Figure 65 is a schematic diagram of a seal sliding plate and a lifting structure provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the directional words used such as “upper, lower, top, and bottom” usually refer to the direction shown in the drawings, or to the vertical or vertical position of the component itself. Vertically or in the direction of gravity; similarly, for ease of understanding and description, “inside and outside” refers to the inside and outside relative to the outline of each component itself, but the above directional terms are not used to limit the present invention.
  • the cleaning equipment may be a cleaning robot, a mopping robot, a mopping robot, a window cleaning robot, etc. As shown in Figure 52, the cleaning equipment may include a body 10, a walking system 300M, a cleaning module, a control system, a sensing system, etc.
  • the body 10 has an installation cavity for installation of some structures.
  • the shape of the body 10 is not limited and may be, but is not limited to, circular, D-shaped, triangular, or other shapes.
  • the walking system 300M is provided on the body 10 and is used to drive the body 10 to realize a self-moving walking function on the surface to be cleaned.
  • the width direction of the body 10 is perpendicular to the traveling direction of the body 10 .
  • the cleaning module includes at least one dry cleaning module 100M or at least one wet cleaning module 200M, or includes both the dry cleaning module 100M and the wet cleaning module 200M.
  • the dry cleaning module 100M includes a main brush 101M, a dust box 102M and a fan 103M.
  • the bottom of the body 10 is provided with a main brush cavity.
  • the main brush 101M is rotatably located in the main brush cavity.
  • the dust collector on the main brush cavity The dust inlet of the dust box 102M is connected with the dust inlet, and the air exhaust port 1022M of the dust box 102M is connected with the fan 103M.
  • the main brush 101M moves the garbage around and in front of it to the suction port.
  • the garbage at the suction port is sucked into the dust box 102M under the negative pressure generated by the fan 103M, so as to realize the surface to be cleaned. cleaning function.
  • the wet cleaning module 200M includes a first driving structure 40M and a cleaning component 20 .
  • the cleaning assembly 20 includes a cleaning disk 90H and a cleaning part 91H located on the bottom of the cleaning disk 90H.
  • the first driving structure 40M drives the cleaning disk 90H to move to drive the cleaning part 91H to vibrate or rotate.
  • the cleaning part 91H interacts with the cleaning part 91H during the movement.
  • the ground creates friction to clean the ground.
  • a water replenishing mechanism is usually provided in the body 10 of the cleaning equipment to replenish water.
  • the mechanism includes a water tank, and the solution in the water tank is transported to the cleaning part 91H under the action of a pump to moisten the cleaning part 91H.
  • the number of wet cleaning modules 200M can be set to one or more than two, such as three, four, five or more, etc. The specific number of wet cleaning modules 200M is selected according to needs and is not specifically limited here.
  • the cleaning module also includes side brushes 400M located on one or both sides of the front of the body 10. Along the forward direction of the cleaning equipment, at least part of the side brushes 400M extends out of the edge of the body 10.
  • the side brushes 400M are driven by the driving mechanism. During the rotation of the side brush 400M, the garbage located in front and on the periphery of the side brush 400M will move toward the inside of the body 10, so that the main brush 101M of the dry cleaning module 100M located at the rear can clean the garbage and be sucked into the dust box 102M by the fan 103M. And this garbage can be cleaned with the wet cleaning module 200M.
  • the sensing system includes an LDS located above the fuselage, a buffer and a visual sensor located at the front of the fuselage 10 , an edge sensor located on the front side wall of the fuselage 10 , an ultrasonic sensor located at the bottom of the fuselage 10 and other sensing devices.
  • the LDS, buffer, and edge sensor can all measure the distance to obtain the distance between the edge of the body 10 and the obstacle, and the control system controls the cleaning equipment to perform corresponding actions based on this distance. For example, control cleaning equipment to avoid obstacles, edge edges, etc.
  • the ultrasonic sensor is used to identify the carpet signal, and the control system controls the cleaning part 91H of the wet cleaning module 200M of the cleaning equipment to perform a lifting action based on this signal, or controls the cleaning equipment to return to the base station to disassemble the cleaning part 91H of the wet cleaning module 200M.
  • the visual sensor is used to identify the image of the environment where the cleaning equipment is located to obtain information about obstacles.
  • the control system controls the cleaning equipment to perform actions based on this information, such as obstacle avoidance, obstacle surmounting, edge cleaning, etc.
  • the cleaning equipment needs to prevent the wet cleaning part 91H from wetting the carpet; or the cleaning part 91H is in a dirty state to prevent contamination of the ground; or when the cleaning equipment needs to overcome obstacles, the cleaning assembly 20 needs to be lifted; Or in other scenarios, such as when returning to the base station, it is preferable to keep the cleaning assembly 20 in a raised state.
  • the cleaning equipment is also provided with a lifting structure, and the lifting structure is used to drive the cleaning component 20 to rise and fall.
  • the lifting structure can adopt a variety of methods.
  • the lifting structure can be a gear and rack, a threaded lifting mechanism, a cylinder, a screw, a worm gear, etc.
  • the lifting structure can be divided into at least two situations.
  • the first situation is that the lifting structure realizes lifting and lowering by driving the cleaning component 20 to rotate; the second situation is that the cleaning component 20 does not rotate when the lifting structure drives the cleaning component 20 to lift.
  • the lifting structure and the first driving structure 40M can share a motor, that is, one motor can drive the cleaning component 20 to perform lifting movements, and can drive the cleaning component 20 to rotate at least in the mopping position. To clean the surface to be cleaned.
  • the cleaning device is preferably the aforementioned wet cleaning module 200M, which is suitable for installation with the body of the cleaning equipment to perform corresponding cleaning actions on the surface to be cleaned. , thereby achieving a cleaning effect.
  • the surface to be cleaned can be floors, walls with different roughness, or surfaces of objects to be cleaned. This application does not specifically limit the type of surface to be cleaned.
  • the above-mentioned cleaning action can be a vacuuming action, a mopping action, or a vacuuming action and a mopping action performed simultaneously to ensure the cleaning efficiency of the cleaning equipment.
  • the lifting structure in this embodiment includes a driving assembly 2 and a lifting transmission assembly 3 .
  • the cleaning device 100 includes a cleaning component 1 and a driving component 2.
  • the cleaning component 1 can be in direct contact with the surface to be cleaned, and the driving component 2 is suitable for outputting driving force to the cleaning component 1.
  • the driving assembly 2 is suitable for connecting to cleaning equipment, so as to ensure the compactness of the overall structure of the cleaning device 100 and at the same time rationally utilize the space within the cleaning equipment 200 to make the overall cleaning equipment 200 more beautiful.
  • the cleaning assembly 1 includes a tray 11 (i.e., cleaning tray 90H) and a cleaning body 12 (i.e., cleaning member 91H) disposed on the tray 11.
  • the tray 11 has a mounting surface.
  • the cleaning device 200 When the cleaning device 200 is in the cleaning mode (i.e., to be cleaned) When cleaning the surface), the mounting surface is set toward the surface to be cleaned. Therefore, the cleaning body 12 is provided on the mounting surface.
  • the cleaning body 12 has a conventional structure and will not be described in detail here.
  • the cleaning body 12 is detachably connected to the installation surface.
  • the methods of detachable connection include but are not limited to: magnetic suction, buckle 815H, etc., which are not specifically limited here and will depend on the actual situation.
  • the driving assembly 2 includes a driving member 21 and a gear set 24 connected to the driving member 21.
  • the gear set 24 is suitable for slowing down the driving speed of the driving member 21 and increasing the output torque. Then it is passed to the cleaning component 1.
  • the driving member 21 is a motor.
  • the gear set 24 includes a first gear 241 and a second gear 242 meshed with at least part of the first gear 241.
  • the motor shaft 22 of the motor meshes with the first gear 241, thereby driving the gear set 24 to rotate.
  • the first gear 241 includes a helical gear with helical teeth and a spur gear fixedly connected to the helical gear.
  • the spur gear meshes with the second gear 242 .
  • the motor shaft 22 of the motor is also provided with helical teeth that match the helical gear, so as to drive the gear set 24 . That is, in this application, the motor shaft 22 rotates to drive the helical gear to rotate and then drives the first gear 241 to rotate.
  • the first gear 241 converts the horizontal driving force of the motor shaft 22 into a vertical driving force and transmits it through the second gear 242 to the cleaning component 1 to drive the cleaning component 1 to rotate in the vertical direction.
  • the driving assembly 2 also includes a housing 22 in which the gear set 24 is disposed.
  • the motor shaft 22 of the motor extends into the housing 22 to mesh with the first gear 241 .
  • the cleaning component 1 may come into contact with the non-to-be-cleaned surface.
  • the cleaning device 200 when the cleaning device 200 is cleaning, it may pass through an area where carpets are placed.
  • the cleaning component 1 is in contact with the surface to be cleaned to clean the surface to be cleaned. Therefore, when the cleaning equipment 200 passes through the carpet, it is bound to come into contact with the carpet, thereby causing contamination to the carpet.
  • the cleaning component 1 when the cleaning device 200 encounters a large and hard obstacle during the cleaning process, the cleaning component 1 will contact the obstacle, so that the obstacle causes wear to the cleaning component 20 and hinders the cleaning of the cleaning component 1. This results in low cleaning efficiency of the cleaning assembly 1 and the cleaning device 100 .
  • the cleaning device 100 also includes a lifting transmission assembly 3 that is respectively connected to the cleaning assembly 1 and the driving assembly 2.
  • the lifting transmission assembly 3 is suitable for transmitting the driving force of the driving assembly 2 to the cleaning assembly 1, so that when the driving force is used,
  • the cleaning component 1 is raised or lowered under the action of the cleaning component 1, thereby realizing the lifting function of the cleaning component 1, so that when the cleaning device 200 faces the switching of cleaning scenes, the cleaning component 1 can be raised or lowered according to the different cleaning scenes, thereby ensuring The cleaning efficiency of the cleaning assembly 1 and the cleaning device 100.
  • the driving assembly 2 also includes a driving shaft 23. Both ends of the driving shaft 23 are respectively connected to the second gear 242 and the lifting transmission assembly 3, and then transmit the driving force of the driving member 21 to the cleaning assembly 1.
  • the driving assembly 2 can pass through the lifting transmission assembly. 3. Drive the cleaning component 1 to rise and fall along the height direction of the cleaning device (pointed by arrow a in the figure), so that the cleaning component 1 has working positions and non-working positions arranged along the height direction of the cleaning device 200.
  • the cleaning component 1 when the cleaning component 1 is in the working position, the cleaning component 1 is in contact with the surface to be cleaned to clean the surface; when the cleaning component 1 is in the non-working position, the cleaning component 1 is not in contact with the surface to be cleaned, that is, the cleaning component 1 is not in contact with the surface to be cleaned. There is a gap between the surfaces to be cleaned.
  • the working position refers to the position where there is contact between the cleaning body 12 of the cleaning component 1 and the surface to be cleaned, and the surface to be cleaned can be cleaned
  • the non-working position refers to the position where the cleaning body 12 of the cleaning component 1 is separated from the surface to be cleaned, There is no contact with the surface to be cleaned.
  • the non-working position may be a raised position or a detached position.
  • the working position may be a height interval or one or more specific height positions. That is, the working position of the cleaning component 1 can be floated relative to the distance between the surfaces to be cleaned, so as to adapt to different heights of the surfaces to be cleaned.
  • a plurality of limit positions can be provided on the lifting transmission assembly 3 so that the cleaning assembly 1 stops descending after descending to the corresponding limit position, and rotates at a corresponding height to clean the surface to be cleaned.
  • the non-working position may be a height interval or one or more specific height positions. That is, when the lifting height range of the lifting transmission assembly 3 is sufficient, the cleaning assembly 1 can continue to move upward for a certain distance in the height direction after being separated from the surface to be cleaned, until it reaches the highest position that can be lifted and lowered, and is separated from the cleaning assembly 1 to be cleaned.
  • the range from the cleaning surface to the highest position is the non-working position.
  • the highest position that can be reached by lifting is the position where the cleaning component 1 is separated from the surface to be cleaned
  • the highest position is the non-working position.
  • the highest position here refers to the highest position of the cleaning component 1 relative to the surface to be cleaned without being separated from the liftable transmission component 3, that is, the lifted position mentioned below.
  • the lifting transmission assembly 3 includes a threaded mechanism.
  • the driving assembly 2 is suitable for driving the threaded mechanism to drive the cleaning assembly 1 to switch between the working position and the non-working position, and driving the threading mechanism to drive the cleaning assembly 1. Turn it in the working position to clean the surface to be cleaned.
  • the lifting transmission assembly 3 also includes a mounting member 31 having a receiving cavity, and the threaded mechanism is located in the receiving cavity.
  • the purpose of providing the mounting part 31 is to generate friction between the inner surface of the mounting part 31 and the outer surface of the threaded mechanism, so that the threaded mechanism can rotate relative to the mounting part 31 under the driving of the driving assembly 2 .
  • the mounting part 31 may be integrally formed with the body 10 of the cleaning device 200 , or the mounting part 31 may be separated from the body 10 of the cleaning device 200 .
  • the mounting member 31 and the cleaning device 200 are mainly installed separately.
  • the thread mechanism includes a first rotating member 32 , a second rotating member 33 , and a threaded portion formed between the first rotating member 32 and the second rotating member 33 .
  • the second rotating member 33 is connected to the drive shaft of the driving assembly 2 23 is connected, and the first rotating member 32 is connected with the cleaning component 1 .
  • the first rotating member 32 has a movable stroke along the height direction of the cleaning device 200 .
  • the second rotating member 33 is adapted to drive the first rotating member 32 through the threaded portion under the driving of the driving shaft 23 , thereby driving the cleaning assembly 1 to work. Switch between position and non-working position.
  • the lifting transmission assembly 3 also includes a fitting piece, which is adapted to cooperate with the threaded mechanism.
  • the matching method between the fitting part and the threaded mechanism is as follows: friction is generated between the inner surface of the fitting part and the outer surface of the threaded mechanism, so that the threaded mechanism can rotate relative to the fitting part under the driving of the driving assembly 2, thereby realizing the threaded mechanism. Drive the cleaning component 1 to rise and fall.
  • friction is generated between the inner surface of the matching piece and the outer surface of the threaded mechanism, so that the threaded mechanism can rotate relative to the mounting piece 31 under the driving of the driving assembly 2 . Therefore, in this embodiment, the mounting component 31 serves as the above-mentioned matching component.
  • the first rotating member 32 includes a first surface and a second surface arranged oppositely, and a threaded portion is formed between the first surface and the second rotating member 33 .
  • the threaded portion includes a first thread and a second thread that cooperate with each other.
  • the first thread is provided on the first surface
  • the second thread is provided on the outer surface of the second rotating member 33 .
  • the outer surface of the above-mentioned second rotating member 33 is compared with the first rotating member 32, and the outer surface of the second rotating member 33 is disposed toward the first rotating member 32. side.
  • the first thread is provided on the outer surface of the second rotating member 33
  • the second thread is provided on the first surface.
  • the shapes of the first thread and the second thread are different.
  • the first thread is a continuous thread
  • a thread groove is formed between two adjacent threads.
  • the second thread is a discontinuous thread block, and the thread block rotates along the thread groove to realize relative rotation of the first rotating part 32 and the second rotating part 33, thereby realizing the movement of the first rotating part 32.
  • the matching piece may be provided as a damping sleeve to form a static friction force between the damping sleeve and the first rotating member 32 .
  • the damping sleeve does not rotate, sliding friction is formed between the first rotating member 32 and the damping sleeve.
  • the material of the damping sleeve and the first rotating member 32 are usually the same material. Sliding friction will cause powder to be generated between the damping sleeve and the first rotating member 32.
  • the lifting transmission assembly 3 also includes a rotating body 311 that at least partially abuts against the outer surface of the thread mechanism.
  • the rotating body 311 can rotate and contact with the outer surface of the first rotating member 32 at least when the cleaning assembly is located in the working position and rotates, so that there is a gap between the rotating body 311 and the outer surface of the first rotating member 32 .
  • the friction force of rolling friction is smaller than the friction force of sliding friction.
  • the fitting part includes the above-mentioned rotating body 311. Further, the fitting part includes the above-mentioned rotating body 311 and the mounting part 31. The rotating body 311 is connected with the mounting part 31. By providing the rotating body 311, the mounting part and the mounting part are avoided. Wear between the first rotating parts 32.
  • the rotation axis of the rotating body 311 is parallel or tends to be parallel to the rotation axis of the threaded mechanism, for example, the rotating axis of the first rotating member or the second rotating member, so that the outer surface of the rotating body 311 is consistent with the outer surface of the threaded mechanism.
  • the outer surface of the threaded mechanism is the outer surface of the first rotating member 32 (hereinafter, the outer surface of the threaded mechanism is the outer surface of the first rotating member 32).
  • tending means that the rotation axis of the rotating body 311 is close to parallel to the rotation axis of the thread mechanism, and the error range is within 5%.
  • the force on the rotating body 311 is uniformly distributed, and the outer surface of the rotating body 311 is increased in size with the third one during the rotation.
  • the contact area of the outer surface of the rotating member 32 avoids point contact between the outer surface of the rotating member 311 and the outer surface of the first rotating member 32, thereby preventing the outer surface of the rotating member 311 from being in contact with the outer surface of the first rotating member 32. There is wear between them.
  • the rotation axis of the rotating body 311 parallel or tending to be parallel to the rotation axis of the thread mechanism, it is also possible to ensure that when the cleaning assembly 1 is in the working position, the outer surface of the rotating body 311 and the outer surface of the first rotating member 32 are aligned.
  • the static friction force between the rotating body 311 and the rotating shaft 313 (described below) connected to the rotating body 311 can be greater than the static friction force between the rotating body 311 and the rotating body 311, so that the first rotating member 32 is in rotational contact with the rotating body 311, and then drives the rotating body 311 to rotate.
  • the cleaning component 1 rotates to clean the surface to be cleaned.
  • the shape of the rotating body 311 may be a cylinder.
  • the cylindrical surface of the cylinder serves as the outer surface, thereby achieving rolling friction between the rotating body 311 and the first rotating member 32 .
  • the lifting transmission assembly 3 also includes a rotating shaft 313 extending along the height direction of the cleaning device 200 .
  • the rotating body 311 is sleeved on the rotating shaft 313 to rotate relative to the rotating shaft 313 .
  • the static friction force between the rotating body 311 and the rotating shaft 313 is smaller than that between the outer surface of the rotating body 311 and the outer surface of the thread mechanism. static friction.
  • the rotating body 311 and the rotating shaft 313 are made of different materials, and the rotating body 311 and the first rotating member 32 are made of the same or different materials, so that the static friction force between the rotating body 311 and the rotating shaft 313 is smaller than the rotating surface of the rotating body 311 and the first rotating member 313 . Friction between the outer surfaces of a rotating member 32.
  • the rotating body 311 and the first rotating member 32 are made of the same material.
  • the rotating shaft 313 is made of stainless steel, and the rotating body 311 and the first rotating member 32 are made of POM (polyformaldehyde).
  • the rotating shaft 313, the rotating body 311 and the first rotating member 32 can also be made of other materials, which are not specifically limited here and are determined according to the actual situation.
  • the cleaning component 1 has a working position and a non-working position. When it is in the working position, the cleaning component 1 rotates to clean the surface to be cleaned. Therefore, when the cleaning assembly 1 is in the working position, the threaded mechanism rotates to drive the rotating body 311 to rotate, and the cleaning assembly 1 keeps rotating. At this time, at least a part of the outer surface of the rotating body 311 is in rotational contact with the outer surface of the threaded mechanism.
  • the outer surface of the rotating body 311 is in rotational contact with the outer surface of the first rotating member 32, so that there is no sliding friction between the rotating body 311 and the first rotating member 32, but only rolling friction, thereby reducing
  • the wear between the small rotating body 311 and the first rotating member 32 ensures that the cleaning assembly 1 can be effectively lifted and lowered.
  • the rotating body 311 when the cleaning assembly 1 switches between the working position and the non-working position, the rotating body 311 remains stationary. and Moreover, when the cleaning assembly 1 switches between the working position and the non-working position, the friction force between the rotating body 311 and the rotating shaft 313 is greater than the friction force between the first rotating member 32 and the second rotating member 33 . Correspondingly, the static friction force between the outer surface of the rotating body 311 and the outer surface of the first rotating member 32 is greater than the friction force between the first rotating member 32 and the second rotating member 33, so that the rotating body 311 and the first rotating member The rotating parts 32 remain relatively stationary in the tangential direction, that is, the rotating body 311 does not rotate.
  • the second rotating part 33 follows the driving shaft 23 to rotate relative to the first rotating part 32.
  • the first rotating part 32 rotates relative to the first rotating part 32 through the threaded part.
  • the second rotating member 33 realizes movement in the height direction, and then realizes the lifting and lowering of the first rotating member 32 and the cleaning assembly 1 .
  • the first rotating member 32 drives the rotating body 311 to rotate, so that there is rolling friction between the rotating body 311 and the first rotating member 32. Since the friction force of the rolling friction is smaller than the sliding friction, This can reduce the wear of the first rotating member 32 caused by friction when the cleaning assembly 1 rotates in the working position for a long time.
  • the cleaning assembly 1 also has upper stops arranged along the height direction of the cleaning device 200 .
  • the non-working position may be a height interval or one or more specific height positions.
  • the position of the upper stop position is the highest position in the non-working position.
  • the threaded mechanism rotates and drives the rotating body 311 to rotate, so that the rotating body 311 and the threaded mechanism are in contact. That is, when it is at the upper stop position, the rotation of the first rotating member 32 drives the rotating body 311 to rotate, and the outer surface of the rotating body 311 is in rotational contact with the outer surface of the first rotating member 32 .
  • the cleaning assembly 1 and the first rotating member 32 are still connected.
  • the mounting member 31 can be integrally formed with the body 10 of the cleaning device 200 , or can be formed separately from the body 10 of the cleaning device 200 . Therefore, when the mounting part 31 is integrally formed with the body 10 of the cleaning device 200, the rotating body 311 is suitable for movably connecting to the cleaning device 200; when the mounting part 31 is disposed separately from the body 10 of the cleaning device 200, the rotating body 311 is suitable for movably connecting to the cleaning device 200. Connect with mounting piece 31.
  • the rotating body 311 is connected to the mounting member 31 .
  • the mounting member 31 has a notch, and the rotating shaft 313 and the rotating body 311 are disposed in the notch.
  • the mounting member 31 also includes at least one elastic body 312 , and at least one elastic body 312 is disposed in the slot. , and there is a distance between the inner surface of the elastic body 312 and the outer surface of the thread mechanism to prevent sliding friction between the elastic body 312 and the outer surface of the first rotating member 32 .
  • the rotating shaft 313 is arranged through the elastic body 312; the elastic body 312 has an elastic force always facing the outer surface of the first rotating member 32, so that the rotating body 311 contacts the outer surface of the first rotating member 32.
  • two elastic bodies 312 are provided.
  • the two elastic bodies 312 are distributed up and down along the height direction of the cleaning device 200 .
  • Both ends of the rotating shaft 313 are connected to the two elastic bodies 312 respectively.
  • Each elastic body 312 has a first recess 314 disposed away from the outer surface of the first rotating member 32 and a mounting portion 315 connected to the first recess 314 .
  • the rotating shaft 313 is connected to the mounting portion 315 . Since the first recess 314 is disposed in a direction away from the outer surface of the first rotating member 32 , both ends of the first recess 314 have elastic force exerted toward the first rotating member 32 .
  • the first recessed portion 314 When the mounting portion 315 is connected to one end of the first recessed portion 314, the first recessed portion 314 always exerts a force on the mounting portion 315 in a direction close to the outer surface of the first rotating member 32, so that the rotating surface of the rotating body 311 is in contact with the first rotating member 312. The outer surface of a rotating member 32 is in contact.
  • each elastic body 312 is provided with two first recesses 314, and the two first recesses 314 are respectively connected to the two ends of the mounting part 315, thereby exerting an elastic force on the rotating body 311 so that the outer surface of the rotating body 311 can be connected with the thread.
  • the outer surfaces of the mechanism abut.
  • the first rotating member 32 includes a first wall 321, a second wall 322, and a connecting wall 327 connecting the first wall 321 and the second wall 322.
  • the first wall 321 , the second wall 322 and the connecting wall 327 are surrounded by a rotating cavity 323, and at least part of the second rotating member 33 is located in the rotating cavity 323.
  • the above-mentioned first surface and second surface are located on the first wall 321 .
  • the second wall 322 is provided inside the first wall 321, the inner surface of the first wall 321 serves as the first surface, and the outer surface of the first wall 321 serves as the second surface.
  • the inner surface of the first wall 321 is disposed toward the second wall 322 .
  • the outer surface of the first wall 321 is closer to the mounting member 31 , and the outer surface of the first wall 321 is disposed toward the mounting member 31 .
  • the lifting transmission assembly 3 also includes a damping bar 3110 that is at least partially in contact with the outer surface of the threaded mechanism.
  • the damping bar 3110 is in interference contact with the outer surface of the threaded mechanism.
  • the damping bar 3110 There is a static friction force between the damping bar 3110 and the first rotating member, and the static friction force between the damping bar 3110 and the first rotating member is greater than the sliding friction force between the threaded parts, so that when the driving assembly 2 outputs rotational force through the output shaft 23,
  • the first rotating member 32 cooperates with the second rotating member 33 to achieve lifting based on the effect of the thread and the above-mentioned static friction force.
  • the matching member at least includes the damping strip 3110, and a flexible interference abutment is formed between the damping strip and the first rotating member.
  • the damping strip 3110 is formed as a damping top, and at least one side of the damping top is provided with hair transplantation, and the damping top is in interference contact with the outer surface of the threaded mechanism to form static friction.
  • the damping top can be made of woven cloth and hair transplanted, and the material of the hair can be nylon, PP, PET, etc.
  • the matching member includes a mounting member 31 , and further, the damping strip 3110 is provided on the mounting member 31 .
  • the mounting member 31 is formed as a damping sleeve, and the damping strip 3110 can be integrally disposed on the damping sleeve to be connected with the damping sleeve.
  • the damping sleeve forms an integral piece. For example, hair is grafted on the damping sleeve through a hair transplanting process so that the damping sleeve and the damping strip 3110 form an integral piece.
  • the damping strip 3110 is detachably connected to the mounting member 31 , for example, the damping strip 3110 is detachably connected to the mounting member 31 .
  • the damping bar 3110 is in interference contact with the outer surface of the threaded mechanism and has static friction.
  • the driving assembly 2 outputs rotational force through the output shaft 23
  • the static friction between the damping bar 3110 and the outer surface of the threaded mechanism is smaller than that between the threaded parts.
  • the sliding friction force then causes the first rotating member to drive the cleaning assembly 1 to rise and fall.
  • the damping bar 3110 is detachably connected to the mounting member 31 , for example, the damping bar 3110 is connected to the mounting member 31 in an adhesive manner, and the damping bar 3110 is connected to the mounting member 31 by adhesive bonding.
  • the mounting part 31 is detachable, so that the damping strip 3110 can be disassembled to facilitate cleaning of the damping strip 3110.
  • the inner wall of the mounting member 31 is provided with an annular step, and the outer peripheral wall of the damping strip is fixed on the annular step.
  • the cleaning equipment has an automatic disassembly and assembly function
  • the lifting structure reaches the lifting position and the cleaning component is separated from the installation part of the lifting structure, and the bottom of the lifting structure is at least above the bottom of the fitting part, the fitting part is exposed and can be used for Install the moving channel (the cleaning component can swing relative to the body) or the mounting hole (the cleaning component does not swing relative to the body) where the mounting part of the cleaning component is located, and disassemble and install the matching parts.
  • the damping strip 3110 and the mounting member 31 are made of different materials, so that the damping strip 3110 has better wear resistance and flexibility.
  • the damping strip 3110 is a flexible component, which can significantly reduce the wear between the first rotating part and the mating part when the lifting transmission assembly 3 is raised or lowered, ensuring the reliability of the lifting transmission assembly 3 .
  • the mounting member 31 has an accommodation cavity, a threaded mechanism is provided in the accommodation cavity, there is a gap between the threaded mechanism and the installation cavity, and the damping strip 3110 is provided between the threaded mechanism and the installation cavity.
  • the damping strip 3110 In the gap between the damping strip 3110 and the outer surface of the threaded mechanism, static friction is generated; at the same time, the damping strip 3110 is formed into an annular strip, which can circumferentially surround the outer periphery of the threaded mechanism, and can fill the gap between the threaded mechanism and the mounting piece 31 gap to achieve at least a partial sealing effect of the lifting transmission assembly 3, effectively prevent dust and foreign matter from entering the inside of the lifting transmission assembly 3, and extend the service life of the lifting transmission assembly 3.
  • the fitting includes a damping strip 3110 .
  • a base bracket 3113 is provided at the bottom of the fuselage.
  • the base bracket 3113 at least partially forms a part of the bottom of the body of the cleaning device.
  • the damping strip 3110 is directly or indirectly connected to the base bracket 3113. Maintains interference contact with the outer surface of the threaded mechanism.
  • the lifting transmission assembly 3 includes a damping bracket 3112, which is used to support the damping bar 3110.
  • the damping bracket 3112 is connected to the base bracket, and the damping bar 3110 is provided on the damping bracket. 3112, so that the damping strip 3110 is reliably supported.
  • the mounting member may not be provided, and the threaded mechanism is provided in the cavity of the body of the cleaning device.
  • the base bracket forms a receiving space to accommodate the damping bracket 3112.
  • the receiving space is formed into a stepped structure; the damping strip 3110 is installed on the damping bracket 3112. Bracket 3112.
  • the damping bracket 3112 is provided with a support portion to support the damping bar 3110.
  • the damping bracket 3112 is formed into a ladder-like structure.
  • the damping bracket 3112 is detachably connected to the base bracket, the damping bracket 3112 includes a first connecting piece 3112A, the base bracket includes a second connecting piece 3113B, through the first connecting piece 3112A and the second connecting piece 3113B to detachably connect the damping bracket 3112 and the base bracket.
  • the first connecting piece 3112A and the second connecting piece 3113B can be formed into a buckle structure.
  • the first connecting piece 3112A and One of the second connecting members 3113B includes a protruding portion
  • the other of the second connecting members 3113B includes a slot that matches the protruding portion, thereby achieving a detachable connection between the damping bracket 3112 and the base bracket.
  • the damping member can be fixedly provided on the damping bracket 3112, for example, integrally provided with the damping bracket 3112, or connected to the damping bracket 3112 in a non-detachable manner; or, the damping member can be removable.
  • the damping member can be connected to the damping bracket 3112 in a detachable manner.
  • the damping member can be connected to the damping bracket 3112 by bonding or other methods to facilitate maintenance of the damping member and/or the damping bracket 3112.
  • the damping bracket 3112 is detachably connected to the base bracket.
  • the damping bracket 3112 is connected to the base bracket through buckles 815H, screws, etc., so that the damping bracket 3112 and the base bracket are easily connected. Separate to clean the damping bracket 3112 or the damping strip 3110.
  • the damping strip 3110 By arranging the damping strip 3110 on the base bracket, on the one hand, the static friction force between the damping strip 3110 and the outer surface of the thread mechanism can be provided. On the other hand, the damping strip 3110 can achieve a sealing effect of the lifting transmission assembly 3 .
  • the damping strip 3110 may be a rubber strip.
  • the damping strip 3110 can be disposed on the mounting piece 31.
  • the rubber strip is detachably connected to the mounting piece 31, or the rubber strip is integrally provided with the mounting piece 31, and is connected to the first rotation through the rubber strip.
  • the parts are in circumferential interference contact to provide static friction; specifically, the damping strip 3110 can be disposed on the base bracket.
  • the rubber strip can be directly connected to the base bracket without providing a damping bracket 3112.
  • the matching part includes the damping strip 3110.
  • the damping strip 3110 and the outer surface of the thread mechanism form a static friction force.
  • the static friction force is smaller than the sliding friction force of the thread pair, so that the first rotating member can drive the cleaning assembly 20 to rise or fall.
  • the screw mechanism produces a spiral lifting movement
  • the first rotating member produces a lifting movement relative to the damping bar 3110, and the position of the damping bar 3110 is relatively fixed.
  • the damping bar 3110 is provided in the direction of the lifting transmission assembly 3 close to the base 101.
  • the first rotating member moves downward, the height of the first rotating member is smaller than the chassis bracket.
  • the damping strip 3110 is blocked by the first rotating member; when the first rotating member moves upward and the height of the first rotating member is greater than the height of the chassis bracket, the damping strip 3110 is at least partially exposed, so that the damping strip 3110 is at least partially exposed. 3110 can be easily disassembled, so that the damping strip 3110 can be cleaned and replaced in time.
  • the cleaning device 100 includes a lifting transmission assembly 3.
  • the lifting transmission assembly 3 includes a threaded mechanism 30.
  • the threaded mechanism 30 includes a first rotating member 32, a second rotating member 33, and A threaded portion is formed between the first rotating member 32 and the second rotating member 33.
  • the first rotating member 32 and the second rotating member 33 are threadedly connected.
  • the first rotating member 32 is connected to the output shaft 23 of the driving assembly 2, and the second rotating member 32 is connected to the output shaft 23 of the driving assembly 2.
  • the rotating member 33 is connected to the cleaning component 1 .
  • the second rotating member 33 has a movable stroke along the height direction of the cleaning device 200 .
  • the first rotating member 32 is adapted to drive the second rotating member 33 through the threaded portion under the driving of the output shaft 23 , thereby driving the cleaning assembly 1 to work. Switch between position and non-working position.
  • the lifting transmission assembly 3 includes a transmission gear, and the transmission gear is integrated with the first rotating member 32 .
  • the driving assembly 2 includes a driving member 21 and an output shaft 23 connected to the driving member 21.
  • the first rotating member 32 is connected to the output shaft 23.
  • the second rotating member 33 and the housing 22 of the driving assembly 2 are magnetically matched.
  • the magnetic force is connected to change the connection resistance between the second rotating member 33 and the first rotating member 32, so that the first rotating member 32 and the second rotating member 33 are relatively stationary or rotate relative to each other.
  • the second rotating member 33 and the housing 22 of the driving assembly 2 magnetically cooperate, the second rotating member 33 and the housing 22 of the driving assembly 2 generate a magnetic force (attraction or repulsion), and this attraction or repulsion hinders the first rotation.
  • the second rotating member 32 and the second rotating member 33 operate synchronously, so that the second rotating member 33 moves up or down relative to the first rotating member 32; conversely, when the second rotating member 33 and the housing 22 of the driving assembly 2 move, When the magnetic force weakens or disappears, the first rotating member 32 and the second rotating member 33 move synchronously.
  • the magnetic force between the second rotating member 33 and the housing 22 of the driving assembly 2 is a non-contact force, which is equivalent to directly setting up a mechanical structure to generate rotational resistance to the second rotating member 33.
  • the magnetic force is used to reduce or avoid parts. wear and tear, extending the service life of parts and eliminating abnormal noise during operation.
  • the cleaning device includes a mounting part 31 having a receiving cavity, a threaded mechanism 30 is disposed in the receiving cavity, and the housing 22 of the driving assembly 2 is formed into the mounting cavity.
  • the second magnetic structure 330 is disposed on the mounting member 31; in another specific implementation, the cleaning device is not provided with the mounting member 31, the cleaning device 100 itself forms a cavity, and the cleaning device 100 has at least a partially formed In the housing of the cavity, the second magnetic structure 330 is disposed on the housing formed by the structure of the cleaning device 100 itself.
  • the cleaning assembly 1 when the cleaning assembly 1 is in the working position, the cleaning assembly 1 performs cleaning work on the surface to be cleaned.
  • the driving assembly 2 rotates in the first direction, and the first rotating member 32 and the second rotating member 33 are threadedly locked. state, so that the first rotating member 32 and the second rotating member 33 move synchronously, driving the cleaning assembly 20 to perform cleaning work.
  • the first rotating member 32 and the second rotating member 33 do not rotate relative to each other, and the driving assembly 2 moves along the first rotating member 32 and the second rotating member 33.
  • Rotating in one direction can drive the second rotating member 33 to rotate synchronously in the first direction, further driving the cleaning assembly 20 to clean the surface to be cleaned.
  • the connection magnetic force between the second rotating member 33 and the housing 22 of the driving assembly 2 weakens or disappears, so as to reduce the rotational resistance of the magnetic force on the second rotating member 33 .
  • the driving assembly 2 drives the first rotating member 32 to rotate, and the second rotating member 32 rotates.
  • the magnetic force of the member 33 and the housing 22 of the drive assembly 2 prevents the second rotating member 33 and the first rotating member 32 from rotating synchronously.
  • the first rotating member 32 and the second rotating member 33 are in a differential rotation state.
  • the second rotating member 33 and the first rotating member 32 are in a differential rotation state. Thread rotation is generated between the member 33 and the first rotating member 32, and the second rotating member 33 rotates relative to the first rotating member 32, thereby causing the second rotating member 33 to drive the cleaning assembly 20 to rise or fall.
  • the second rotating member 33 is sleeved inside the first rotating member 32 , and the first rotating member 32 and the second rotating member 33 are internally threaded, and can be accessed from the outside of the first rotating member 32 Realizing the input of external power, the external power does not need to be input from the end, thereby saving space in the height direction.
  • a first magnetic attraction structure 314 is provided on the second rotating member 33
  • a second magnetic attraction structure 330 is provided on the housing 22 of the driving assembly 2.
  • the first magnetic attraction structure 314 and the second magnetic attraction structure 330 is magnetically connected to achieve magnetic cooperation between the second rotating member 33 and the housing 22 of the driving assembly 2 .
  • one of the first magnetic attraction structure 314 and the second magnetic attraction structure 330 is a magnetic component, and the other is a magnetic component, thereby achieving a magnetic connection between the two; or, the first magnetic attraction Both the structure 314 and the second magnetic attraction structure 330 may include magnetic components, and a magnetic connection between the two may also be achieved.
  • the magnetic component can be a permanent magnet or an electromagnetic coil
  • the magnetic component can be a magnetic metal block.
  • the electromagnetic coil is magnetized when it is powered on, and loses its magnetism when it is powered off.
  • the second rotating member 33 is provided with a permanent magnet or a magnetic metal block
  • the housing 22 of the driving assembly 2 is provided with an electromagnetic coil.
  • the electromagnetic coil is open circuit, and at this time
  • the resistance of the permanent magnet or magnetic metal block inside the second rotating member 33 is very small; when the cleaning assembly 20 needs to be raised or lowered, the electromagnetic coil is closed into a loop, and the reverse electromotive force generated inside the closed electromagnetic coil hinders the permanent magnet or magnetic attraction.
  • the rotation of the metal block causes a rotational speed difference to be formed between the second rotating member 33 and the externally connected first rotating member 32 so that the cleaning assembly 20 can be raised or lowered.
  • At least one first installation groove can be provided on the second rotating member 33, and a first magnetic attraction structure 314 can be provided correspondingly in the first installation groove; at the same time, at least one first installation groove can be provided on the housing 22 of the driving assembly 2.
  • a second installation slot, and a second magnetic attraction structure 330 is provided in each second installation slot.
  • the first installation groove or the second installation groove can be set as an annular groove or a rectangular groove (or a similar straight groove), and the first magnetic attraction structure 314 or the second magnetic attraction structure 330 can correspond to Set to ring magnetic structure or rectangular magnetic structure.
  • the second rotating member 33 and the cleaning assembly 20 are magnetically connected, so that when the second rotating member 33 is raised or lowered along the height direction of the cleaning equipment, it drives the cleaning assembly 20 to be raised or lowered.
  • the second rotating member 33 and the cleaning component 20 are magnetically connected to facilitate separation or combination of the two.
  • the second rotating member 33 is provided with a third magnetic suction structure 316
  • the cleaning component 20 is provided with a fourth magnetic suction structure 14.
  • the third magnetic suction structure 316 and the fourth magnetic suction structure 14 cooperate to realize the connection and separation of the cleaning component 20.
  • the cleaning component 20 has a mopping position, a lifting position and a separation position. The mopping position is the working position of the cleaning component 20.
  • the cleaning component 20 performs cleaning work on the surface to be cleaned in the mopping position; the non-working position at least includes a lifting position and a separation position.
  • the separation position when the cleaning assembly 20 is in the raised position, the cleaning assembly 20 is separated from the surface to be cleaned; when the cleaning assembly 20 reaches the separation position, the cleaning assembly 20 is separated from the lifting transmission assembly 3, that is, the cleaning assembly 20 is separated from the second rotating member 33 separation.
  • the second rotating member 33 drives the cleaning assembly 20 to move from the lifting position to the separation position, the cleaning assembly 20 contacts the end of the first rotating member 32. As the second rotating member 33 continues to lift upward, the first rotating member The end of the member 32 exerts a downward force on the cleaning component 20.
  • one of the third magnetic attraction structure 316 and the fourth magnetic attraction structure 14 may include a magnetic component, and the other may include a magnetic attraction component; or, both the third magnetic attraction structure 316 and the fourth magnetic attraction structure 14 may include Magnetic pieces.
  • the first magnetic attraction structure 314 and the third magnetic attraction structure 316 are respectively provided at both ends of the second rotating member 33.
  • the first magnetic attraction structure 314 is provided at the upper end of the second rotating member 33
  • the third magnetic attraction structure 316 is provided at the upper end of the second rotating member 33.
  • the magnetic attraction structure 316 is disposed at the lower end of the second rotating member 33
  • the cleaning component 20 is connected to the lower end of the second rotating member 33 through the magnetic force of the third magnetic attraction structure 316 and the fourth magnetic attraction structure 14 .
  • the lifting transmission assembly 3 may include a rotating bearing 318 provided on both sides of the housing 22 , and both ends of the first rotating member 32 may be respectively provided on two rotating bearings 318 .
  • the first rotating member 32 can rotate more stably and reliably under the drive of the lifting transmission assembly 3, and the driving of the cleaning assembly 1 can also be more stable and reliable.
  • the cleaning assembly 1 includes a disk body 11, a connecting shaft 15 provided on the disk body 11, and a cleaning body 12 provided at the bottom of the disk body 11.
  • the connecting shaft 15 includes a shaft body 16 provided at the top of the disk body, and a cleaning body 12 provided on the bottom of the disk body 11.
  • the fourth magnetic attraction structure 14 is on the top of the shaft 16 .
  • the cleaning component 1 may be formed as a rag tray, and the cleaning body may be formed as a cleaning rag.
  • the first rotating member 32 has a first position and a second position.
  • the position is closer to the cleaning device 200 relative to the second position. That is, in this embodiment, along the height direction of the cleaning device 200, the first position is located below the second position, and the second position (ie, the separation position) is located above the highest position of the non-working position.
  • the cleaning assembly 1 resists the limiting portion.
  • the cleaning assembly 1 is separated from the first rotating member 32 under the action of the limiting portion.
  • the above-mentioned movement is: during the rotation process, the first rotating member 32 also generates displacement in the height direction.
  • the cleaning device 100 also includes a connection assembly 4 .
  • the connecting component 4 connects the first rotating component 32 and the cleaning component 1 respectively, and causes the first rotating component 32 and the cleaning component 1 to fall off under the action of external force, thereby realizing the disassembly of the cleaning component 1 .
  • the first rotating member 32 has an accommodating space 324
  • the connecting component 4 includes a first connecting component 41 disposed in the accommodating space 324 and a second connecting component 42 connected to the cleaning component 1.
  • the first connecting component 41 and The second connecting member 42 cooperates to realize the connection between the first rotating member 32 and the cleaning assembly 1 .
  • the accommodating space 324 is surrounded by the second wall 322 of the first rotating member 32 .
  • the first connecting member 41 is fixedly installed in the accommodating space 324 and moves with the movement of the first rotating member 32 .
  • the movement of the first connecting member 41 is: rotating in the horizontal direction and moving in the vertical direction to generate displacement.
  • the first connecting member 41 and the second connecting member 42 are connected and matched, and the cleaning component 1 is connected to the first rotating member 32 .
  • the first connecting member 41 is disengaged from the second connecting member 42 so that the cleaning assembly 1 and the first rotating member 32 can be disassembled.
  • the disk body 11 of the cleaning assembly 1 has a protrusion 13 , and the protrusion 13 is located at the center of the disk body 11 , so that the cleaning assembly 1 receives uniform force everywhere.
  • the accommodating space 324 has an opening disposed toward the protrusion, and the shape of the opening is adapted to the shape of the protrusion.
  • connection and cooperation mode between the first connecting member 41 and the second connecting member 42 is suction.
  • the adsorption force between the first connecting member 41 and the second connecting member 42 gradually changes. Small, so that the first connecting member 41 and the second connecting member 42 are disengaged, thereby realizing the disassembly of the cleaning assembly 1 .
  • one of the first connecting piece 41 and the second connecting piece 42 is a magnetic piece, and the other of the first connecting piece 41 and the second connecting piece 42 is a metal piece that is attracted to the magnetic piece.
  • the metal piece can be iron, nickel, etc.
  • one of the first connecting member 41 and the second connecting member 42 is a first suction cup, and the other of the first connecting member 41 and the second connecting member 42 is a second suction cup adsorbed to the first suction cup.
  • the first connecting piece 41 is a magnetic piece, that is, a magnet
  • the second connecting piece 42 is a metal piece that is attracted to the magnetic piece.
  • connection and cooperation mode between the first connecting member 41 and the second connecting member 42 is snapping.
  • one of the first connecting piece 41 and the second connecting piece 42 is a slot
  • the other of the first connecting piece 41 and the second connecting piece 42 is a buckle that engages with the slot.
  • the cleaning component 1 also includes a detection component, which is suitable for detecting the connection state between the cleaning component 1 and the first rotating member 32 .
  • the connection state between the cleaning component 1 and the first rotating member 32 includes an installation state and a disassembly state, and the driving component 2 stops running based on the disassembly state detected by the detection component.
  • the test piece and cleaning The control mechanism of the device 200 is electrically connected, and similarly, the driving component 2 and the control mechanism are also electrically connected.
  • control mechanism when the detection component detects that the cleaning component 1 and the first rotating member 32 are disassembled, the control mechanism no longer receives the signal sent by the detection component, and the control mechanism controls the driving component 2 to stop running.
  • the control mechanism may be a control chip, a control circuit, etc., which are conventional structures and will not be described in detail here.
  • the detection component may be a Hall sensor.
  • the Hall sensor cooperates with the magnetic member disposed in the first rotating member 32 to generate a signal.
  • the cooperation method is conventional and will not be described again here.
  • the Hall sensor and the magnetic member cannot cooperate, and no signal is generated.
  • the detection component may also be a pressure sensor.
  • the first connecting member 41 and the second connecting member 42 are connected to apply pressure to the pressure sensor to generate a pressure signal.
  • the cleaning component 1 is separated from the first rotating member 32, the external pressure received by the pressure sensor disappears, and no signal is generated.
  • the detection component may also be a proximity sensor, etc., which is not specifically limited here and depends on the actual situation.
  • the driving component 2 and the threaded mechanism are provided, and the threaded mechanism connects the driving component 2 and the cleaning component 1.
  • the driving component 2 drives the cleaning component 1 in the working position and the non-working position through the threading mechanism. Switch between positions, thereby driving the cleaning component 1 to be displaced in the height direction to realize the lifting and lowering of the cleaning component 1 to cope with different cleaning scenarios, thereby ensuring the cleaning efficiency of the cleaning device 100;
  • the lifting transmission assembly 3 also includes a rotating body 311 that abuts against the outer surface of the threaded mechanism.
  • the rotating body 311 is in rotational contact with the threaded mechanism to prevent the rotating body 311 from being in contact with the third threaded mechanism. Sliding friction occurs between the first rotating member 32 , which reduces the possibility of wear between the rotating member 311 and the first rotating member 32 , thus improving the reliability of the lifting of the cleaning assembly 1 .
  • this embodiment provides a cleaning device 200 that can move on the surface to be cleaned under the control of its own program to clean the surface to be cleaned.
  • the cleaning equipment 200 includes a body 10 and a cleaning device 100 connected to the body 10.
  • the cleaning device 100 is suitable for cleaning the surface to be cleaned.
  • the cleaning device 100 is the cleaning device 100 in the above-mentioned Embodiment 1.
  • the two wet cleaning modules of the cleaning equipment in the prior art are fixedly arranged relative to the body 10 in the width direction W0 of the body 10 (perpendicular to the traveling direction of the cleaning equipment).
  • the cleaning disks 90H and 90H in the wet cleaning module are The cleaning part 91H can rotate or vibrate relative to the body 10.
  • the wet cleaning module 200M on the side close to the obstacle cannot get close to the edge of the obstacle to clean the obstacle along the edge, causing the edge of the obstacle to be cleaned. There is a large area of missed cleaning, and the cleaning effect is not ideal.
  • At least one of the two wet cleaning modules 200M in this embodiment can swing relative to the body 10, and the cleaning component 20 of the wet cleaning module 200M can swing Swinging outward in the direction away from the body 10 and retracting in the direction approaching the body 10 , the cleaning component 20 has an outward swinging position when swinging out, and accordingly the cleaning component 20 is in an outward swinging state; when swinging inwards, the cleaning component 20 has a retracted position, correspondingly cleaning The component 20 is in a retracted state, and the swing-out position and the retracted position can be a fixed position or a range of positions.
  • the cleaning component 20 When the cleaning component 20 is in the retracted position or the swing-out position, there are many ways to position the cleaning component 20 relative to the body 10 , so that when the cleaning component 20 is in the swing-out position, at least part of the cleaning component 20 can extend out of the body 10 Clean along the edges to reduce missed areas. specifically:
  • the first way when the cleaning component 20 is in the retracted position, a part of the cleaning component 20 is located on the outside of the peripheral side of the body 10; when the cleaning component 20 moves to the swing-out position, a part of the cleaning component 20 is located on the peripheral side of the body 10.
  • the outer part is larger than the outer part of the cleaning assembly 20 located on the peripheral side of the body 10 when the cleaning assembly 20 is in the retracted position.
  • the third way when the cleaning component 20 is in the retracted position, the edge of the cleaning component 20 is located within the maximum edge of the body 10; when the cleaning component 20 is in the swing-out position, at least part of the edge of the cleaning component 20 is located within the maximum edge of the body 10 outside.
  • the fourth way when the cleaning component 20 is in the retracted position, the edge of the cleaning component 20 is located within the widest edge projection area of the body 10; when the cleaning component 20 is in the swing-out position, at least part of the edge of the cleaning component 20 is located on the body 10 outside the widest edge projection area.
  • the edge of the cleaning component can be located within the range of the edge of the body, or a part of the cleaning component 20 is located outside the peripheral side of the body 10.
  • the cleaning component when the cleaning component is in the swing-out position, the cleaning component The edge is located within the projected area of the widest edge of the machine body; or when the cleaning assembly is in the swing-out position, the widest edge of the cleaning assembly is aligned with the widest edge of the machine body.
  • the above various methods are based on the cleaning assembly 20. Since the cleaning assembly 20 includes a cleaning plate 90H and a cleaning piece 91H, the cleaning piece 91H is generally a rag. The rag has a certain amount of deformation. When the cleaning assembly 20 is in the retracted position or swings out, The position can be expressed by the position of the cleaning disk 90H and the machine body 10 , that is, the cleaning assembly 20 in the above various methods is replaced by the cleaning disk 90H.
  • the cleaning disk and the machine body have the above-mentioned corresponding relationships.
  • the cleaning disk 90H when the cleaning disk 90H is in the retracted position, a part of the cleaning disk 90H is located outside the peripheral side of the body 10; when the cleaning disk 90H is in the outer position, When the cleaning disk 90H is in the retracted position, the portion of the cleaning disk 90H located outside the circumference of the body 10 is larger than the portion of the cleaning disk 90H located outside the circumference of the body 10 when the cleaning disk 90H is in the retracted position.
  • the body 10 is also provided with a second driving structure 50M.
  • the second driving structure 50M can directly drive the cleaning component 20 to swing, or indirectly drive the cleaning component 20 to swing by driving the entire wet cleaning module 200M.
  • the second driving structure 50M driving the cleaning component 20 to swing is taken as an example for explanation.
  • the second driving structure 50M can drive the cleaning component 20 to move linearly or in an arc, so that the cleaning component 20 moves between the swing position and the retracted position. Switch between locations.
  • the cleaning component 20 is located at the bottom of the body 10 of the cleaning equipment. In order to realize the swinging out and retracting of the cleaning component 20 on the body 10, an avoidance space needs to be provided on the body 10 for the cleaning component 20 to swing outward and retract.
  • the bottom of the body 10 is provided with a moving channel 300H.
  • the cleaning component 20 is located at the bottom of the body 10.
  • the wet cleaning module 200M also includes a mounting part 2001H connected to the first driving structure 40M.
  • the mounting part 2001H is moving. Swing in the channel 300H; the cleaning component 20 is installed on the mounting part 2001H and located below the moving channel 300H, and the first driving structure 40M is located in the installation cavity of the body 10 .
  • the moving channel 300H can be a long hole, and the mounting part 2001H swings linearly in the long hole 110; or, as shown in Figure 31, the moving channel 300H can be an arc hole 110R, and the mounting part 2001H is in An arc-shaped swing is made in the arc hole 110R.
  • the length or curvature of the moving channel 300H determines the maximum stroke of the outward swing and inward retraction of the cleaning component 20, and also plays a guiding role in the outward swing and inward retraction of the cleaning component 20, that is, this moving channel for the swing track.
  • the first driving structure When the first driving structure is used, it can drive the cleaning component 20 to move up and down, and also drive the cleaning component 20 to rotate to perform mopping work. That is, the first driving structure and the lifting structure share a motor, and the first driving structure is a lifting structure.
  • the first driving structure 40M includes a rotating motor 2011M or a first motor 203M
  • the lifting structure includes a housing 2016M, a first fixed body 2012M and a second fixed body 2013M.
  • the first fixed body 2012M and the second fixed body 2013M are threadedly matched;
  • the outer shell 2016M has an accommodation cavity, the first fixed body 2012M and the second fixed body 2013M are located in the accommodation cavity, between the outer wall surface of the second fixed body 2013M and the outer shell 2016M
  • An interference abutment is formed by a matching piece, or the fitting piece may not be provided, and the interference abutment between the two forms a friction force, so that when the first fixed body 2012M rotates, the second fixed body 2013M moves relative to the outer shell 2016M and the outer shell 2016M.
  • the matching piece is threaded on the first fixed body 2012M to rotate and lift, so as to drive the cleaning assembly 20 to perform lifting movements.
  • one of the first fixed body 2012M and the second fixed body 2013M is provided with a threaded groove, and the other is provided with a rib or threaded thread 2011M that matches the threaded groove, so that the two form a threaded fit.
  • the second fixed body 2013M has an annular cavity, and the first fixed body 2012M is located in the annular cavity.
  • the first fixed body is the aforementioned second rotating member
  • the second fixed body is the aforementioned first rotating member
  • the annular cavity consists of the aforementioned first wall 321 and the second wall 322, and
  • the first wall 321 and the second wall 322 are surrounded by a connecting wall 327 connected at the bottom; the first wall 321 is provided with a threaded groove, and the second wall 322 is provided with the aforementioned accommodation space 324.
  • the fitting piece can be any of the aforementioned embodiments.
  • the first drive structure 40M also includes a first transmission mechanism 201M provided on the output shaft of the first motor 203M; the output shaft of the first transmission mechanism 201M is connected to the first fixed Body 2012M connection.
  • the rotation of the first motor 203M drives the first transmission mechanism 201M to rotate, and then the output shaft of the first transmission mechanism 201M drives the first fixed body 2012M to rotate, thereby causing the second fixed body 2013M to perform a threaded lifting movement relative to the housing 2016M.
  • the bottom of the second fixed body 2013M is provided with a mounting part 2001H, and the top of the cleaning disk 90H is connected to the mounting part 2001H.
  • the installation part 2001H is provided with a first magnet 2014M
  • the cleaning disk 90H is provided with a second magnet 2015M. Through the magnetic attraction of the first magnet and the second magnet 2015M, the cleaning disk 90H is fixed on the installation part. Department 2001H.
  • an upwardly protruding mounting protrusion 321 is provided on the top of the cleaning plate 90H, and the second magnet 2015M is mounted on the mounting protrusion 321 .
  • a mounting groove is provided on the top of the mounting protrusion 322, and the second magnet 2015M is embedded in the mounting groove.
  • the second wall 322 surrounds an accommodating space with the opening facing downwards.
  • the first magnet 2014M is embedded in the accommodating space.
  • the mounting protrusion of the cleaning tray 90H extends into the accommodating space through the opening.
  • a magnet 2014M and a second magnet 2015M are magnetically attracted to magnetically fix the cleaning disk 90H on the second fixed body 2013M.
  • the second driving structure 50M includes a second motor 204M and a second transmission mechanism 202M provided on the output shaft of the second motor 204M.
  • the first transmission mechanism 201M and the second transmission mechanism 202M are connected through a swing arm 205M or a swing member.
  • the swing arm 205M is used to drive the first driving structure to swing as a whole.
  • the first driving structure also includes an upper shell 326.
  • One end of the swing arm 205M is connected to the second transmission mechanism, and the other end is a middle shell.
  • the top of the middle shell is fixed to the upper shell 326.
  • the lower part of the middle shell is fixedly connected to the aforementioned outer shell 2016M (i.e., the installation piece), so that the output shaft of the first transmission mechanism 201M is connected to the upper end of the first fixed body 2012M.
  • the middle shell and the upper shell can be integrated to form a mounting shell, and the swing arm is connected to the mounting shell. or other forms, which are not limited here.
  • the second fixed body also includes an upper cover provided on the first wall.
  • the bottom end of the upper cover is provided with at least one first limiting portion 2022M protruding downward.
  • Each first limiting portion The portion 2022M is distributed at the upper end of a corresponding thread groove.
  • the first limiting portion 2022M blocks the rib or thread from continuing to rotate and prevents the second fixed body 2013M from descending. Location limited. Assume that when the second fixed body 2013M descends, the first motor 203M rotates in the second direction; when the second fixed body 2013M rises, the first motor 203M rotates in the first direction, and the first direction and the second direction are opposite.
  • the first limiting surface of the first limiting part 2022M abuts against the first surface of the rib or thread to prevent the second fixed body 2013M from continuing to rotate downward.
  • the first motor 203M continues to rotate When rotating in the second direction, there is no relative rotation between the second fixed body 2013M and the first fixed body 2012M, so as to perform mopping rotation.
  • a second limiting portion 2023M is provided at the lower end of each threaded groove, and the second limiting portion 2023M is provided at the lower end of a corresponding threaded groove, along the circumference of the second fixed body 2013M.
  • the second limiting portion 2023M blocks the ribs or threads from continuing to rotate, and limits the rising position of the second fixed body 2013M.
  • the second limiting surface of the second limiting part 2023M abuts against the second surface of the rib or thread 2011M to prevent the second fixed body 2013M from continuing to rotate upward.
  • the first motor 203M continues to rotate upward, When rotating along the first direction, there is no relative rotation between the second fixed body 2013M and the first fixed body 2012M.
  • the first surface and the second surface are distributed on the end surfaces of both ends of the rib or thread 2011M along the thread rotation direction of the second fixed body.
  • first limiting part and the second limiting part can also be of other structures. They only need to be provided with other forms of structures on the ends of the threaded grooves, along the spiral direction of the second fixed body. , just limit the end faces of the two ends of the rib or thread thread 2011M.
  • first limiting part and the second limiting part are protrusions, or blocks.
  • the moving channel 300H When the moving channel 300H is provided at the bottom of the body 10, since the mounting portion 2001H of the first driving structure 40M swings in the moving channel 300H, the moving channel 300H connects the external environment with the installation cavity of the body 10. In order to prevent external dust and The liquid enters the installation cavity of the body 10 through the moving channel 300H and affects the structures in the installation cavity, such as electronic devices or electrical components. To this end, the body 10 is also provided with a sealing structure for waterproofing and dustproofing to seal or block the moving channel 300H.
  • the sealing structure can move as the cleaning assembly 20 moves or swings in the moving channel 300H to block or seal the moving channel 300H.
  • the first driving structure 40M drives the cleaning assembly 20 to swing and at the same time drives the sealing structure to move, so that the cleaning assembly 20 is in the retracted position, the outward swinging position, or the retracted position.
  • the sealing structure In the swing position between the swing position and the swing-out position, the sealing structure can seal or block the moving channel 300H.
  • the sealing structure includes a first stopper and a second stopper.
  • the cleaning component 20 moves to drive the first stopper and the second stopper to move.
  • the second stopper moves.
  • the stopper seals or blocks the moving channel; when the cleaning assembly 20 is in the swing-out position, the first stopper seals or blocks the moving channel; when the cleaning assembly 20 is in the swing position between the retracted position and the swing-out position, the first stopper seals or blocks the moving channel.
  • the stopper part and the second stopper part cooperate to seal or block the moving channel 300H.
  • the sealing structure is provided on the body 10. Assume that the direction in which the cleaning assembly 20 moves in the moving channel 300H is the first direction, and the direction perpendicular to or intersecting with the first direction is the second direction.
  • the body 10 There is a track groove 120 extending along the second direction.
  • the sealing structure includes a first seal 810.
  • the first seal 810 includes a first stopper 8101, a second stopper 8102 and a guide protrusion 8103.
  • a stop part 8101 and a second stop part 8102 are arranged at an angle, and at least part of the guide protrusion 8103 extends into the interior of the track groove 120.
  • the The second stopper 8102 blocks a part of the elongated hole 110, that is, the second stopper 8102 blocks the moving channel 300H, and the corresponding first stopper 8101 is staggered with the moving channel 300H, as shown in Figure 22; when the cleaning assembly 20 When in the second position (ie, the swing-out position), the first stopper 8101 blocks another part of the elongated hole 110 . That is, the first stopper 8101 blocks the movement channel 300H, and the corresponding second stopper 8102 is offset from the movement channel 300H, as shown in FIG. 23 .
  • the first stopper 8101 and the second stopper 8102 are provided in conjunction, so that when the cleaning assembly 20 switches between the first position and the second position, the cleaning assembly 20 squeezes the first stopper 8101 or the second stopper 8102 .
  • the first stop part 8101 and the second stop part 8102 rotate simultaneously. As shown in FIG.
  • the cleaning component 20 when the cleaning component 20 is in the first position, the cleaning component 20 is squeezed with the first stopper 8101 so that the second stopper 8102 is located in a part of the stopper elongated hole 110 , and the cleaning component 20
  • the cleaning assembly 20 squeezes the second stopper 8102 so that the first stopper 8101 and the second stopper 8102 rotate counterclockwise in the figure, and the cleaning assembly 20 is in the third position.
  • the first stopper 8101 blocks another part of the elongated hole 110 .
  • the cleaning assembly 20 squeezes the first stopper 8101 and the second stopper 8102 to rotate counterclockwise in the figure. Since the installation part 2001H moves in the moving channel 300H, The first driving structure or the mounting part 2001H of the cleaning assembly 20 is bounded by the first stop part 8101 and the second stop part 8102 respectively blocking the moving channels 300H located on both sides of the installation part 2001H, so that the first stop parts 812H8101 and 8102 The second stopper 813H8102 cooperates. In the circular hole area exposed in the moving channel 300H in Figures 22 and 23, the first driving structure or the mounting part 2001H of the cleaning component 20 is in the shape of a circular column that matches or corresponds to this circular hole area. The figures show that when the cleaning component 20 When in the first position and the second position, the mounting part 2001H is in the corresponding position in the movement channel 300H.
  • the above-mentioned cleaning assembly 20 presses the first stopper part 8101 or the second stopper part 8102.
  • the mounting part 2001H presses the first stopper part 8101 or the second stopper part 8102 in the moving channel 300H.
  • the guide protrusion 8103 not only needs to follow the rotation of the first stopper 8101 and the second stopper 8102 , but also needs to move in the second direction inside the track groove 120 .
  • first stopper 8101 and the second stopper 8102 and the shapes of the first stopper 8101 and the second stopper 8102 can be adaptively adjusted as needed.
  • the first direction and the second direction are set at an angle of 90° to facilitate the movement of the guide protrusion 8103 inside the track groove 120 when the cleaning assembly 20 is switched from the first position to the second position.
  • the first sealing member 810 is a rigid sealing member to facilitate rotation under the extrusion of the cleaning assembly 20.
  • the first sealing member 810 may be made of stainless steel or mild steel.
  • the first seal may be made of a flexible or deformable material.
  • the cleaning equipment also includes a second seal 820.
  • the second seal 820 is cushioned between the body 10 and the first seal 810, wherein the second seal 820 is a flexible seal.
  • the second sealing member 820 may be made of rubber, silicone, or other materials. Of course, if the installation space is sufficient, the second sealing member 820 may not be provided, that is, the elongated hole 110 or the arc-shaped hole 110R may be sealed only by the first sealing member 810 .
  • a sealing structure can be used for sealing the elongated hole 110 or the arc-shaped hole 110R, as shown in Figures 26, 30 to 35
  • the first seal 810 also It can be a sliding sealing plate 810H, which includes a mounting through hole 811H, and a first stopper 812H and a second stopper 813H provided on both sides of the mounting through hole 811H.
  • the sealing plate slides through The mounting through hole 811H and the housing (or mounting piece) of the aforementioned first driving structure (or lifting structure) can drive the sliding sealing plate 810H to swing synchronously on the body 10 during the swing of the first driving structure, thereby achieving sealing effect.
  • the sliding sealing plate 810H can be sleeved on the outer periphery of the housing 2016M of the first driving structure through the mounting through hole 811H.
  • the designer can determine the connection method between the shell and the sliding sealing plate 810H according to the needs of use, such as using buckles 815H to connect, or using screws to connect, or using other types of fasteners to connect, and there are no specific restrictions here.
  • the sliding sealing plate 810H can be sleeved on the outer periphery of the housing 2016M through the mounting through hole 811H.
  • a card slot 814H is provided, and the other is provided with a buckle 815H, and the connection is achieved through the snap connection between the buckle 815H and the card slot 814H.
  • the card slot is provided on the installation through hole, and the buckle is provided on the outer wall of the housing 2016M.
  • the mounting through hole 811H of the sliding sealing plate 810H is provided with an annular flange 816H protruding upward, and the above-mentioned latching groove 814H or buckle 815H is provided on the inner wall of the annular flange 816H. superior.
  • at least one upward lug 817H is provided on the annular flange 816H, and the above-mentioned slot 814H or buckle 815H is provided on the inner wall of each lug 817H to facilitate the installation of the sliding sealing plate 810H.
  • shell 2016M On shell 2016M.
  • a positioning protrusion is set on one of the inner wall of the installation through hole 811H and the outer wall of the housing 2016M.
  • another setting slot is 2018M.
  • the protrusion 2017M is provided on the inner wall of the mounting through hole, and the positioning groove is provided on the outer wall of the housing.
  • the sliding sealing plate 810H When the sliding sealing plate 810H is placed upwardly on the outer wall of the housing 2016M from the bottom of the second fixed body 2013M, it slides vertically into the positioning groove 2018M through the positioning protrusion 2017M to position the sliding sealing plate 810H to ensure the aforementioned
  • the buckle 815H is snap-connected to the card slot 814H.
  • the housing 2016M and the sliding sealing plate 810H can be fixed in a manner other than the above-mentioned clamping method between the buckle 815H and the slot 814H, but can also be fixed by other methods, such as fasteners or threads.
  • a set of limit protrusions are also provided on the outer wall of the housing 2016M, and each set of limit protrusions includes two spaced apart limit protrusions.
  • Protrusion 818H, two limiting protrusions are located on both sides of a buckle 815H to prevent the buckle from moving along the circumferential direction of the housing 2016M.
  • the figure shows a swing space 30H provided on the body 10.
  • the first driving structure used to drive the cleaning assembly 20 to rotate can move within the swing space 30H, thereby switching the retracted position and the outward position. Position.
  • the body 10 also includes a shielding plate 301H covering the swing space 30H.
  • the shielding plate 301H is provided with a moving channel 300H.
  • the vertical projection of the moving channel 300H covers the swinging space 30H or is located on the swinging space 30H.
  • the swing space is within 30H.
  • the moving channel 300H is a long hole 110 or an arc hole 110R provided on the shielding plate 301H, which is not specifically limited here.
  • an escape through hole 302H can also be provided on the shielding plate 301H.
  • the shielding plate 301H is installed on the body 10, at least one water outlet 900H is provided on the body 10 and placed in the space where the escape through hole 302H is located, so that The water outlet 900H can be exposed to avoid interference with the use of the water outlet 900H.
  • Designers can adjust the shape and structure of the shielding plate 301H according to usage requirements, for example, setting the shielding plate 301H into a semicircular, semielliptical, rectangular, etc. shape, which is not specifically limited here.
  • the mounting part 2001H can extend out of the moving channel 300H on the shielding plate 301H and connect with the fixed part 9003H on the cleaning tray 90H.
  • the figures show three states of the cleaning component 20 during use, that is, the cleaning component 20 is in the retracted position, the cleaning component 20 is in the retracted position, and the cleaning component 20 is in the retracted position. 20 is in an intermediate state (ie, a swinging state) between the retracted position and the outward swinging position, and the cleaning assembly 20 is in the outward swinging position.
  • an intermediate state ie, a swinging state
  • the sliding sealing plate 810H can move synchronously with the first driving structure or the cleaning assembly or the installation part of the cleaning assembly, and seal the moving channel 300H on the shielding plate 301H.
  • the sliding sealing plate 810H can dynamically seal the arc hole 110R; or the sliding sealing plate 810H can dynamically seal the elongated hole 110.
  • the exposed moving channel 300H can be blocked by the second stopper 813H of the sliding sealing plate 810H, thereby playing a sealing or blocking role.
  • the first stopper 812H of the sliding sealing plate 810H moves to the inside of the shielding plate 301H.
  • part of the moving channel 300H can be blocked by the first stopper 812H of the sliding sealing plate 810H.
  • the second stopper portion 813H of the sliding sealing plate 810H can block the remaining moving channel 300H, thus achieving a sealing effect.
  • the exposed moving channel 300H can be blocked by the first stop 812H of the sliding sealing plate 810H, and the second stopper of the sliding sealing plate 810H
  • the portion 813H moves to the inside of the shielding plate 301H, thereby performing a sealing effect.
  • both the first stop portion 812H and the second stop portion 813H of the sliding sealing plate 810H can be used to seal the moving channel 300H, so the area of the sliding sealing plate 810H should be at least twice larger than the area of the moving channel 300H.
  • the first stopper 812H and the second stopper 813H share the area where the mounting through hole 811H is located.
  • the area of the first stopper 812H and the second stopper 813H are both larger than the area of the moving channel 300H.
  • the area of the first stopper 812H and the second stopper 813H are both 1.05 times, 1.1 times, 1.2 times, 1.5 times, etc. of the area of the moving channel 300H;
  • the areas of the stoppers 813H may be equal or unequal.
  • the body 10 may not be provided with the shielding plate 301H, and the moving channel 300H may be directly provided at the bottom of the body 10, thereby achieving the same effect as mentioned above.
  • multiple limit blocks 101H can also be provided on the body 10 , and the limit blocks 101H are used to limit the movement stroke of the sliding sealing plate 810H, thereby controlling the outward swing or inward retraction of the cleaning assembly 20 . s position.
  • two limiting blocks 101H are provided on the body 10.
  • the two limiting blocks 101H are respectively located at both ends of the sliding sealing plate 810H and are placed on the movement path of the sliding sealing plate 810H. Therefore, when the sliding sealing plate 810H abuts When on the limiting block 101H at one end, the limiting block 101H plays a limiting role on the sliding sealing plate 810H.
  • a sliding guide structure may be provided between the sliding sealing plate 810H and the body 10 so that the sliding sealing plate 810H can slide along the body 10 better.
  • a chute and slider structure may be provided between the sliding sealing plate 810H and the body 10, and there is no specific limitation here.
  • the above-mentioned mounting part 2001H moving in the moving channel 300H can be the mounting part 2001H of the first driving structure, or the mounting part 2001H of the cleaning component 20.
  • the function of this mounting part 2001H can connect the cleaning component 20 and the cleaning component 20.
  • the first drive structure is connected.
  • the sealing sliding plate 810H is located in the installation cavity of the body, and the cleaning assembly is located under the bottom of the body.
  • the second case of the sealing structure can be a flexible component with one end fixed on the body 10 and the other end capable of deforming as the cleaning assembly 20 swings. During the swing of the cleaning assembly 20, the other end of the sealing structure The cleaning component 20 moves as it swings to dynamically block the moving channel 300H.
  • the sealing structure is a sealing structure member.
  • the sealing structure member blocks the elongated hole 110 or the arc hole 110R.
  • the peripheral edge of the sealing structure member is connected to the body 10.
  • the sealing structure member has an installation opening, and The installation opening is located within the area of the elongated hole 110 or the arc-shaped hole 110R, a part of the cleaning assembly 20 passes through the installation opening, and the peripheral edge of the installation opening is connected to the housing 2016M of the first driving structure.
  • the peripheral edge of the sealing structure is connected to the body 10
  • the peripheral edge of the installation port is connected to the housing 2016M of the first driving structure, so as to achieve blocking of the long hole 110 or the arc hole without affecting the movement of the cleaning assembly 20 .
  • 110R when the cleaning component 20 is switching between the first position and the second position, the cleaning component 20 will drive the sealing structure to move so that the installation port moves with the cleaning component 20 to always maintain a sealed state to prevent dust, etc. It enters the inside of the body 10 through the long hole 110 .
  • the sealing structural member is a rubber coating 820H or rubber.
  • the rubber coating 820H As an example, one end of the rubber coating 820H is fixed on the body 10, and the other end is fixed on the housing 2016M of the first driving structure. , the rubber coating layer 820H has a certain elasticity. During the swing process, the cleaning component 20 drives one end of the rubber coating layer 820H fixed on the housing 2016M to swing, and the rubber coating layer 820H deforms, thereby realizing the long hole 110 or the arc hole. 110R seal. Further, the sealing structural member is made of elastic rubber.
  • the elongated hole 110 or the arc-shaped hole 110R can be sealed by a retractable corrugated plate 830H.
  • the corrugated plate 830H By arranging the corrugated plate 830H at the long hole 110 or the arc hole 110R on the body 10, and connecting the corrugated plate 830H with the shell 2016M of the first driving structure, the surroundings of the corrugated plate 830H are fixedly connected to the edge of the moving channel 300H,
  • the part of the corrugated plate 830H located on one side of the cleaning assembly 20 is compressed, that is, the part located on one side of the mounting part 2001H is compressed, and the part located on the other side of the cleaning assembly 20 is stretched, that is, the part located on the mounting part 2001H
  • the part on the other side is stretched to seal the moving channel 300H, so that when the cleaning assembly 20 is switched between the first position and the second position, the corrugated plate 830H can be telescopically adjusted to seal the long hole 110 or the
  • the sealing structure When the sealing structure is disposed on the housing 2016M of the first driving structure, no matter whether the cleaning assembly 20 is in the mopping position, the lifting position or other positions, the sealing structure will not follow the cleaning assembly 20 to move up and down, and the sealing structure can seal Or block the moving channel 300H. That is, the sealing structure only moves following the movement or swing of the cleaning component 20 or the first driving structure, but does not follow the lifting or descending movement of the first driving structure or the cleaning component 20 . In this case, the sealing structure can be located in the installation cavity of the body 10 , that is, located inside the moving channel 300H.
  • the cleaning assembly 20 is located outside the bottom of the body 10 , and the sealing structure is located above the cleaning assembly 20 ; the sealing structure can also be located on the body 10 outside the bottom of the moving channel 300H, that is, located outside the moving channel 300H but above the cleaning assembly 20 .
  • the sealing structure is provided on the housing 2016M of the first driving structure, when the first driving structure drives the cleaning assembly 20 to rotate to perform mopping work, the sealing structure will not rotate along with the cleaning assembly 20 .
  • the sealing sliding plate has the structure shown in Figures 27, 40, 41, 64, 65, 56, and 57, and is snap-connected to the mounting portion of the first driving structure, that is, When there is no relative rotation between the sealing sliding plate and the mounting portion of the first driving structure, at this time, the sealing sliding plate can only be disposed on the housing 2016M of the first driving structure, that is, the housing 2016M of the first driving structure serves as Its mounting part (for ease of distinction, abbreviated as the second mounting part) is used to install the sealing structure.
  • the above-mentioned sealing sliding plate 810H, sealing structural member and corrugated plate may also be used separately.
  • the housing 2016M of the first driving structure is fixed, but is connected to the mounting portion of the first driving structure for installing the cleaning component.
  • This mounting portion can be provided on the cleaning component or on the first driving structure (for ease of distinction, Abbreviated as the first installation department).
  • the installation through hole 811H of the seal sliding plate, or the installation opening of the corrugated plate 830H, or the installation opening of the sealing structural member can be rotatably sleeved on the first mounting part 2001H, or it can be sleeved in other rotatable ways.
  • the sealing structure is located in the installation cavity of the body 10, the cleaning component 20 is located outside the bottom of the body 10, and the sealing structure is located above the cleaning component 20. Since the second fixed body 2013M moves up and down relative to the shell 2016M or the body 10, then The sealing structure moves up and down simultaneously with the second fixed body 2013M or the cleaning component 20 .
  • the sealing structure When the cleaning assembly 20 is in the mopping position, the sealing structure is in the lowest position to seal or block the moving channel 300H; when the cleaning assembly 20 is lifted from the mopping position to the non-working position, since the non-working position is higher than the mopping position, At the ground position, the second fixed body 2013M, the cleaning component 20, and the sealing structure move upward simultaneously. However, the sealing structure is rotatably connected to the first mounting part. That is, when the cleaning assembly 20 is in the mopping position and the second fixed body 2013M drives the cleaning assembly 20 to rotate and mop the floor, the sealing structure will not follow the second fixed body 2013M. and the cleaning assembly 20 rotates.
  • one end of the corrugated plate 830H is fixed on the body 10, and the other end is provided with an installation opening.
  • the installation opening is sleeved and fixed on the outer wall of the first installation part.
  • the sealing structure is the aforementioned sliding sealing plate 810H
  • the cleaning assembly 20 when the cleaning assembly 20 is in the non-working position (for example, the raised position), there is a gap between the sliding sealing plate 810H and the moving channel 300H in the height direction of the body 10.
  • the size of this gap mainly It depends on the height difference between the mopping position and the non-working position. If the height difference between the mopping position and the non-working position is small, the gap will be small. At this time, the sealing structure can also block the moving channel 300H.
  • the sealing structure is the aforementioned corrugated plate 830H or the sealing structural member, because the corrugated plate 830H and the sealing structural member have a certain amount of deformation, when the When the cleaning assembly 20 or the second fixed body 2013M moves up and down, the corrugated plate 830H and the sealing structure are deformed.
  • the corrugated plate 830H and the sealing structure will not create a gap with the moving channel 300H, and can seal the moving channel 300H. That is, the sealing structure can deform and follow the first driving structure or the cleaning component 20 to perform lifting and swinging movements, and the sealing structure can always seal the moving channel 300H.
  • the first mounting portion used to connect the first driving structure and the cleaning assembly 20 is located in the moving channel. Swing in the moving channel to switch the cleaning component between the retracted position and the outward swing position.
  • the first mounting part includes the lower part of the aforementioned first wall, the connecting wall and the second wall.
  • the sealing structure is sleeved on the outer wall of the first wall and is located on the first wall.
  • a required lifting gap is reserved between the top of the sealing structure and the bottom of the housing 2016M, so that the sealing sliding plate is sleeved outside the first wall and can follow the movement of the second fixed body. Ascending or descending movement.
  • the third The first mounting body is an outer wall with a mounting protrusion, and the sealing structure is sleeved on the outer wall of the mounting protrusion.
  • the sealing structure can be provided on the outer wall of the fitting part. in particular:
  • the mating part is a rotating body
  • the installation through hole of the sealing sliding plate, the installation opening of the corrugated plate, and the installation opening of the sealing structural member are rotatably sleeved on the outer wall of the rotating body.
  • the sealing structure does not rotate during this process.
  • the second fixed body moves up and down, the rotating body does not move up and down, so it does not drive the sealing structure to move up and down.
  • the fitting part is a fitting part that is fixed relative to the machine body
  • the fitting part is the aforementioned damping, rubber strip, etc.
  • the damping or rubber strip itself does not move with the lifting and lowering of the first driving structure, and does not rotate with the rotation of the cleaning assembly.
  • the installation through hole of the sealing sliding plate, the installation opening of the corrugated plate, and the installation opening of the sealing structural member can be fixedly placed on the outer wall of the mating part.
  • the sealing structure is sleeved on the mounting bracket and fixed.
  • the sealing structure is provided on the mounting part of the first driving structure and moves with the swing of the first driving structure, so that when the cleaning assembly is in the retracted position, the outward swinging position, or between the retracted position and the outward swinging position, In the swing position, the sealing structure can seal or block the moving channel, and will not affect the first driving structure to drive the cleaning component to perform lifting movements and mopping rotations (or vibrating mopping movements).
  • the installation of the first driving structure The part may be the first mounting part of the second fixed body that is directly fixed to the cleaning component, or it may be the housing 2016M (i.e., the second mounting part) indirectly connected to the cleaning component, or it may be a matching piece of the aforementioned first driving structure. (i.e., the third mounting portion); that is, when the mounting portion of the first driving structure is used to install the sealing structure, it should be interpreted broadly rather than just limited to the schematic diagram of the accompanying drawings.
  • the lifting structure drives the first driving structure to lift as a whole
  • the second driving structure 50M drives the lifting structure to swing as a whole, so as to drive the first driving structure and the cleaning assembly 20 to swing as a whole.
  • the above-mentioned sealing structure provided on the first driving structure can be provided on the housing of the lifting structure, or on the housing 2016M of the first driving structure, as long as the sealing structure does not rise or fall with the lifting structure or with the first driving structure.
  • the sealing structure only oscillates with the first driving structure relative to the body.
  • the above-mentioned first driving structure can adopt any of the embodiments described in the previous embodiments in which the first rotating member cooperates with the second rotating member.
  • the cleaning equipment has the function of swinging out and retracting to achieve edge cleaning.
  • the cleaning equipment also has the function of automatically disassembling and installing the above-mentioned cleaning component 20, eliminating the need for the user to manually replace the cleaning component 20.
  • the cleaning component 20 can move up and down driven by the lifting structure.
  • the lifting structure takes the above-mentioned first driving structure as an example to unfold.
  • the mounting portion 2001H of the second fixed body 2013M of the first driving structure is magnetically connected to the top of the cleaning disk 90H; Or the mounting part 2001H of the second fixed body 2013M is plugged into the top of the cleaning tray 90H; or the mounting part 2001H of the second fixed body 2013M and the top of the cleaning tray 90H are connected using a second buckle connection, or other connection methods, Only during the upward movement of the second fixed body 2013M, the cleaning disk 90H is blocked by a blocking member or receives a downward force, so that the cleaning disk 90H cannot continue to rise with the second fixed body 2013M, so that the second fixed body 2013M is blocked.
  • the cleaning disk 90H is separated from the second fixed body 2013M; on the contrary, when the cleaning disk 90H and the second fixed body 2013M are in a separated state, the cleaning disk 90H needs to be automatically installed on the second fixed body 2013M.
  • the mounting part 2001H of the body 2013M When the mounting part 2001H of the body 2013M is on, first align the top of the cleaning plate 90H with the mounting part 2001H, and then the second fixed body 2013M makes a descending movement. As the mounting part 2001H of the second fixed body 2013M descends, the mounting part 2001H It can be magnetically attached to the top of the cleaning tray 90H, or plug-fitted, or snap-fitted.
  • one of the tops of the mounting part 2001H and the cleaning tray 90H is provided with a second buckle, and the other is provided with a second buckle.
  • the The second buckle or the second buckle is provided on an inclined guide slope to facilitate the second buckle to be inserted into the second buckle or to be disengaged from the second buckle.
  • the second slot can be replaced by a boss, and the second buckle is locked on the boss.
  • the body 10 includes a chassis 103 and a top cover. The chassis and the top cover are detachably connected. The bottom of the body 10 is also the bottom of the chassis.
  • the second fixed body 2013M has a mopping position, a lifting position and a separation position relative to the body 10.
  • the lifting position is higher than the mopping position
  • the separation position is higher than the lifting position; correspondingly, the cleaning assembly 20 has a mopping position, a lifting position and a separation position.
  • the second fixed body 2013M is in the mopping position, and the cleaning piece 91H of the cleaning assembly 20 can contact the surface to be cleaned.
  • the first limiting surface of the first limiting part 2022M is in contact with the ribs or threads. If the first motor 203M continues to rotate in the second direction, the second fixed body 2013M will not rotate relative to the first fixed body 2012M, and the first fixed body 2012M and the second fixed body 2013M will rotate synchronously.
  • the cleaning member 91H of the cleaning assembly 20 mops or wipes the surface to be cleaned.
  • the first motor 203M rotates in the first direction
  • the second fixed body 2013M rotates upward relative to the first fixed body 2012M
  • the cleaning assembly 20 follows the second fixed body 2013M.
  • 2013M is lifted upward so that the second fixed body 2013M reaches the lifted position and reaches the position shown in Figure 46.
  • the cleaning part 91H of the cleaning assembly 20 is separated from the surface to be cleaned.
  • the first magnet 2014M and the second magnet 2015M remain magnetically fixed.
  • there is a second distance between the top surface of the corresponding cleaning plate 90H and the bottom surface of the body 10 is smaller than the first distance.
  • the controller controls the first motor 203M to stop rotating.
  • the first motor 203M may lag, and it is not ruled out that the top of the cleaning disk 90H at this time Possibility of surface contact with the bottom surface of the body 10. Normally or normally, the top surface of the cleaning disk 90H will not come into contact with the bottom surface of the body 10.
  • the first motor 203M continues to rotate in the first direction, and the second fixed body 2013M drives the cleaning assembly 20 to move upward.
  • the top surface of the cleaning disk 90H contacts the bottom surface of the body 10, the body 10
  • the bottom of the cleaning plate 90H exerts a downward blocking force on the top of the cleaning disk 90H.
  • the first motor 203M continues to drive the second fixed body 2013M to rise, but the cleaning disk 90H is blocked by the bottom of the machine body 10 and no longer continues to follow the second fixed body.
  • 2013M rises, the first magnet 2014M and the second magnet 2015M gradually move away, and the magnetic attraction decreases.
  • the second fixed body 2013M rises to the position shown in Figure 47, the second fixed body 2013M separates from the cleaning assembly 20.
  • the second fixed body 2013M is in the separated position, and the cleaning assembly 20 is also in the separated position.
  • the second limiting surface of the aforementioned second limiting portion 2023M is abutted on the convex position.
  • the second surface of the rib or thread prevents the second fixed body 2013M from continuing to rotate upward. If the first motor 203M continues to rotate in the first direction, there will be no relative movement between the first solid body and the second solid body.
  • the cleaning device 20 needs to be returned to the base station to install and disassemble the cleaning component 20, and the new cleaning component 20 is pre-installed on the base station; when the cleaning device returns After aligning to the base station, the installation protrusion of the rag tray of the new cleaning component 20 is directly below the accommodation space of the second fixed body 2013M.
  • the second fixed body 2013M needs to be lowered from the separation position to the mopping position, and the installation The protrusion extends into the accommodation space, and the first magnet 2014M and the second magnet 2015M are magnetically attracted to connect the second fixed body 2013M and the cleaning assembly 20 in place.
  • the first motor 203M rotates in the second direction, and the second fixed body 2013M threads rotate downward, descending from the separation position to the lifting position, and then descending to the mopping position, so that the cleaning assembly 20 and Automatic installation of the second fixed body 2013M.
  • the second fixed body 2013M is in the mopping position, the first limiting surface of the aforementioned first limiting portion 2022M contacts the threaded teeth or the first surface of the rib of the first fixed body 2012M, blocking the second fixed body. 2013M rotates relative to the first fixed body 2012M.
  • the first motor 203M continues to rotate in the second direction, there will be no relative movement between the first fixed body 2012M and the second fixed body 2013M.
  • the solid body rotates synchronously to drive the cleaning component 20 to rotate, and the cleaning member 91H cleans the surface to be cleaned.
  • the second fixed body 2013M can also be lowered from the lifting position to the mopping position. The lowering process is the same as the above and will not be described again here.
  • the second fixed body 2013M also has a manual installation position.
  • the manual installation position is between the lifting position and the mopping position.
  • the cleaning device In order to make the cleaning device not only have the function of automatic disassembly, but also have a position for the user to manually install the cleaning component 20 functions for users to choose.
  • the second fixed body 2013M when the cleaning assembly 20 is not installed on the cleaning equipment, the second fixed body 2013M is usually in a separated position.
  • the user When the user needs to install it manually, the user lifts the cleaning equipment, and the driving wheel or walking wheel of the walking system of the cleaning equipment is suspended, and the detection device Upon detecting this signal, the controller will control the first motor 203M to rotate in the second direction according to this signal, and the second fixed body 2013M moves downward to the manual installation position for the user to install the cleaning assembly 20 .
  • the cleaning component 20 when the cleaning component 20 is not provided on the cleaning equipment, the second fixed body 2013M can also be in a raised position and lowered from the raised position to the manual installation position.
  • the manual installation position can also be other positions, as long as it is not a separated position, such as a lifting position or a mopping position.
  • the base station includes a base 101 and a body located on the base 101.
  • a receiving space is formed between the body and the base 101 to accommodate the cleaning equipment.
  • the top surface of the base 101 is provided with a cleaning structure corresponding to the cleaning member 91H to clean the cleaning member 91H.
  • the cleaning structure includes a cleaning cavity provided on the base 101.
  • At least one or more cleaning ribs 105H are provided in the cleaning cavity.
  • Protrusions are provided on the cleaning ribs for frictional contact of the cleaning parts 91H.
  • One end of the plurality of cleaning ribs surrounds a central area, and a first positioning member 101H is provided on the central area.
  • a positioning groove 92H is provided at the bottom of the cleaning plate 90H.
  • the positioning groove 92H is in contact with the first positioning member 101H.
  • the parts plug together.
  • the positioning groove 92H and the first positioning member are in the shape of a polygon or a conical boss.
  • the longitudinal cross section of the positioning groove 92H is generally trapezoidal.
  • the first positioning member is a third magnet that generates magnetic attraction to the second magnet 2015M on top of the cleaning tray 90H to position the cleaning assembly 20 on the base station.
  • the clean cleaning component 20 is magnetically fixed by the third magnet and the second magnet 2015M on the cleaning tray 90H to position the cleaning component 20 on the base station.
  • the cleaning The second fixed body 2013M of the device is preferably returned to the base station in a separated position to prevent the first magnet 2014M on the second fixed body 2013M from magnetically attracting the second magnet 2015M, causing the position of the cleaning assembly 20 on the base station to shift.
  • the accommodation space of the second fixed body 2013M is located directly above the top of the cleaning tray 90H.
  • the second fixed body 2013M is lowered to the mopping position, and the first magnet 2014M aligns with the second magnet.
  • the magnetic attraction force generated by 2015M is greater than the sum of the magnetic attraction force generated by the third magnet on the second magnet 2015M and the gravity of the cleaning component, so that the cleaning component 20 is installed on the second fixed body 2013M.
  • an alignment device is provided on the base station, so that after the cleaning equipment returns to the base station, the accommodation space of the second fixed body is directly above the installation protrusion of the cleaning tray.
  • the alignment device includes at least one second positioning member 102H provided on the side wall of the base, and the side wall of the body of the corresponding cleaning device is provided with a limiting member that plug-fits with the second positioning member.
  • the first positioning member is a protrusion
  • the limiting member is a groove.
  • the alignment device also includes at least one third positioning member 103H.
  • the third positioning member 103 tends to extend upward under the action of the elastic member; a limiting groove is provided on the bottom of the body.
  • the body The bottom of the machine first compresses the third positioning member, and the third positioning member is in a retracted state; when the cleaning equipment continues to retreat on the base station, when the third positioning member is facing the limiting groove, the bottom of the body does not squeeze the third positioning member.
  • the third positioning member pops up and is inserted into the limiting groove under the action of the restoring force of the elastic member.
  • the third positioning member may be a plunger structure or other telescopic elastic structure.
  • the alignment device also includes a fourth positioning member 104H.
  • the fourth positioning member 104H is two grooves provided on the base. The two grooves are for a driving wheel to be inserted into to limit the position of the driving wheel; at the same time, the grooves There are multiple anti-skid bumps on the inner wall to prevent the drive wheel from sliding in the groove.
  • the alignment device is provided with a plurality of positioning members to ensure that after the cleaning equipment is aligned back to the base station, the accommodation space of the second fixed body is directly above the installation protrusion of the cleaning disk.
  • the lifting structure when realizing automatic disassembly, in addition to the above-mentioned structure, can also be other structures. It only needs that the lifting structure has a lifting component, the lifting component is connected to the cleaning component, and a blocking member is provided on the rising path of the cleaning disk.
  • the blocking member can be the bottom of the machine body or other structures provided on the machine body. It only needs to be able to provide a blocking force to the cleaning disk so that the lifting part can be separated from the cleaning disk while the lifting part continues to rise.
  • the cleaning component 20 when the lifting structure drives the cleaning component 20 to perform lifting movements, the cleaning component 20 is in the retracted position; when the cleaning component 20 is in the mopping position, the cleaning component 20 swings on the moving channel 300H to move between the retracted and outward swing positions. switch.
  • the cleaning equipment returns to the base station to disassemble or install the cleaning component 20, the cleaning component 20 is always in the retracted position.
  • the cleaning component 20 has a retracted position, an outward swinging position, and a swinging position.
  • the first lifting structure connected to the cleaning component 20 also has a retracted position, an outward swinging position, and a swinging position.
  • the position of the cleaning component 20 can be detected first. If the cleaning component 20 is not in the retracted position, the control system controls the second driving structure 50M to open and drive. The cleaning assembly 20 is retracted until it reaches the retracted position. Alternatively, before the cleaning equipment is set back to the base station, it is not detected whether the cleaning component 20 is in the retracted position. The control system controls the second driving structure 50M to drive the cleaning component 20 to forcefully retract, and then detects whether the cleaning component 20 is in the retracted position. If When the cleaning component 20 is in the retracted position, the motor of the second driving structure 50M stops rotating; otherwise, the motor of the second driving structure 50M continues to rotate until the cleaning component 20 is in the retracted position.
  • the cleaning part 91H of the wet cleaning module 200M needs to be kept moist when performing cleaning tasks.
  • the water replenishing mechanism on the body 10 replenishes the cleaning part 91H to moisten the cleaning part 91H. Since the cleaning component 20 of the wet cleaning module 200M can swing outward and retract relative to the body 10, the cleaning component 20 can be in the swing-out position, the retracted position, and the dynamic position during the switching process between the swing-out position and the retracted position (i.e., swing position), so the position of the water outlet 900H of the water replenishing mechanism also changes accordingly.
  • the water outlet 900H is provided on the body 10.
  • the water outlet 900H will not move relative to the body 10 with the swing of the cleaning assembly 20.
  • a hollow area 902H is provided on the cleaning plate 90H; The solution flowing out of the water outlet passes through the hollow area and provides solution to the cleaning part 91H.
  • the cleaning assembly 20 When the cleaning assembly 20 is in any one of the retracted position, the outward swinging position, and the swinging position, at least part of the at least one water outlet 900H is always connected to the hollow area.
  • the water outlet 900H can be partially connected to the hollow area.
  • the water outlet 900H with one-half or three-quarters of the area is always connected to the hollow area.
  • the area of the water outlet 900H can also be other values, which can be determined according to needs. Or, if the entire water outlet 900H is always connected to the hollow area, no matter whether the cleaning component 20 swings or not, the solution flowing out of the water outlet 900H through the hollow area can provide solution for the cleaning part 91H to moisten the cleaning part 91H.
  • the cleaning plate 90H of the cleaning assembly 20 is provided with an annular hollow area.
  • the cleaning assembly 20 When the cleaning assembly 20 is in the retracted position, the outward swing position and the swing position, the corresponding vertical projections of the hollow area on the bottom of the body 10 are respectively the retracted vertical projections.
  • the water outlet 900H is always connected to the hollow area.
  • the water outlet 900H can provide cleaning parts. 91H hydration.
  • the water outlet 900H can also be located in the retracted vertical projection area 904H , so that the cleaning component 20 is in the retracted position, and the water outlet 900H is always connected to the hollow area to replenish the cleaning member 91H; or, at least part of it can be
  • the water outlet 900H is located in the swing vertical projection area, so that the cleaning component 20 can be in the swing position, and the water outlet 900H is always connected to the hollow area to replenish water for the cleaning part 91H; or, at least part of the water outlet 900H is located in the swing vertical projection.
  • the water outlet 900H is always connected to the hollow area during the swing process of the cleaning component 20, and the cleaning part 91H is replenished with water.
  • At least part of the water outlet 900H is located in the overlapping area 906H of the retracted vertical projection area and the outward swing vertical projection area, so that the water outlet 900H is always connected to the hollow area regardless of whether the cleaning assembly 20 is in the outward swing position or the retracted position.
  • Cleaning piece 91H replenishes water.
  • the cleaning equipment is generally equipped with two wet cleaning modules 200M.
  • the cleaning equipment When the cleaning equipment is cleaning along the edge, it can use one side edge. For example, the cleaning equipment uses the right edge, then the wet cleaning module 200M located on the right side of the cleaning equipment can swing relative to the body 10 , the wet cleaning module 200M located on the left side of the cleaning equipment cannot swing relative to the body 10.
  • the installation cavity of the body 10 needs to reserve space for the swing of the wet cleaning module 200M on the right side, so that the wet cleaning module 200M is adjacent to it.
  • the structure is arranged slightly differently on the whole machine.
  • the dust box 102M is located in the installation cavity of the body 10.
  • the dust box 102M is At least one first escape surface 1024M is provided on a wall to increase the space between the wall of the dust box 102M and the inner wall or side wall of the body 10, or to reserve an installation space for the aforementioned second
  • the drive structure 50M, or the first drive structure 40M, or the first drive structure 40M and the second drive structure 50M are installed.
  • the dust box 102M has at least one first escape surface 1024M.
  • the first escape surface 1024M forms a moving space with at least the inner wall of the body 10.
  • the moving space is for at least one cleaning assembly 20 to be in a retracted position and an outward swing position.
  • the second driving structure 50M and 40M are used to drive the first driving structure to move in the movement space to drive the cleaning assembly 20 to move.
  • both the first driving structure and the second driving structure are provided in the moving space; or, at least part of the first driving structure is provided in the moving space, and at least part of the first driving structure moves in the moving space, so as to The cleaning component 20 is driven to move.
  • the above-mentioned moving space may also be a swing space 30H or an installation space.
  • the first escape surface 1024M is at least partially provided on the side wall of the dust box 102M, or the entire first escape surface 1024M is provided on the side wall of the dust box 102M, or is partially provided on the side wall of the dust box 102M, and is partially provided on the side wall of the dust box 102M.
  • the dust box 102M is also provided with at least one second escape surface 1025M, and a moving space, installation space or swing space is enclosed between the second escape surface 1025M and the inner wall of the dust box 102M.
  • a moving space, installation space or swing space is enclosed between the second escape surface 1025M and the inner wall of the dust box 102M.
  • the cleaning component 20 of the module 200M swings on the body 10.
  • at least part of the first driving structure in the wet cleaning module 200M swings in the moving space.
  • at least part of the first drive structure and at least part of the second drive structure are located within this movement space.
  • the first escape surface 1024M and the second escape surface 1025M of the dust box 102M are not adjacently distributed on the side wall of the dust box 102M, or are distributed on the opposite side walls of the dust box 102M.
  • the dust inlet of the dust box 102M is located on the wall of the dust box 102M on the side away from the fan 103M, and a filter assembly 1023M is provided on the exhaust outlet 1022M.
  • the filter assembly 1023M is a sea filter assembly. Pa, or other filter.
  • one end of the filter assembly 1023M can be fixed on the first escape surface 1024M.
  • the moving space formed between the second avoidance surface 1025M and the inner wall of the body 10 is used for the installation of other structures.
  • the first avoidance surface 1024M is provided with an air inlet 1028M
  • the second avoidance surface 1025M is provided with a dust exhaust outlet 1027M
  • the dust exhaust outlet 1027M is provided with a dust exhaust duct 1026M.
  • the dust exhaust duct is distributed between the second avoidance surface 1025M and the machine body.
  • the air inlet 1028M is not provided with an air inlet channel so as not to occupy the movement space formed between the first avoidance surface 1024M and the body 10 .
  • the air inlet 1028M and the dust exhaust air duct can be connected to the blowing end of the dust collecting fan on the base station and the air inlet 1028M.
  • the suction end of the dust collecting fan is connected to the dust exhaust outlet 1027M.
  • the dust collecting fan on the base station blows and sucks Collect the garbage in the dust box 102M into the dust bin or dust bag of the base station.
  • the air inlet 1028M does not need to be connected to the blowing end of the dust collecting fan on the base station.
  • the dust exhaust duct only needs to be connected to the suction end of the dust collecting fan.
  • the installation cavity of the body 10 The air can enter the dust box 102M through the air inlet 1028M and form a suction effect under the action of the dust collecting fan to collect the dust in the dust box 102M into the dust bin or dust bag of the base station.
  • the first escape surface 1024M or the second escape surface 1025M can be a flat surface, a curved surface, an uneven surface, or an angular surface.
  • the shape of the first escape surface 1024M is not limited, as long as it can Just make way for more space.
  • the fan 103M of the dry cleaning module 100M is located between the non-swingable wet cleaning module 2001M and the swingable wet cleaning module 2002M, and the air outlet 1022M of the dust box 102M is located at one end facing the fan 103M.
  • the dust inlet 1021M of the dust box 102M is located on the wall of the dust box 102M on the side away from the fan 103M.
  • the cleaning component 20 may be the aforementioned rotating cleaning component 20, or a first driving structure driven vibrating cleaning group. Item 20, or a mopping roller brush.
  • a vibrating cleaning assembly includes a vibrating plate and a rag located on the bottom of the vibrating plate.
  • the bottom of the cleaning disk is provided with a protruding part, and the installation opening of the rag is set on the protruding part.
  • the top of the rag and the bottom of the cleaning disk are fixed by magnetic attraction or adhesive.
  • the wet cleaning module 200M can be replaced with a side brush to achieve the swing-out and retraction of the side brush 400M, improving the edge cleaning of the side brush 400M. function; or the wet cleaning module 200M can also be replaced as the main brush to realize the outward swing and inward contraction of the main brush to increase the cleaning area of the main brush.
  • the side brush 400M can swing outward and retract relative to the body 10 under the aforementioned driving structure.
  • the side brush 400M has an outward swing position and a retracted position.
  • the side brush 400M When the side brush 400M swings outward, the side brush 400M extends. When the side brush 400M retracts and swings inward to reach the retracted position, the side brush 400M can be located within the range of the body 10 or partially outside the circumference of the body 10 . When the side brush 400M is in the outward swing position, the side brush 400M has a better edge edge effect on obstacles.
  • sweeping robots can use different working modes to perform household cleaning tasks. Carry out cleaning, including single sweep, sweeping and mopping modes.
  • FIG. 58 is a hardware structural block diagram of the sweeping robot according to the installation method of the mop assembly according to the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the sweeping robot may include one or more (only one is shown in Figure 58) processors 102 (the processor 102 may include but is not limited to a microprocessor unit (MPU for short) or programmable logic. Device (Programmable logic device, PLD for short) and a memory 104 for storing data.
  • MPU microprocessor unit
  • PLD Programmable logic device
  • the above-mentioned sweeping robot may also include a transmission device 106 for communication functions and an input and output device 108.
  • a transmission device 106 for communication functions
  • an input and output device 108 an input and output device 108.
  • the structure shown in Figure 58 is only illustrative, and it does not limit the structure of the above-mentioned sweeping robot.
  • the sweeping robot may also include more or fewer components than shown in FIG. 58 , or may have a different configuration with equivalent functions or more functions than those shown in FIG. 58 .
  • the memory 104 can be used to store computer programs, for example, software programs and modules of application software, such as the computer program corresponding to the installation method of the mop component in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the processor 102 runs the computer program stored in the memory 104, thereby Execute various functional applications and data processing, that is, implement the above methods.
  • Memory 104 may include high-speed random access memory, and may also include non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic storage devices, flash memory, or other non-volatile solid-state memory.
  • the memory 104 may further include memory located remotely relative to the processor 102, and these remote memories may be connected to the cleaning robot through a network. Examples of the above-mentioned networks include but are not limited to the Internet, intranets, local area networks, mobile communication networks and combinations thereof.
  • Transmission device 106 is used to receive or send data via a network.
  • Specific examples of the above-mentioned network may include a wireless network provided by the communication provider of the cleaning robot.
  • the transmission device 106 includes a network adapter (Network Interface Controller, NIC for short), which can be connected to other network devices through a base station to communicate with the Internet.
  • the transmission device 106 may be a radio frequency (Radio Frequency, RF for short) module, which is used to communicate with the Internet wirelessly.
  • NIC Network Interface Controller
  • Figure 59 is a flow chart of a method for installing a mop component according to an embodiment of the present invention. The process includes the following steps:
  • Step S202 determine whether the cleaning task from the mobile device uses the mop component
  • the above-mentioned tasks to be cleaned may at least include the following categories: single cleaning tasks, sweeping and mopping tasks, and mopping tasks; wherein sweeping and mopping tasks require the use of mop components, while single cleaning tasks do not require the use of mop components.
  • Step S204 When the task to be cleaned uses the mop component, determine whether the mop component exists in the cleaning base station corresponding to the self-mobile device, and determine whether the self-mobile device is equipped with the mop component. ;
  • the self-moving device and the cleaning component can respectively detect the mop component using a preset detection method to determine whether there is a mop component on the self-moving device and the cleaning component.
  • the detection method of the mop component is not limited here.
  • Information can be transferred between the self-mobile device and the cleaning base station by establishing network communication, so that the self-mobile device can learn whether the cleaning base station is Whether the mop component exists.
  • communication can also be carried out by establishing a Bluetooth, WIFI, etc. connection, or other methods, which are not limited by this application.
  • the execution subject of the installation method of the mop component is a device other than the mobile device, for example, a smart terminal such as a mobile phone
  • the mobile phone can establish communication connections with the mobile device and the cleaning base station respectively to deliver the information. information, so that the mobile phone can learn whether there is a mop component in the cleaning base station and the mobile device.
  • Step S206 when the mop assembly is present in the cleaning base station and the mop assembly is not provided on the self-mobile device, control the self-mobile device to move to the first position in the cleaning base station, To install the mop assembly in the cleaning base station on a self-moving device, wherein the first position is at least a position where the self-moving device installs the mop assembly in the cleaning base station.
  • the mobile device can perform path planning based on the current location and the location of the cleaning base station, and go to the cleaning base station based on the planned path.
  • the mobile device can move to the first position in the cleaning base station.
  • the cleaning base station determines that the mobile device has moved to the first position, the cleaning base station can use the preset mop assembly installation method to move all the mop components in the cleaning base station.
  • the mop assembly is installed on the mobile device.
  • the installation method of the mop component is not limited here.
  • the self-moving device is controlled to move to a first position in the cleaning base station to install the mop assembly in the cleaning base station onto the self-moving device, wherein, The first position is at least a position where the mobile device installs the mop assembly in the cleaning base station.
  • Adopting the above technical solution solves the problem in the existing technology that the sweeping robot cannot automatically install the mop, causing the user to manually install the mop, resulting in poor user experience; it realizes that the mop component can be automatically installed at any time according to task requirements; thereby better Complete technical effects of cleaning.
  • step S204 determining whether the mop assembly exists in the cleaning base station corresponding to the mobile device, can be implemented through the following steps, specifically including: receiving the first sensing information of the cleaning base station, wherein the third A sensing information is used to indicate the sensing result of the first sensor on the cleaning base station to the first target signal from the first position.
  • the first target signal is emitted by the electronic component provided in the mop assembly. ; In the case where the first sensing information indicates that the first target signal is sensed at the first location, determine that the mop assembly is present in the cleaning base station.
  • the cleaning base station can sense the first position through the first sensor and determine whether it can sense the first target signal emitted by the electronic component provided in the mop assembly. If it can sense it, it means that the mop assembly exists in the cleaning base station; if If the first target signal cannot be sensed, it means that the mop component does not exist in the cleaning base station; and the sensing result is sent to the self-mobile device to inform the self-mobile device of the result; through the above steps, the first target signal is sensed through the sensor.
  • the self-mobile device can simply and quickly learn whether there is a mop component in the base station, so as to help the self-mobile device complete the decision of whether to go to the cleaning base station to install the mop component.
  • the above-mentioned first sensor can be a Hall sensor, wherein the Hall sensor can be divided into two types: a linear Hall sensor and a switch Hall sensor; it can also be other sensors such as a temperature sensor; correspondingly , the electronic components corresponding to the Hall sensor can be magnetic induction switching components; the electronic components corresponding to the temperature sensor can be electronic components that are prone to heat, such as power diodes, voltage regulator tubes, etc.
  • the above-mentioned sensing process of determining whether there is a mop component in the cleaning base station can also be implemented through other optional methods, such as collecting images of the first position in the cleaning base station through an image acquisition device, and collecting the collected images. Image recognition is performed to determine whether there is a mop component in the cleaning base station; other methods can also be used, and this application is not limited to this.
  • step S204 determining whether the self-mobile device is equipped with the mop component can be implemented through the following steps, specifically including: receiving second sensing information of the self-mobile device, wherein the second The sensing information is used to indicate the sensing result of the second sensor of the self-mobile device to the second target signal from the second location, where the second target signal is emitted by the electronic component provided in the mop assembly,
  • the second position is the installation position where the mop assembly is installed on the mobile device; when the second sensing information indicates that the second target signal is not sensed at the second position, it is determined that the The mobile device is not provided with the mop component.
  • the self-mobile device can sense the installation position of the mop component of the self-mobile device through its own second sensor.
  • the second position senses the second target signal sent by the mop component
  • the second location does not sense the second target signal sent by the mop component
  • the self-mobile device can clearly sense whether it The mop component is installed, and the effect can be achieved more easily by sensing the second target signal.
  • There is no need to set up complex circuits, components, etc. for the mobile device thus, when the mop component is needed but not installed, go to the cleaning base station for cleaning.
  • automatic installation When the mop component is installed and is no longer needed, go to the cleaning base station for automatic disassembly.
  • the above-mentioned second sensor and the first sensor may be the same sensor or may be different, and this application does not limit this.
  • the above-mentioned sensing scheme for determining whether the mobile device is equipped with a mop component can also be implemented by other methods, for example: setting a circuit at the second position, and when the mop component is installed at the second position, by setting the circuit at the second position.
  • the electronic components on the mop assembly form a path with the preset circuit, thereby transmitting an electrical signal to the mobile device to inform the mobile device that the mop assembly has been installed; other methods can also be used, and this application is not limited to this.
  • the method before installing the mop assembly in the cleaning base station on the mobile device, the method further includes: determining whether the automatic disassembly and assembly switch is turned on; if the automatic disassembly and assembly switch is not turned on, It is prohibited to install the mop assembly on a self-moving device; when the automatic disassembly and assembly switch is turned on, install the mop assembly on a self-moving device.
  • the mobile device and/or the base station can also be provided with an automatic disassembly and assembly switch.
  • the switch When the switch is turned on, the automatic disassembly and assembly of the mop assembly is performed; when the switch is not turned on, the automatic disassembly and assembly of the mop assembly is not performed. Disassembly and assembly.
  • the user By setting the automatic disassembly and assembly switch, the user can configure whether to automatically disassemble and assemble the mop assembly according to needs, further improving the flexibility of disassembly and assembly of the mop assembly.
  • the self-mobile device and/or the base station detects whether there is a mop component on the self-mobile device and/or the cleaning component. Or, when it is determined that the mobile device is not equipped with a mop assembly, it is also determined whether the switch for automatic disassembly and assembly of the mobile device and/or the base station is turned on. If it is turned on, control the movement of the self-mobile device into the cleaning base station. first position to install the mop assembly on your mobile device. Regarding the automatic disassembly and assembly control method of the mop assembly by the automatic disassembly and assembly switch, there is no limitation here.
  • installing the mop component in the cleaning base station on a mobile device includes: controlling a connection component of the self-mobile device to drop to a first height, wherein the connection component is used to connect the mop component; in When the connection component drops to the first height, connect the mop component to the connection component; control the connection component at the first height to rise to the second height, and control the mop component Perform sensing to determine whether the mop component has been removed from the mobile device; repeat the above steps of controlling the connection component to descend to sensing the mop component until it is determined that the mop component has been removed from the mobile device.
  • the process of automatically installing the mop component from the mobile device includes: first controlling the connection component of the mobile device to drop to a first height.
  • the first height is the height for installing/uninstalling the mop component from the mobile device.
  • the mop component is automatically installed from the mobile device.
  • the mop component is connected to the connection component; and then the connection component is controlled to rise to a second height.
  • the second height is the working height of the mop component carried by the mobile device, and also corresponds to the height at which the mop component is in the second position. Then, the mop component is sensed to determine whether the mop component has been removed from the mobile device.
  • the second sensor of the self-mobile device can be controlled to sense the second position, and when the obtained second sensing information indicates that the second target signal is sensed, it is determined that the mop component has been installed on the self-mobile device.
  • the second sensor of the self-mobile device can be controlled to sense the second position, and when the obtained second sensing information indicates that the second target signal is sensed, it is determined that the mop component has been installed on the self-mobile device.
  • the above steps of controlling the connection component to descend to sense the mop component may be repeated until it is determined that the mop component is installed on the mobile device.
  • connection component may be a mop bucket sleeve, a mop clamp, etc., or may be other devices used to connect the mop component to the mobile device, which is not limited in this application.
  • the above-mentioned connecting component can be disposed below the mobile device and be a telescopic or spiral lifting device.
  • the above mop component can be connected to the connection component through the following solution: the mobile device controls to energize the electromagnetic component provided in the connection component, thereby making the electromagnetic component magnetic, and at the same time, the mop component is also configured to be adsorbed
  • the metal component allows the connecting component to adsorb the mop component, so that the mop component and the connecting component are connected.
  • the above-mentioned electromagnetic component can be disposed inside the connecting component or on the surface of the connecting component, which is not limited in this application.
  • connection between the mop component and the connection component can also be realized through other solutions: setting the connection component as a magnetic device, and providing the mop component with metal that can be attracted by the magnetic device; thus, after the connection component is lowered, the connection can be made by magnetic force
  • the component is connected to the mop component; or, the connection component can be set as a spiral rod structure, and a matching structure is provided for the mop component, so that the connection component and the mop component are spirally connected; the connection can also be made in other ways, and this application does not limit this .
  • first target signal and second target signal may be the same signal or may be different signals, which is not limited in this application.
  • the self-mobile device after the self-mobile device completes the task to be cleaned, can also be controlled to move to the first position in the cleaning base station again, so as to move the self-mobile device to the first position in the cleaning base station.
  • the mop assembly of the self-moving device is detached from the self-moving device. After the cleaning task is completed, remove the mop assembly in time to avoid accidental triggering or moving of the mobile device. The mop will cause the host to collide or scratch, or sharp objects will hook the mop and cause the sweeping robot to be trapped. , to further improve the user experience.
  • detaching the mop assembly of the self-moving device from the self-moving device includes: controlling the connection component at the second height of the self-moving device to descend to the first height, wherein, The connection component is used to connect the mop component; when the connection component at the second height drops to the first height, separate the mop component from the connection component; control the connection at the first height
  • the assembly rises to the second height and senses the mop assembly to determine whether the mop assembly has been detached from the mobile device; repeat the above steps of controlling the connection assembly to descend to sense the mop assembly until It is determined that the mop assembly has been detached from the mobile device.
  • Detaching the mop component from the mobile device includes the following steps: controlling the connection component at the second height to drop to the first height, separating the mop component from the connection component; and then sensing the mop component to determine whether the mop component Disassembled successfully.
  • the second sensor of the self-mobile device can be controlled to sense the second position, and when the obtained second sensing information indicates that the second target signal is not sensed, it is determined that the mop component has moved from the self-mobile device.
  • disassembling please refer to the above embodiment for specific sensing implementation methods, which will not be described in detail here. Of course, you can also refer to other mop component sensing methods given in the above embodiments to determine whether the mop component has been detached from the mobile device.
  • the above steps of controlling the connection component to descend to sense the mop assembly may be repeated until it is determined that the mop assembly has been detached from the self-moving device.
  • a repetition threshold can also be set. If the mop assembly has not been disassembled from the self-moving device after the repetitions reach the repetition threshold, the self-moving device can issue a reminder to complete the disassembly of the mop assembly through manual intervention.
  • the mop assembly is automatically disassembled from the mobile device, thereby avoiding contamination of the clean area and affecting the user experience.
  • the method of separating the connection component and the mop component may include: controlling the electromagnetic component provided in the connection component to be powered off, so that the connection component after losing its magnetism is naturally separated from the mop component.
  • the connecting component and the mopping component can be separated by other adaptive methods, which are not limited here.
  • performing the above step of detaching the mop component from the self-mobile device may include: controlling the connection component at the second height of the self-mobile device to rise to a fourth height, wherein, The connection component is used to connect the mop component; the mop component is separated from the connection component through a detachment component, wherein the detachment component is provided on the self-moving device, and the detachment component is provided on the The fourth height; control the connection component to descend to the second height, and sense the mop component to determine whether the mop component has been detached from the mobile device; repeat the above control of the connection component to rise to The step of sensing the mop component is until it is determined that the mop component has been detached from the mobile device.
  • connection component at the second height to rise to the fourth height, and separate the mop component from the connection component through the disassembly component at the fourth height; then sense the mop component to determine whether the disassembly is successful, which can further increase self-movement
  • the reliability of the equipment's operation prevents the mop assembly from being unable to be disassembled in the event of an unexpected situation, which brings a bad experience to the user.
  • the above-mentioned disassembly component set at the fourth height can be a baffle or other device. This component can only allow the connection component to pass, but the mop component cannot pass. Therefore, when the connection component rises to the fourth height, , the connecting component and the mop component are automatically separated under the action of the disassembly component, thereby disassembling the mop component.
  • the disassembly component can also be fixed by fixing the mop component so that the connecting component can be spirally separated from the mop component, which is not limited in this application.
  • FIG. 60 is a diagram according to the embodiment of the present invention.
  • a schematic structural diagram of an optional mobile device, as shown in Figure 60, includes:
  • the mop assembly 32 is located at a first height. When the mop assembly 32 is located in the cleaning base station, the position where the mop assembly 32 is located is the first position;
  • the above-mentioned first position is used to indicate the position of the mop assembly in the cleaning base station, and is also the position where the mop assembly is installed and removed from the mobile device. That is, the first position is used to indicate the spatial area in the same vertical area. ;
  • connection component 34 is used to connect the mop component 32 to install the mop component 32 on the mobile device; when the connection component is in an idle state or when the connection component 34 carries the mop component 32 for work, it is located at the second height; if the connection component 34 During the installation and disassembly process of the mop assembly 32, it may be located at the first height or the second height; if the connecting assembly 34 is installed with the mop assembly 32 but the mop assembly 32 is not used, it may be located at the third height;
  • an electromagnetic component may be provided on the surface or inside of the connecting component 34, and the connecting component 34 and the mop component 32 can be connected and disconnected by controlling the power on and off of the electromagnetic component.
  • the disassembly assembly 36 is located at the fourth height and is used to assist in disassembling the mop assembly 32 .
  • connection component of the cleaning equipment in Embodiment 2 can be any lifting structure provided in Embodiment 1.
  • the connecting component is the lifting structure or the first driving structure in Embodiment 1.
  • the second height of the connecting component in Embodiment 2 may correspond to the mopping position of the second fixed body (or first rotating member) of the lifting structure, and the third height of the connecting component may correspond to the second fixed body (or first rotating member) of the lifting structure. or the lifting position of the first rotating member);
  • the fourth height of the connecting component can correspond to the separation position of the second fixed body (or the first rotating member) of the lifting structure;
  • the fifth height of the connecting component can correspond to the second fixed position of the lifting structure The manual installation position of the body (or first rotating part).
  • the connecting component can also be other lifting structures, such as cylinders, gears and racks, screws, ropes, etc.
  • the method further includes: in the case that the task to be cleaned does not use the mop component, determine whether the self-mobile device is configured with a mop component.
  • the mop component and determine whether the self-mobile device is located in the cleaning base station; in the case where the self-mobile device is provided with the mop component, and the self-mobile device is located in the cleaning base station, the self-mobile device is The mop assembly of the self-moving device is detached from the self-moving device.
  • the self-mobile device determines whether the self-mobile device is equipped with the mop component, and determine whether the self-mobile device is located in the cleaning base station; if the self-mobile device is provided with a mop component, and the self-mobile device is located in the cleaning base station, then the mop component is detached from the self-mobile device; through the above solution, when the self-mobile device receives a cleaning task that does not require the mop component, and the self-mobile device is located in the cleaning base station, Then, the self-moving device is controlled to disassemble the mop assembly, so as to prevent the mop assembly from affecting the self-moving device's ability to get out of trouble, and the cleaning task can be better completed.
  • the method further includes: Mop assembly, and when the self-mobile device is not located in the cleaning base station, determine the working state of the self-mobile device; when the working state indicates that the self-mobile device is in a working state, the control is in The connection component of the second height rises to a third height, wherein the connection component is used to connect the mop component, and the third height is the lifting height of the mop component set for the task to be cleaned; in the working state When indicating that the self-mobile device is in an idle state, control the self-mobile device to move to the first position of the cleaning base station to detach the mop assembly of the self-mobile device from the self-mobile device .
  • the self-mobile device receives a cleaning task that does not require a mop component, and the self-mobile device is equipped with the mop component, and the self-mobile device is not located in the cleaning base station; then it is necessary to further determine the working status of the self-mobile device; if the self-mobile device In the working state, that is, since the mobile device is performing a cleaning task, before performing the cleaning task, the connecting component at the second height is directly controlled to rise to the third height. It does not return to the cleaning base station to disassemble the mop component for the time being, but only raises the mop.
  • the self-mobile device is in an idle state, that is, the self-mobile device is waiting outside the cleaning base station, the self-mobile device is controlled to return to the cleaning base station, and the mop assembly is first disassembled before performing the cleaning task; through the above solution, the self-mobile device is allowed to perform cleaning Tasks are more efficient, avoiding wasting a lot of time and affecting work efficiency.
  • step S202 determining whether the to-be-cleaned tasks from the mobile device use a mop assembly can be implemented through the following solutions, including: determining whether the number of the to-be-cleaned tasks is greater than 1; If it is 1, it is determined whether the task to be cleaned uses the mop assembly.
  • determine whether the mop component is used for tasks to be cleaned from the mobile device determine whether the number of received tasks to be cleaned is greater than 1. If the number is 1, determine whether to use the mop component according to the category of the tasks to be cleaned. The mop component.
  • the above categories of cleaning tasks at least include: single cleaning tasks, sweeping and mopping tasks, and floor mopping tasks; the single cleaning task does not require the use of a mop assembly; the sweeping and mopping tasks require the use of a mop assembly.
  • the method further includes: when the number of tasks to be cleaned is greater than 1, determining to use the mop assembly in the tasks to be cleaned.
  • the first cleaning task, and the second cleaning task that does not use the mop component among the tasks to be cleaned; determine whether the self-mobile device is equipped with the mop component at the current moment; whether the self-mobile device is equipped with the mop component at the current moment;
  • the mop assembly is provided to determine the execution order of the first cleaning task and the second cleaning task.
  • the tasks to be cleaned are divided into first cleaning tasks that require the use of the mop component and second cleaning tasks that do not require the use of the mop component according to whether the mop component is required. task; and determine whether the mobile device is equipped with a mop component at the current moment, and determine the execution order of the first cleaning task and the second cleaning task according to whether the mop component is provided; through the above solution, multiple cleaning tasks are classified and executed, so that It avoids multiple installation and disassembly of mop components during cleaning tasks, which affects work efficiency.
  • determining the execution order of the first cleaning task and the second cleaning task according to whether the self-mobile device is equipped with the mop assembly at the current moment may include the following steps: When the mop assembly is installed at all times, the first cleaning task is executed; when the execution of the first cleaning task is completed, controlling the mobile device to move to the first position in the cleaning base station, To detach the mop assembly of the self-moving device from the self-moving device; and perform the second cleaning task.
  • the mobile device If the mobile device is equipped with a mop component at the current moment, let the mobile device first perform the first cleaning task that requires the mop component. After the first cleaning task is completed, go to the cleaning base station to disassemble the mop component, and then perform the mop component that does not require the mop component.
  • the second cleaning task through the above solution, the number and frequency of installing and removing the mop assembly from the mobile device are reduced, the work efficiency is improved, and the possibility of frequent installation and removal of the mop assembly causing damage to the mop assembly is reduced.
  • determining the execution order of the first cleaning task and the second cleaning task according to whether the self-mobile device is equipped with the mop assembly at the current moment may also include the following steps: when the self-mobile device is When the mop assembly is not provided at the current moment, the second cleaning task is executed; when the execution of the second cleaning task is completed, the mobile device is controlled to move to the first cleaning base station. position to install the mop assembly in the cleaning base station on the mobile device; and perform the first cleaning task.
  • the mobile device does not have a mop component installed at the current moment, first perform the second cleaning task that does not require the mop component. After the second cleaning task is completed, go to the cleaning base station to install the mop component; and then perform the first cleaning task that requires the mop component. Task.
  • the owner has simultaneously issued a cleaning task A to clean area A.
  • area B contains items such as carpets and other furniture that cannot be mopped, that is, the cleaning task B does not require a mop assembly; and
  • a to-be-cleaned tasks in addition to the B to-be-cleaned tasks, C to-be-cleaned tasks require a mop component; at this time, the self-mobile device does not have a mop component installed.
  • the self-mobile device makes a task sequence decision and decides First perform the B tasks to be cleaned. After the execution is completed, the mobile device will go to the cleaning base station to install the mop assembly, and then continue to perform the C tasks to be cleaned.
  • Figure 61 is a flow chart of a method for disassembling a mop assembly according to an embodiment of the present invention. The flow chart includes the following steps:
  • Step 402 determine whether the cleaning task from the mobile device uses the mop component
  • Step 404 When the task to be cleaned does not use the mop component, determine whether the mop component exists in the cleaning base station corresponding to the self-mobile device, and determine whether the self-mobile device is equipped with the mop component. components;
  • Step 406 In the case where the mop assembly does not exist in the cleaning base station and the mop assembly is provided on the self-mobile device, control the self-mobile device to move to the first position in the cleaning base station, To detach the mop assembly of the self-mobile device from the self-mobile device, wherein the first position is at least a position where the self-mobile device detaches the mop assembly in the cleaning base station.
  • the self-mobile device is controlled to move to the first position in the cleaning base station to detach the mop assembly of the self-mobile device from the self-mobile device, wherein, The first position is at least a position where the mobile device disassembles the mop assembly in the cleaning base station.
  • the above technical solution is adopted to solve the problem in the existing technology that the sweeping robot cannot automatically disassemble the mop, which leads to the reduction of the sweeping robot's escape ability and the dirty mop may cause contamination to the clean area; it realizes that the sweeping robot can automatically disassemble the mop at any time according to the task requirements. Disassemble the mop assembly to better complete the technical effect of cleaning.
  • embodiments of this specification also provide a method for disassembling a mop assembly of a self-moving device.
  • the self-moving device includes a connecting assembly, and the mopping assembly is detachably connected to the connecting assembly; along the self-moving device In the height direction of the device, the connection assembly has at least a fourth height and a second height and/or a third height lower than the fourth height; at least at the second height and/or the third height, the mop assembly Can be connected to the connecting component.
  • the method includes: controlling the connection component when the mop component is provided on the self-mobile device, the mop component is not used for cleaning tasks of the self-mobile device, and the self-mobile device is located in a cleaning base station. Rise from the second height or the third height to a fourth height to separate the mop assembly from the connection assembly on the mobile device at the fourth height.
  • the mobile device uses the mop component to perform the mopping task, if it receives a cleaning task that does not require the mop component, or receives an instruction to return to the cleaning base station, it can return to the cleaning base station and execute the mop component in the cleaning base station. disassembly.
  • the mobile device can first raise the mop assembly to the third height, and then return to the cleaning base station. By first raising the mop component to the third height and then returning to the cleaning base station, you can avoid dirt on the mop component from contaminating the ground. At the same time, raising the mop component to the third height can also increase the distance between the mop component and the ground.
  • connection component can be controlled to rise from the third height to the fourth height. At the fourth height, the mop component is separated from the connection component to complete the disassembly of the mop component.
  • the connection component can be controlled to drop from the third height to the second height to align the mop component with the mop placement position on the cleaning base station, so that the mop component can be accurately disassembled. to the preset mop placement position.
  • the position of the mop placement position corresponds to the first position in the above embodiment, so that when installing the mop component, the mobile device can move to the first position in the cleaning base station to accurately complete the installation operation of the mop component.
  • the mobile device can control the connection component to rise from the second height to the fourth height. At the fourth height, the mop component is separated from the connection component to complete the disassembly of the mop component.
  • connection component After moving from the mobile device to the cleaning base station, first control the connection component to drop from the third height to the second height, complete the alignment operation of the mop component and the mop placement position, and then perform the disassembly of the mop component, so that the mop component can be accurately It can be disassembled to the preset mop placement position. At the same time, it is also convenient for the mobile device to move to the mop placement position when the mop assembly needs to be used, and the installation of the mop assembly can be quickly completed.
  • the mobile device when the mobile device returns to the cleaning base station, it can also keep the mop assembly at the second height, or adjust the mop assembly to any position between the second height and the third height, etc., here But limited.
  • the fourth height is relatively high, and the mop assembly and the connecting assembly are separated at the fourth height, which can reduce or avoid interference to the separated mop assembly as much as possible; and when the mop is After the components are separated from the connected components, no further operations are required to make the operation of the mobile device more consistent with actual application scenarios.
  • the detection element may be disposed at any one of the first height, the second height, the third height, and the fourth height, or at multiple heights, and the detection element may detect whether the connection component is located at the corresponding height to detect whether the connection component is located at the corresponding height. Determine the duration of movement of the connecting component between any two heights, and then determine whether there is an abnormality in the movement of the connecting component between any two heights.
  • the duration of the rise of the connecting component between any two heights can be determined by analyzing the time difference between the signals emitted by the detection elements received at the two heights. For example, the connecting component performs an ascending action from the third height to the fourth height. The moment when the connecting component leaves the third height is t 0 , the moment when the connecting component reaches the fourth height is t 1 , and the connecting component rises from the third height. The duration to the fourth height is t 1 -t 0 . If t 1 -t 0 is less than or equal to the preset duration, it is considered that the movement of the connecting component is normal. If t 1 -t 0 is greater than the preset duration, the movement of the connecting component is abnormal.
  • the detection element can also be set at only one height, for example, the detection element can be set at the fourth height; the moment when the connecting component starts to rise from the third height is regarded as the initial time 0, and the detection element detects at the fourth height.
  • the time when the mop component is reached is t, then t is the time for the connecting component to rise from the third height to the fourth height; if t is less than or equal to the preset time, it is considered that there is no abnormality in the movement of the connected component; if t is greater than the preset time, then Abnormal movement of connected components.
  • the connecting component when the connecting component moves abnormally, the connecting component is stuck between the initial height or between the initial height and the target height. For example, if the connecting component is stuck at the third height or between the third height and the fourth height, if the mobile device still does not receive feedback from the detection element at the fourth height after a preset time period after time t 0 If the connecting component is located at the fourth height, it can be confirmed that the rising time of the connecting component between the third height and the fourth height exceeds the preset time.
  • duration detection it can be judged whether there is an abnormality in the movement of the connecting component between the two heights. If there is an abnormality, the connecting component can be controlled to retreat, and then try to rise or fall between the two heights to avoid accidental jamming. The sudden pause causes abnormal movement of the connecting component, which in turn causes the mop component to fail to disassemble or install. After trying to go back several times, if the duration of exercise still exceeds the preset duration, an abnormality reminder can be issued to allow the user to intervene and check.
  • the connecting assembly is at the second height, the third height, and the third height.
  • the connecting component rises between the two heights for more than the preset time, the connecting component is controlled to return to the height before rising. , perform the rising action again.
  • an abnormal reminder is issued.
  • the duration of the connection component rising from the second height to the fourth height may be detected.
  • the connecting component is controlled to perform a lifting action, descending from the current height to the second height, and then rising from the second height to the fourth height.
  • the connection component Normally, when the connection component moves abnormally, the connection component is stuck at the second height or between the second height and the fourth height. The moment when the connection component starts to rise from the second height is the initial time 0. After the preset Duration, the height where the connected component is stuck is the current height. Correspondingly, the current height may be the second height, or any height between the second height and the fourth height.
  • the duration of the connection component rising from the second height to the third height and the rise from the third height can be detected respectively.
  • the connection component is controlled to perform a lifting action, descending from the current height to the second height, and then from the current height to the second height.
  • the second height rises to the third height; wherein, the current height may be the second height, or any height between the second height and the third height.
  • the connecting component is controlled to perform a lifting action, descending from the current height to the third height, and then from the current height to the third height.
  • the third height rises to a fourth height; wherein, the current height may be the third height, or any height between the third height and the fourth height.
  • the third height corresponds to the lifting height of the mop component. Accordingly, based on the preset control logic, there may be signal feedback or pause when the connecting component rises to the third height; or, in some application scenarios, , only the third height is provided with a sensor for detecting the connection status of the mop component and the connecting component. There may also be signal feedback or pause when the connecting component moves to the third height.
  • the duration of the connection assembly rising from the third height to the fourth height can be detected.
  • the connecting component is controlled to perform a lifting action, descending from the current height to the third height, and then from the third height.
  • the third height rises to the fourth height; where the current height is the third height, or any height between the third height and the fourth height.
  • the number of lifting actions performed between two heights can also be analyzed, and when the number of lifting actions performed between two heights exceeds a preset threshold, an abnormality reminder is issued.
  • the segmented execution duration detection method can also be used to more timely and accurately determine at which two height segments an abnormality occurs in the connection component, making it easier for the user to perform abnormality troubleshooting.
  • the connecting component can be controlled to retreat to the second or third height, and then rise from the second or third height to the fourth height.
  • the second position is the position where the mop component that can maintain a connected state with the connecting component is located.
  • the connection component when it is detected that the mop component is connected to the connection component at the third height, the connection component can be controlled to rise from the third height to the fourth height, or the connection component can be controlled to retreat to the second height, and then Rise from the second height to the fourth height.
  • a second sensor can be provided at a third height from the mobile device.
  • the second sensor can be a touch sensor.
  • the connecting component moves to the third height, the mop component can come into contact with the second sensor, thereby determining that the mop Components and connected components are connected.
  • the second sensor can also be a camera device or an infrared device.
  • the second sensor can collect an image of the mop component, or the infrared signal changes due to the presence of the mop component, thereby determining the relationship between the mop component and the mop component. Whether the connected component is connected.
  • the second sensor senses the second target signal emitted when the mop assembly is located at the third height. If the second target signal is sensed, it is confirmed that the mop assembly and the connection assembly are in a connected state. Of course, it's okay Use other methods to detect the connection status of the mop component and the connection component at the third height.
  • the third height is the lifting height of the mop assembly set for cleaning tasks to perform cleaning tasks that do not require the mop assembly.
  • connection status of the mop component and the connection component can also be detected at other heights, which is not limited in other embodiments of this specification.
  • the duration of the rise of the connection assembly from the second height to the third height, and the rise of the third height to The duration of the fourth height, or the duration of the rise from the second height to the fourth height is determined. If a timeout occurs, the corresponding lifting action will be executed. After the number of repetitions of the lifting action reaches the preset threshold, a reminder for abnormal motion of the connected component can be issued. If no timeout occurs, you can detect whether the mop component has been disassembled.
  • the connecting component can be controlled to perform the action of rising from the second height to the fourth height again and try to disassemble again. After the number of attempts reaches the preset threshold, a reminder can be issued if the mop component is disassembled abnormally.
  • only the sensor for detecting the connection status of the mop component and the connection component is provided at the third height, and no detection components are provided at other heights.
  • the connection component is controlled from the second height After rising to the fourth height and performing the disassembly of the mop component, the duration of rising of the connecting component from the second height to the third height can be detected. For example, if the time when the controller issues an instruction to rise to the fourth height is taken as the initial time, if after a preset time period, no signal reflecting the connection status of the mop component and the connection component is detected at the third height, it can be considered that the connection component While ascending from the second altitude to the third altitude, motion abnormalities occurred.
  • connection component You can control the connection component to return to the second height and try to rise to the third height again; if after trying multiple times, the connection status of the mop component and the connection component cannot be detected at the third height within the preset time period. signal, it will send out a reminder that there is abnormal movement of the connecting component between the second height and the third height.
  • the connection component can be controlled to rise from the third height to the fourth height, and the moment starting from the third height is the initial moment.
  • the moment when the signal reflecting the connection status of the mop component and the connection component is detected at the third height can be used as the initial moment; or, if it involves re-issuing the control command, the controller can issue a signal rising from the third height to the fourth height.
  • the time of the instruction is the initial time, etc.
  • the connection component can be controlled to return to the third height to detect the connection status of the mop component and the connection component.
  • the mop component can be considered to be successfully disassembled.
  • the connection assembly can also be further controlled to rise from the third height to the fourth height.
  • the successful disassembly of the mop assembly can indirectly reflect that the movement of the connecting assembly between the third and fourth heights is normal.
  • the connecting component can try to rise from the third height.
  • connection component can be sent out at the third height. It is a reminder that there is an abnormality in the movement between the third height and the fourth height or there is an abnormality in the disassembly.
  • the control logic for the connection component rising from the second height to the fourth height is as follows: After a preset time period after the second height begins to rise, a signal reflecting the connection status of the mop component and the connection component is detected at the third height, and the connection component is controlled to rise from the third height to the fourth height. If no signal reflecting the connection status of the mop component and the connection component is detected at the third height, the connection component is controlled to return to the second height and attempts to rise to the third height again. After a preset time period after starting to rise from the third height, the connection component is controlled to return to the third height.
  • connection component is controlled to return to the third height and attempts to rise to the fourth height again.
  • connection status of the connecting component and the mop component can be detected after a preset time period has elapsed after issuing an instruction to control the connecting component to rise to the fourth height. If the detection result shows that the mop component has not been completely disassembled, the connecting component can be controlled to perform the action of rising from the second height or the third height to the fourth height again, and try to disassemble again. After the number of attempts reaches the preset threshold, the mop component can be disassembled. Alerts for exceptions.
  • duration control with connection status detection, the disassembly control of the mop assembly can be more simply and conveniently controlled.
  • embodiments of this specification also provide a method for installing a mop component of a self-moving device.
  • the self-moving device includes a connecting component, and the mop component is detachably connected to the connecting component; along the self-moving device In the height direction of the device, the connecting component has at least a second height and a third height and/or a fourth height higher than the second height.
  • the mop component connected to the connection component can perform mopping work.
  • the method includes: there is a mop assembly in the cleaning base station, and there is no mop assembly on the mobile device.
  • connection component When the cleaning task of the self-mobile device requires the use of a mop assembly and the self-mobile device is located in a cleaning base station, control the connection component to drop from the third height or the fourth height to the second height. , to connect the mop component in the cleaning base station with the connection component at the second height.
  • the connected component can be kept at the fourth height.
  • the self-mobile device leaves the cleaning base station and performs cleaning tasks that do not require the mop component; after receiving a request that requires the use of the mop component After the cleaning task, go to the cleaning base station to complete the installation of the mop assembly.
  • the connection component can be controlled to drop from the fourth height to the second height. At the second height, the mop component is connected to the connection component to complete the mop component. Install.
  • the connecting component When the connecting component is maintained at the fourth height, when the self-moving device leaves and/or enters the cleaning base station, it can be avoided as much as possible that the connecting component affects the disassembled mop component during cleaning when the self-moving device leaves and/or enters the cleaning base station.
  • the position in the base station causes the mop component to move, which in turn affects the installation of the mop component.
  • the self-moving device can perform cleaning tasks that do not require a mop component, and can also ensure that there is a sufficient distance between the connecting component and the ground, improving the obstacle-crossing ability of the self-moving device; at the same time,
  • the mobile device performs a cleaning task that does not require the mop component, and controls the connecting component to remain at the fourth height, which can also avoid the movement of the connecting component. Magnetically attracts other metal parts, thereby affecting the installation of the mop assembly.
  • the mobile device after the mobile device has disassembled the mop assembly, it can also keep the mop assembly at the third height, or adjust the mop assembly to any position between the second height and the third height, etc. This is not a limitation. .
  • the second height is the height at which the mopping component can perform mopping work.
  • the connection between the mopping component and the connecting component is more stable. Therefore, in the above embodiments of this specification, the connection between the mopping component and the connecting component is performed at the second height. Operation can make the connection success rate of the mop component and the connection component higher and the connection more stable. And after the mop component and the connection component are installed, the mobile device can perform the required mopping work without any further operations, thereby further reducing the complexity of the mop component installation control logic on the basis of better meeting the actual application scenarios. the complexity.
  • the connecting component for the installation of the mop assembly, for the descending action of the connecting assembly between any two heights of the second height, the third height, and the fourth height, when there is a position of the connecting assembly between the two heights, If the descending time between heights exceeds the preset time length, the connecting component is controlled to return to the height before descending and perform the descending action again. When the number of descending actions between two heights exceeds the preset threshold, an abnormal reminder is issued.
  • the duration of the descending of the connecting assembly from the fourth height to the second height can be detected.
  • the connecting component is controlled to perform a lifting action, rising from the current height to the fourth height, and then falling from the fourth height to The second height; where the current height may be the fourth height, or any height between the fourth height and the second height.
  • the duration can be detected in segments.
  • the connection component is controlled to perform a lifting action to rise from the current height to the fourth height. height, and then descends from the fourth height to the third height; where the current height may be the fourth height, or any height between the fourth height and the third height.
  • the connection component is controlled to perform a lifting action, rising from the current height to the third height, and then from the current height to the third height. The third height descends to the second height; where the current height may be the third height, or any height between the third height and the second height.
  • the duration of the descent of the connection assembly from the third height to the second height can be detected, in When the duration of the connection component falling from the third height to the second height exceeds the corresponding preset duration, the connection component is controlled to perform a lifting action, rising from the current height to the third height, and then from the third height. Descend to the second altitude; where the current altitude may be the third altitude, or any altitude between the third altitude and the second altitude.
  • the number of lifting actions performed between two heights can also be analyzed, and when the number of lifting actions performed between two heights exceeds a preset threshold, an abnormality reminder is issued.
  • the connecting component can be controlled to retreat to the third height or the fourth height, and then drop from the third height or the fourth height to the second height.
  • the second position is the position where the mop component that can maintain a connected state with the connection component is located.
  • the connecting component drops to the second height, the installation of the mopping component is detected. If the installation is not successfully completed, repeat the above lifting action and try to install the mopping component again, which can further ensure that the mopping component is installed. Installed successfully. Of course, if the number of repetitions of the above-mentioned lifting actions exceeds the preset threshold, an abnormal reminder can be issued to allow the user to intervene and manually complete the installation of the mopping component.
  • the connection component when it is detected at the third height that the mop component and the connection component are not connected, the connection component can be controlled to descend from the third height. Lower to the second height, or control the connection assembly to return to the fourth height, and then drop from the fourth height to the second height; and/or control the mobile device to move in the cleaning base station.
  • the connection component can be controlled to descend from the third height. Lower to the second height, or control the connection assembly to return to the fourth height, and then drop from the fourth height to the second height; and/or control the mobile device to move in the cleaning base station.
  • the duration of the drop of the connection component from the fourth height to the third height, and the length of the drop of the third height to The duration of the second altitude, or the duration of the descent from the fourth altitude to the second altitude. If a timeout occurs, the corresponding lifting action will be executed. After the number of repetitions of the lifting action reaches the preset threshold, a reminder for abnormal motion of the connected component can be issued. If no timeout occurs, you can check whether the mop component has been installed.
  • the connecting component can be controlled to perform the action of descending from the fourth height to the second height again and try to install again. After the number of attempts reaches the preset threshold, a reminder can be issued for abnormal installation of the mop component.
  • the connection component is controlled from the fourth height After descending to the second height and performing the disassembly of the mop component, the duration of the connection component descending from the fourth height to the third height can be detected first. For example, if the moment when the controller sends an instruction to descend to the second height is taken as the initial moment, if after a preset time period, no signal reflecting the connection status of the mop component and the connection component is detected at the third height, it can be considered that the connection component During the descent from the fourth altitude to the third altitude, motion abnormalities occurred.
  • the connection component can be controlled to drop from the third height to the second height, and the time when the drop starts from the third height is the initial moment.
  • the moment when the signal reflecting the connection status of the mop component and the connection component is detected at the third height can be used as the initial moment; or, if it involves re-issuing the control command, the controller can issue a command to descend from the third height to the second height.
  • the time of the instruction is the initial time, and so on.
  • the connection component can be controlled to return to the third height to detect the connection status of the mop component and the connection component.
  • the mop component is connected to the connection component, it can be considered that the mop component is installed successfully.
  • the successful installation of the mop component can indirectly reflect that there is no abnormality in the movement of the connecting component between the third height and the second height.
  • the connecting component can try to descend from the third height.
  • connection component can be sent out at the third height. It is a reminder that there is an abnormality in the movement between the third height and the second height or there is an abnormality in the disassembly.
  • the control logic for the connection component to drop from the fourth height to the second height is as follows: After a preset time period after the fourth height begins to decrease, a signal reflecting the connection status of the mop component and the connection component is detected at the third height, and the connection component is controlled to drop from the third height to the second height. If no signal reflecting the connection status of the mop component and the connection component is detected at the third height, the connection component is controlled to return to the fourth height and attempts to descend to the third height again. After a preset time period after starting to descend from the third height, the connection component is controlled to return to the third height.
  • connection status of the connecting component and the mop component may be detected after a preset time period has elapsed after the instruction is issued to control the connecting component to descend to the second height. If the detection results indicate that the mop component has not been installed, the connecting component can also be controlled to perform the action of descending from the fourth height or the third height to the second height again, and try to install it again. After the number of attempts reaches the preset threshold, the mop component can be installed. Alerts for exceptions. By combining duration control with connection status detection, the installation control of the mop component can be made more simple and convenient.
  • the self-mobile device can be controlled to move slightly in the cleaning base station, This can ensure that the mop component is installed completely even if there is a positional deviation of the mop component.
  • the connecting component may be controlled to descend from the third height and at the same time, the mobile device may be controlled to perform a backward operation to attempt to install the mop component.
  • the self-mobile device occasionally requires the user to intervene to manually complete the installation and disassembly of the mop assembly; or in the absence of a cleaning base station, the self-mobile device requires the user to manually complete the installation and disassembly of the mop assembly.
  • the disassembly of the mop component the user can manually disassemble the mop component regardless of the location of the connecting component.
  • the installation of the mop component when it is confirmed that the user is required to manually install the mop component, it can be determined whether the mop component is located at the fourth height; if the mop component is located at the fourth height, the mop component can be controlled to drop from the fourth height to the third height. or the second height, or any height between the third height and the second height, after which the user can manually connect the mop component to the connection component.
  • embodiments of this specification also provide a method for installing a mop component of a self-moving device.
  • the self-moving device includes a connecting component, and the mop component is detachably connected to the connecting component; along the self-moving device In the height direction of the device, the connecting component has at least a second height and a third height and/or a fourth height higher than the second height.
  • the mop component connected to the connection component can perform mopping work.
  • the cleaning task of the self-moving device requires the use of a mop assembly, the wheels of the self-moving device are suspended, and it is detected at the third height that the mop assembly and the connection assembly are not connected.
  • the connecting component is controlled to drop from the third height to the fifth height, so as to connect the mop component to the connecting component at the fifth height; wherein the fifth height is lower than the third height, And the height at which the mop component and the connection component are connected cannot be detected at the third height.
  • the sensor for detecting the connection status of the mop component and the connection component may be provided only at the third height.
  • the mop component can be controlled to descend from the fourth height.
  • the sensor at the third height can be used to determine the mop component.
  • the connection status of components and connected components If the mop component and the connection component are not connected, the connection component can be controlled to continue to descend from the third height, and stop when the connection state between the mop component and the connection component cannot be detected at the third height, so that the user can manually install the mop component. to connect components.
  • the user can also control the connection component to rise to the third height, and detect the connection status of the mop component and the connection component to determine whether the mop component is installed successfully.
  • the sensor at the third height cannot distinguish whether the connecting component is at the second height or at the second height. between the second and third heights.
  • the second height is used as the height for manually installing the mop assembly, it is also necessary to set a detection element at the second height to determine whether the connection assembly has moved to the second height.
  • the sensor at the third height cannot detect the connection state between the mop component and the connection component when the connection component is controlled to descend from the third height, the descent is stopped and the mop component is installed at that height. Only the sensor at the third height can be used to control the manual installation of the mop assembly, thus further simplifying the control logic and detection structure.
  • the solution of the above embodiment makes the connecting component between the second height and the third height.
  • the connecting component is based on It is within the range that is convenient for users to manually operate, thereby meeting the user's manual installation needs and ensuring the stability of the installation of the mop component and the connecting component.
  • the method further includes: determining the working status of the self-mobile device when the self-mobile device is provided with the mop assembly and the self-mobile device is not located in the cleaning base station. ; When the working state indicates that the mobile device is in a working state, control the connection assembly at the second height to rise to a third height, and the third height is the lifting of the mop assembly set for the cleaning task to be done Height; when the working status indicates that the self-mobile device is in an idle state, control the self-mobile device to move to the cleaning base station to separate the mop component of the self-mobile device from the connection component.
  • the method further includes: determining the first cleaning task according to whether the self-mobile device is equipped with the mop assembly at the current moment. and the execution sequence of the second cleaning task; wherein the first cleaning task is a task that uses the mop assembly among the tasks to be cleaned, and the second cleaning task is a task that does not use the mop assembly among the tasks to be cleaned.
  • the self-mobile device When the self-mobile device is equipped with a mop assembly at the current moment, execute the first cleaning task; when the execution of the first cleaning task is completed, control the self-mobile device to move to the cleaning base station to separate the mop assembly of the self-mobile device from the connection assembly; and after the mop assembly of the self-mobile device is separated from the connection assembly, the second cleaning task is performed.
  • the self-mobile device When the self-mobile device is not equipped with a mop assembly at the current moment, execute the second cleaning task; when the execution of the second cleaning task is completed, control the self-mobile device to move to the cleaning a base station to connect the mop assembly in the cleaning base station with the connection assembly; and perform the first cleaning task after connecting the mop assembly in the cleaning base station with the connection assembly.
  • inventions of this specification also provide a method of disassembling and assembling a mop assembly on a mobile device.
  • the mobile device includes a connection assembly, and the mop assembly is detachably connected to the connection assembly; along the height of the mobile device direction, the connecting component has at least a first height and a second height. At the second height, the mop component connected to the connecting component can perform mopping work.
  • the method includes: the mop component is present in the cleaning base station, the self-mobile device is not provided with the mop component, the cleaning task of the self-mobile device requires the use of the mop component, and the self-mobile device When located in a cleaning base station, control the mobile device to descend from the second height to the first height, so as to connect the mop assembly in the cleaning base station to the first height.
  • the component is connected, or the mop component on the mobile device is separated from the connecting component.
  • a solution for detecting abnormal motion of the connecting component can also be implemented between the first height and the second height. For example, it can be detected whether the time for the connecting component to drop from the second height to the first height is greater than the preset time. If it is greater, the connecting component moves back. Go to the second height, then drop to the first height, repeat several times, and if it is longer than the preset time, an abnormal reminder will be issued.
  • connection status of the mop component and the connection component can also be detected; if the connection status does not meet the disassembly/installation requirements of the mop component, the connection component returns to the second height and then drops to the first height; repeat several times, if the connection status If they do not meet the requirements for disassembly/installation of the mop component, an abnormality reminder will be issued.
  • the connection status of the mop component and the connection component can be detected at any height.
  • the connection state of the mop component and the connection component is detected at the second height.
  • the self-moving device includes a connecting assembly, and the mopping assembly is detachably connected to the connecting assembly; the connecting assembly at least has The mopping position, the lifting position and the separation position; at least in the mopping position and the lifting position, the mopping component can be connected to the connecting component.
  • the method includes: controlling the connection component when the mop component is provided on the self-mobile device, the mop component is not used for cleaning tasks of the self-mobile device, and the self-mobile device is located in a cleaning base station. Move from the mopping position or the lifting position to the separation position, so as to separate the mop assembly and the connection assembly on the self-moving device at the separation position.
  • the height corresponding to the mopping position of the connecting component is the second height
  • the height corresponding to the lifting position of the connecting component is the third height
  • the separation position of the connecting component corresponds to The height is the fourth height.
  • the separation operation of the connection component and the mop component may refer to the above embodiment, and will not be described again here.
  • the self-moving device includes a connecting assembly, and the mopping assembly is detachably connected to the connecting assembly; the connecting assembly at least has The mopping position, the lifting position and the separation position; at least in the mopping position and the lifting position, the mopping component can be connected to the connecting component.
  • the method includes: there is a mop assembly in the cleaning base station, the mop assembly is not provided on the self-moving device, the cleaning task of the self-moving device requires the use of a mop assembly, and the self-moving device is located at the cleaning base station.
  • the connecting component is controlled to move from the lifting position or the separation position to the mopping position, so as to connect the mop component in the cleaning base station with the connecting component at the mopping position.
  • the height corresponding to the mopping position of the connecting component is the second height
  • the height corresponding to the lifting position of the connecting component is the third height
  • the separation position of the connecting component corresponds to The height is the fourth height.
  • the connection operation of the connection component and the mop component can refer to the above embodiment, and will not be described again here.
  • the method according to the above embodiments can be implemented by means of software plus the necessary general hardware platform. Of course, it can also be implemented by hardware, but in many cases the former is Better implementation.
  • the technical solution of the present invention can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence or the part that contributes to the existing technology.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium (such as ROM/RAM, disk, CD), including several instructions to cause a terminal device (which can be a mobile phone, computer, server, or network device, etc.) to execute the methods of various embodiments of the present invention.
  • This embodiment also provides an installation device for a mop assembly.
  • the device is used to implement the above embodiments and preferred implementations. What has already been described will not be described again.
  • the term "module” may be a combination of software and/or hardware that implements a predetermined function.
  • the devices described in the following embodiments are preferably implemented in software, implementation in hardware, or a combination of software and hardware, is also possible and contemplated.
  • Figure 62 is a structural block diagram of an optional mop assembly installation device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the device includes:
  • the first determination module 52 is used to determine whether the cleaning task from the mobile device uses the mop assembly
  • the second determination module 54 is used to determine whether the mop component exists in the cleaning base station corresponding to the self-mobile device when the to-be-cleaned task uses the mop component, and determine whether the self-mobile device is configured Has said mop assembly;
  • the first control module 56 is used to control the mobile device to move to the cleaning base station when the mop assembly is present in the cleaning base station and the mop assembly is not provided on the self-mobile device.
  • the first position is at least a position where the mobile device installs the mop assembly in the cleaning base station.
  • the second determination module 54 is also used to receive the first sensing information of the cleaning base station, wherein the first sensing information is used to indicate that the first sensor on the cleaning base station has a pair of signals from the first location.
  • the sensing result of a first target signal which is emitted by an electronic component provided on the mop assembly; when the first sensing information indicates that the first target signal is sensed at the first position In the case of , it is determined that the mop assembly exists in the cleaning base station.
  • the cleaning base station can sense the first position through the first sensor and determine whether it can sense the first target signal emitted by the electronic component provided in the mop assembly. If it can sense it, it means that the mop assembly exists in the cleaning base station; if If the first target signal cannot be sensed, it means that the mop component does not exist in the cleaning base station; and the sensing result is sent to the self-mobile device to inform the self-mobile device of the result; through the above steps, the first target signal is sensed through the sensor.
  • the self-mobile device can simply and quickly learn whether there is a mop component in the base station, so as to help the self-mobile device complete the decision of whether to go to the cleaning base station to install the mop component.
  • the above-mentioned first sensor can be a Hall sensor, wherein the Hall sensor can be divided into two types: a linear Hall sensor and a switch Hall sensor; it can also be other sensors such as a temperature sensor; correspondingly , the electronic components corresponding to the Hall sensor can be magnetic induction switching components; the electronic components corresponding to the temperature sensor can be electronic components that are prone to heat, such as power diodes, voltage regulator tubes, etc.
  • the above-mentioned process of determining whether there is a mop assembly in the cleaning base station can also be implemented through other optional methods, for example, using an image acquisition device to collect images of the first position in the cleaning base station, and performing the collected images.
  • Image recognition is used to determine whether there is a mop component in the cleaning base station; other methods can also be used, and this application is not limited to this.
  • the second determination module 54 is also configured to receive the second perception information of the self-mobile device, wherein the second perception information is used to indicate that the second sensor pair of the self-mobile device comes from the third sensor. Perception results of second target signals at two locations, the second target signal is emitted by an electronic component provided on the mop assembly, and the second location is the installation location where the mop assembly is installed on the mobile device. ; In the case where the second sensing information indicates that the second target signal is not sensed at the second location, determine that the self-moving device is not provided with the mop component.
  • the self-mobile device can sense the installation position of the mop component of the self-mobile device through its own second sensor.
  • the second position senses the second target signal sent by the mop component
  • the second location does not sense the second target signal sent by the mop component
  • the self-mobile device can clearly sense whether it The mop component is installed, and the effect can be achieved more easily by sensing the second target signal.
  • There is no need to set up complex circuits, components, etc. for the mobile device thus, when the mop component is needed but not installed, go to the cleaning base station for cleaning. Automatic installation. When the mop component is installed and no longer required, go to the cleaning base station for automatic disassembly.
  • the above-mentioned second sensor and the first sensor may be the same sensor or may be different, and this application does not limit this.
  • the above solution of determining whether the mobile device is equipped with a mop assembly can also be implemented by other methods, for example: setting a circuit in the second position, and when the mop assembly is installed in the second position, by setting the mop assembly in the second position.
  • the electronic components on the component form a path with the preset circuit, thereby transmitting an electrical signal to the mobile device to inform the mobile device that the mop component has been installed; other methods can also be used, and this application is not limited to this.
  • the second determination module 54 is also used to determine whether the automatic disassembly and assembly switch is turned on before removing the mop assembly in the cleaning base station from the mobile device; if the automatic disassembly and assembly switch is not turned on, It is forbidden to remove the mop assembly from the mobile device; when the automatic disassembly and assembly switch is turned on, the mop assembly is removed from the mobile device.
  • the mobile device and/or the base station can also be provided with an automatic disassembly and assembly switch.
  • the switch When the switch is turned on, the automatic disassembly and assembly of the mop assembly is performed; when the switch is not turned on, the automatic disassembly and assembly of the mop assembly is not performed. Disassembly and assembly.
  • the user By setting the automatic disassembly and assembly switch, the user can configure whether to automatically disassemble and assemble the mop assembly according to needs, further improving the flexibility of disassembly and assembly of the mop assembly.
  • the self-mobile device and/or the base station detects whether there is a mop component on the self-mobile device and/or the cleaning component. Or, when it is determined that the mobile device is not equipped with a mop component, it is also necessary to determine whether the switch for automatic disassembly and assembly of the mobile device and/or the base station is turned on.
  • the mop assembly is turned on, the mobile device is controlled to move to the first position in the cleaning base station to install the mop assembly on the mobile device.
  • the automatic disassembly and assembly control method of the mop assembly by the automatic disassembly and assembly switch there is no limitation here.
  • the first control module 56 is also used to control the connection component from the mobile device to drop to the first height, wherein the connection component is used to connect the mop component; when the connection component drops to the first height In the case of , connect the mop component to the connection component; control the connection component at the first height to rise to the second height, and sense the mop component to determine whether the mop component has been from the mobile device; repeat the above steps of controlling the connection component down to sensing the mop component until it is determined that the mop component has been removed from the mobile device.
  • the process of automatically installing the mop component from the mobile device includes: first controlling the connection component of the mobile device to drop to a first height.
  • the first height is the height for installing/uninstalling the mop component from the mobile device.
  • the mop component is automatically installed from the mobile device.
  • the mop component is connected to the connection component; and then the connection component is controlled to rise to a second height.
  • the second height is the working height of the mop component carried by the mobile device, and also corresponds to the height at which the mop component is in the second position. Then, the mop component is sensed to determine whether the mop component has been removed from the mobile device.
  • the second sensor of the self-mobile device can be controlled to sense the second position, and when the obtained second sensing information indicates that the second target signal is sensed, it is determined that the mop component has been installed on the self-mobile device.
  • the second sensor of the self-mobile device can be controlled to sense the second position, and when the obtained second sensing information indicates that the second target signal is sensed, it is determined that the mop component has been installed on the self-mobile device.
  • the above steps of controlling the connection component to descend to sense the mop component may be repeated until it is determined that the mop component is installed on the mobile device.
  • connection component may be a mop bucket sleeve or other device used to connect the mop component to the mobile device, which is not limited in this application.
  • the above mop component can be connected to the connection component through the following solution: the mobile device controls to energize the electromagnetic component provided in the connection component, thereby making the electromagnetic component magnetic, and at the same time, the mop component is also configured to be adsorbed
  • the metal component allows the connecting component to adsorb the mop component, so that the mop component and the connecting component are connected.
  • the above-mentioned electromagnetic component can be disposed inside the connecting component or on the surface of the connecting component, which is not limited in this application.
  • connection between the mop component and the connection component can also be realized through other solutions: setting the connection component as a magnetic device, and providing the mop component with metal that can be attracted by the magnetic device; thus, after the connection component is lowered, the connection can be made by magnetic force
  • the component is connected to the mop component; or, the connection component can be set as a spiral rod structure, and a matching structure is provided for the mop component, so that the connection component and the mop component are spirally connected; the connection can also be made in other ways, and this application does not limit this .
  • first target signal and second target signal may be the same signal or may be different signals, which is not limited in this application.
  • the self-mobile device after the self-mobile device completes the task to be cleaned, can also be controlled to move to the first position in the cleaning base station again, so as to move the self-mobile device to the first position in the cleaning base station.
  • the mop assembly of the self-moving device is detached from the self-moving device. After the cleaning task is completed, remove the mop assembly in time to avoid accidental triggering or moving of the mobile device. The mop will cause the host to collide or scratch, or sharp objects will hook the mop and cause the sweeping robot to be trapped. , to further improve the user experience.
  • the first control module 56 is also used to control the connection component at the second height in the mobile device to descend to the first height, wherein the connection component is used to connect the mop component. ;
  • the connecting component at the second height drops to the first height, separate the mop component from the connecting component; control the connecting component at the first height to rise to the second height, and
  • the mop component senses to determine whether the mop component has been detached from the self-moving device; repeat the above steps of controlling the connection component to descend to sense the mop component until it is determined that the mop component has been removed from the self-moving device. Disassemble the device.
  • Detaching the mop component from the mobile device includes the following steps: controlling the connection component at the second height to drop to the first height, separating the mop component from the connection component; and then sensing the mop component to determine whether the mop component Disassembled successfully.
  • the second sensor of the self-mobile device can be controlled to sense the second position, and when the obtained second sensing information indicates that the second target signal is not sensed, it is determined that the mop component has moved from the self-mobile device.
  • disassembling please refer to the above embodiment for specific sensing implementation methods, which will not be described in detail here. Of course, you can also refer to other mop component sensing methods given in the above embodiments to determine whether the mop component Whether the component has been removed from the mobile device.
  • the above steps of controlling the connection component to descend to sense the mop assembly may be repeated until it is determined that the mop assembly has been detached from the self-moving device.
  • a repetition threshold can also be set. If the mop assembly has not been disassembled from the self-moving device after the repetitions reach the repetition threshold, the self-moving device can issue a reminder to complete the disassembly of the mop assembly through manual intervention.
  • the mop assembly is automatically disassembled from the mobile device, thereby avoiding contamination of the clean area and affecting the user experience.
  • the method of separating the connection component and the mop component may include: controlling the electromagnetic component provided in the connection component to be powered off, so that the connection component after losing its magnetism is naturally separated from the mop component.
  • the connecting component and the mopping component can be separated by other adaptive methods, which are not limited here.
  • the first control module 56 is also used to control the connection component at the second height in the mobile device to rise to the fourth height, wherein the connection component is used to connect the mop component; by disassembling the component Separate the mop assembly from the connection assembly, wherein the detachment assembly is provided on the self-moving device, and the detachment assembly is disposed at the fourth height; control the connection assembly to descend to the second height, and sense the mop assembly to determine whether the mop assembly has been detached from the mobile device; repeat the above steps of controlling the connection assembly to rise to sensing the mop assembly until it is determined that the mop assembly has been removed from the mobile device. Detached from the mobile device.
  • connection component at the second height to rise to the fourth height, and separate the mop component from the connection component through the disassembly component at the fourth height; then sense the mop component to determine whether the disassembly is successful, which can further increase self-movement
  • the reliability of the equipment's operation prevents the mop assembly from being unable to be disassembled in the event of an unexpected situation, which brings a bad experience to the user.
  • the above-mentioned disassembly component set at the fourth height can be a baffle or other device. This component can only allow the connection component to pass, but the mop component cannot pass. Therefore, when the connection component rises to the fourth height, , the connecting component and the mop component are automatically separated under the action of the disassembly component, thereby disassembling the mop component.
  • the disassembly component can also be fixed by fixing the mop component so that the connecting component can be spirally separated from the mop component, which is not limited in this application.
  • the first determination module 52 is also used to determine whether the task to be cleaned of the self-mobile device uses the mop assembly, and in the case that the task to be cleaned does not use the mop assembly, determine whether the self-mobile device The mop assembly is provided, and determining whether the self-moving device is located in the cleaning base station; in the case where the self-moving device is provided with the mop assembly, and the self-moving device is located in the cleaning base station. , disassemble the mop assembly of the self-moving device from the self-moving device.
  • the self-mobile device determines whether the self-mobile device is equipped with the mop component, and determine whether the self-mobile device is located in the cleaning base station; if the self-mobile device is provided with a mop component, and the self-mobile device is located in the cleaning base station, then the mop component is detached from the self-mobile device; through the above solution, when the self-mobile device receives a cleaning task that does not require the mop component, and the self-mobile device is located in the cleaning base station, Then, the self-moving device is controlled to disassemble the mop assembly, so as to prevent the mop assembly from affecting the self-moving device's ability to get out of trouble, and the cleaning task can be better completed.
  • the second determination module 54 is also used to determine whether the self-mobile device is equipped with the mop assembly, and after determining whether the self-mobile device is located in the cleaning base station, after the self-mobile device is set When there is the mop assembly and the self-mobile device is not located in the cleaning base station, determine the working status of the self-moving device; when the working status indicates that the self-moving device is in a working state , controlling the connection component at the second height to rise to a third height, wherein the connection component is used to connect the mop component, and the third height is the lifting height of the mop component set for the task to be cleaned; where When the working status indicates that the self-mobile device is in an idle state, control the self-mobile device to move to the first position of the cleaning base station to move the mop assembly of the self-mobile device from the self-mobile device. Disassemble the device.
  • the self-mobile device receives a cleaning task that does not require a mop component, and the self-mobile device is equipped with the mop component, and the self-mobile device is not located in the cleaning base station; then it is necessary to further determine the working status of the self-mobile device; if the self-mobile device In the working state, that is, since the mobile device is performing a cleaning task, before performing the cleaning task, the connecting component at the second height is directly controlled to rise to the third height. It does not return to the cleaning base station to disassemble the mop component for the time being, but only raises the mop.
  • the self-mobile device is in an idle state, that is, the self-mobile device is waiting outside the cleaning base station, the self-mobile device is controlled to return to the cleaning base station, and the mop assembly is first disassembled before performing the cleaning task; through the above solution, the self-mobile device is allowed to perform cleaning Tasks are more efficient, avoiding wasting a lot of time and affecting work efficiency.
  • the first determination module 52 is also used to determine whether the number of tasks to be cleaned is greater than 1; when the number of tasks to be cleaned is 1, determine whether the task to be cleaned uses the mop components.
  • the above categories of cleaning tasks at least include: single cleaning tasks, sweeping and mopping tasks, and floor mopping tasks; the single cleaning task does not require the use of a mop assembly; the sweeping and mopping tasks require the use of a mop assembly.
  • the first determination module 52 is further configured to determine whether the number of tasks to be cleaned is greater than 1, and if the number of tasks to be cleaned is greater than 1, determine whether the number of tasks to be cleaned is used in the tasks to be cleaned.
  • the tasks to be cleaned are divided into first cleaning tasks that require the use of the mop component and second cleaning tasks that do not require the use of the mop component according to whether the mop component is required. task; and determine whether the mobile device is equipped with a mop component at the current moment, and determine the execution order of the first cleaning task and the second cleaning task according to whether the mop component is provided; through the above solution, multiple cleaning tasks are classified and executed, so that It avoids multiple installation and disassembly of mop components during cleaning tasks, which affects work efficiency.
  • the first determination module 52 is also configured to execute the first cleaning task if the mobile device is equipped with the mop assembly at the current moment; after the first cleaning task is completed, In this case, the self-mobile device is controlled to move to a first position in the cleaning base station to detach the mop assembly of the self-mobile device from the self-mobile device; and the second cleaning task is performed.
  • the mobile device If the mobile device is equipped with a mop component at the current moment, let the mobile device first perform the first cleaning task that requires the mop component. After the first cleaning task is completed, go to the cleaning base station to disassemble the mop component, and then perform the mop component that does not require the mop component.
  • the second cleaning task through the above solution, the number and frequency of installing and removing the mop assembly from the mobile device are reduced, the work efficiency is improved, and the possibility of frequent installation and removal of the mop assembly causing damage to the mop assembly is reduced.
  • the first determination module 52 is also configured to execute the second cleaning task if the mobile device is not equipped with the mop assembly at the current moment; after the execution of the second cleaning task is completed, In the case of controlling the mobile device to move to a first position in the cleaning base station, so as to move the mop assembly in the cleaning base station to the mobile device; perform the first cleaning task.
  • the mobile device does not have a mop component installed at the current moment, first perform the second cleaning task that does not require the mop component. After the second cleaning task is completed, go to the cleaning base station to install the mop component; and then perform the first cleaning task that requires the mop component. Task.
  • the owner has simultaneously issued a cleaning task A to clean area A.
  • area B contains items such as carpets and other furniture that cannot be mopped, that is, the cleaning task B does not require a mop assembly; and
  • a to-be-cleaned tasks in addition to the B to-be-cleaned tasks, C to-be-cleaned tasks require a mop component; at this time, the self-mobile device does not have a mop component installed.
  • the self-mobile device makes a task sequence decision and decides First perform the B tasks to be cleaned. After the execution is completed, the mobile device will go to the cleaning base station to install the mop assembly, and then continue to perform the C tasks to be cleaned.
  • Figure 63 is a structural block diagram of an optional mop assembly disassembly device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the device includes:
  • the third determination module 62 is used to determine whether the cleaning task from the mobile device uses the mop assembly
  • the fourth determination module 64 is used to determine whether the mop component exists in the cleaning base station corresponding to the self-mobile device when the task to be cleaned does not use the mop component, and determine whether the self-mobile device The mop component is provided;
  • the second control module 66 is used to control the mobile device to move to the cleaning base station when the mop assembly does not exist in the cleaning base station and the mop assembly is provided on the self-mobile device. a first position to disassemble the mop assembly of the self-mobile device from the self-mobile device, wherein the first position is at least a position where the self-mobile device performs disassembly of the mop assembly in the cleaning base station Location.
  • the to-be-cleaned task of the self-mobile device uses the mop component; when the to-be-cleaned task does not use the mop component, it is determined whether the mop exists in the cleaning base station corresponding to the self-mobile device.
  • the self-mobile device is controlled to move to the first position in the cleaning base station to detach the mop assembly of the self-mobile device from the self-mobile device, wherein, The first position is at least a position where the mobile device disassembles the mop assembly in the cleaning base station.
  • the above technical solution is adopted to solve the problem in the existing technology that the sweeping robot cannot automatically disassemble the mop, which leads to the reduction of the sweeping robot's escape ability and the dirty mop may cause contamination to the clean area; it realizes that the sweeping robot can automatically disassemble the mop at any time according to the task requirements. Disassemble the mop assembly to better complete the technical effect of cleaning.
  • Embodiments of the present invention also provide a computer-readable storage medium that stores a computer program, wherein the computer program is configured to execute the steps in any of the above method embodiments when running.
  • the above-mentioned storage medium may be configured to store a computer program for performing the following steps:
  • control the self-mobile device to move to the first position in the cleaning base station to
  • the mop assembly in the cleaning base station is placed on a mobile device, wherein the first position is at least a position where the mop assembly is installed in the cleaning base station by the mobile device.
  • the above storage medium can also be configured to store a computer program for performing the following steps:
  • the computer-readable storage medium may include but is not limited to: U disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, referred to as ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, referred to as RAM) , mobile hard disk, magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store computer programs.
  • ROM read-only memory
  • RAM random access memory
  • mobile hard disk magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store computer programs.
  • An embodiment of the present invention also provides an electronic device, including a memory and a processor.
  • a computer program is stored in the memory, and the processor is configured to run the computer program to perform the steps in any of the above method embodiments.
  • the above-mentioned processor may be configured to perform the following steps through a computer program:
  • control the self-mobile device to move to the first position in the cleaning base station to
  • the mop assembly in the cleaning base station is placed on a mobile device, wherein the first position is at least a position where the mop assembly is installed in the cleaning base station by the mobile device.
  • the above-mentioned processor can also be set to perform the following steps through a computer program:
  • modules or steps of the present invention can be implemented using general-purpose computing devices. They can be concentrated on a single computing device, or distributed across a network composed of multiple computing devices. They may be implemented in program code executable by a computing device, such that they may be stored in a storage device for execution by the computing device, and in some cases may be executed in a sequence different from that shown herein. Or the described steps can be implemented by making them into individual integrated circuit modules respectively, or by making multiple modules or steps among them into a single integrated circuit module. As such, the invention is not limited to any specific combination of hardware and software.

Landscapes

  • Cleaning In General (AREA)
  • Cleaning By Liquid Or Steam (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to the technical field of cleaning. Disclosed is cleaning equipment, comprising a main body, a lifting/lowering structure, and at least one matching member. The lifting/lowering structure comprises a driving assembly and a threaded mechanism; a cleaning assembly is connected to the threaded mechanism; the matching member is arranged on the main body; the threaded mechanism abuts against the matching member, so that the driving assembly drives the threaded mechanism to be lifted/lowered, to drive the cleaning assembly to be lifted/lowered between a working position and a non-working position; in the lifting/lowering process of the cleaning assembly, the matching member remains stationary relative to the threaded mechanism; when the cleaning assembly is at the working position, the driving assembly drives the threaded mechanism to drive the cleaning assembly to rotate, and a rotation abutment and/or an interference flexible abutment are formed between the threaded mechanism and the matching member.

Description

清洁设备cleaning equipment
相关申请Related applications
本申请要求专利申请号为202222182410.5、申请日为2022.08.18、发明创造名称为“清洁装置及清洁设备”的中国发明专利,和专利申请号为202211235037.3、申请日为2022.10.10、发明名称为“拖布组件的安装方法及装置、存储介质及电子装置”的中国发明专利,和专利申请号为“PCT/CN2023/100210”、申请日为2023.06.14、发明名称为“清洁设备”的PCT申请的优先权。This application requires a Chinese invention patent with patent application number 202222182410.5, application date 2022.08.18, and invention name "Cleaning Device and Cleaning Equipment", and patent application number 202211235037.3, application date 2022.10.10, invention name " The Chinese invention patent "Mop Assembly Installation Method and Device, Storage Medium and Electronic Device", and the PCT application with the patent application number "PCT/CN2023/100210", the filing date is 2023.06.14, and the invention name is "Cleaning Equipment" priority.
技术领域Technical field
本发明属于清洁技术领域,具体涉及一种清洁装置及清洁设备。The invention belongs to the field of cleaning technology, and specifically relates to a cleaning device and cleaning equipment.
背景技术Background technique
清洁设备,已逐渐被应用在家庭地面清洁当中,其具有省力和清洁效果好等诸多优点。清洁设备包括清洁装置,在清洁设备进行清洁工作时,清洁装置与待清洁面接触以对待清洁面进行清洁。Cleaning equipment has gradually been used in household floor cleaning. It has many advantages such as labor saving and good cleaning effect. The cleaning equipment includes a cleaning device. When the cleaning equipment performs cleaning work, the cleaning device contacts the surface to be cleaned to clean the surface to be cleaned.
现有技术中,清洁装置的安装位置通常是固定的。然而,清洁设备在清洁过程中经常会产生清洁场景的切换。例如,当清洁设备清洁完卧室后对客厅进行清洁时,在途经放置在客厅内的地毯时,由于清洁装置的安装位置固定,会使得清洁装置与地毯接触,从而对地毯造成污染。又例如,当清洁设备在清洁过程中遇到石子等较大物体障碍物时,由于清洁装置的位置的固定,会导致清洁装置与障碍物抵接而产生摩擦,从而对清洁装置造成磨损,进而降低清洁装置的清洁效率。In the prior art, the installation position of the cleaning device is usually fixed. However, cleaning equipment often switches cleaning scenes during the cleaning process. For example, when cleaning equipment cleans the living room after cleaning the bedroom, when passing through the carpet placed in the living room, due to the fixed installation position of the cleaning device, the cleaning device will come into contact with the carpet, thereby causing contamination to the carpet. For another example, when the cleaning equipment encounters large obstacles such as stones during the cleaning process, due to the fixed position of the cleaning device, friction will occur between the cleaning device and the obstacle, causing wear and tear on the cleaning device. Reduce the cleaning efficiency of the cleaning device.
发明内容Contents of the invention
因此,本发明所要解决的技术问题是如何使得清洁装置在不同的清洁场景中保证清洁效率。Therefore, the technical problem to be solved by the present invention is how to ensure the cleaning efficiency of the cleaning device in different cleaning scenarios.
为解决上述技术问题,本发明提供一种清洁设备,包括:In order to solve the above technical problems, the present invention provides a cleaning equipment, including:
机体;organism;
升降结构,所述升降结构包括驱动组件和螺纹机构;所述螺纹机构连接有清洁组件;Lifting structure, the lifting structure includes a driving component and a threaded mechanism; the threaded mechanism is connected to a cleaning component;
至少一个配合件,设在所述机体上;At least one matching piece is provided on the body;
所述螺纹机构与所述配合件之间抵接,以使所述驱动组件驱动所述螺纹机构升降,以带动所述清洁组件在工作位置和非工作位置之间升降;所述清洁组件在升降过程中,所述配合件相对于所述清洁组件或机体保持静止;The threaded mechanism is in contact with the mating piece, so that the driving component drives the threaded mechanism to rise and fall, so as to drive the cleaning component to rise and fall between the working position and the non-working position; the cleaning component is lifted and lowered. During the process, the fitting part remains stationary relative to the cleaning component or the body;
所述清洁组件在工作位置时,所述驱动组件驱动所述螺纹机构带动所述清洁组件转动,所述螺纹机构与所述配合件之间形成转动抵接,和/或过盈的柔性抵接。When the cleaning assembly is in the working position, the driving assembly drives the threaded mechanism to drive the cleaning assembly to rotate, and a rotational abutment and/or an interference flexible abutment is formed between the threaded mechanism and the matching piece. .
本发明提供的技术方案,具有以下优点:通过设置有驱动组件及螺纹机构,螺纹机构连接驱动组件及清洁组件,当清洁装置在面对不同的清洁场景时,驱动组件通过螺纹机构驱动清洁组件在工作位置和非工作位置之间切换,从而带动清洁组件能够于高度方向上产生位移,以实现对清洁组件的升降,以应对不同的清洁场景,从而保证清洁装置的清洁效率;The technical solution provided by the present invention has the following advantages: a driving component and a threaded mechanism are provided, and the threaded mechanism connects the driving component and the cleaning component. When the cleaning device faces different cleaning scenarios, the driving component drives the cleaning component through the threaded mechanism. Switching between the working position and the non-working position enables the cleaning component to be displaced in the height direction to realize the lifting and lowering of the cleaning component to cope with different cleaning scenarios, thereby ensuring the cleaning efficiency of the cleaning device;
同时,升降传动组件还包括与螺纹机构的外表面相抵的转动体,当清洁组件位于工作位置并转动时,转动体与螺纹机构之间转动抵接,避免转动体与第一转动件之间出现滑动摩擦、使得滑动摩擦导致转动体与第一转动件之间的磨损,从而提高清洁组件升降的可靠性。At the same time, the lifting transmission assembly also includes a rotating body that abuts against the outer surface of the threaded mechanism. When the cleaning assembly is in the working position and rotates, the rotating body and the threaded mechanism are rotationally abutted to avoid the occurrence of interference between the rotating body and the first rotating member. Sliding friction causes wear between the rotating body and the first rotating member, thereby improving the reliability of the lifting and lowering of the cleaning assembly.
本发明还提供一种自移动设备的拖布组件的拆卸方法,所述自移动设备包括连接组件,所述拖布组件可拆卸连接于所述连接组件;沿所述自移动设备的高度方向,所述连接组件至少具有第四高度和低于第四高度的第二高度和/或第三高度;至少在所述第二高度和/或第三高度时,所述拖布组件可与所述连接组件连接;所述方法包括:The present invention also provides a method for disassembling a mop component of a self-moving device. The self-moving device includes a connecting component, and the mop component is detachably connected to the connecting component; along the height direction of the self-moving device, the The connection component has at least a fourth height and a second height and/or a third height lower than the fourth height; at least at the second height and/or the third height, the mop component can be connected to the connection component ;The method includes:
在所述自移动设备上设置有拖布组件、所述自移动设备的待清洁任务不使用拖布组件、且所述自移动设备位于清洁基站中的情况下,控制所述连接组件从所述第二高度或第三高度上升至第四高度,以在所述第四高度处,将所述自移动设备上的拖布组件与连接组件分离。In the case where the self-mobile device is provided with a mop component, the task to be cleaned of the self-mobile device does not use the mop component, and the self-mobile device is located in a cleaning base station, control the connection component from the second The height or third height rises to a fourth height to separate the mop assembly from the connection assembly on the mobile device at the fourth height.
本发明还提供一种清洁装置,用于清洁设备,包括清洁组件;驱动组件,适于连接所述清洁设备;升降传动组件,包括螺纹机构、及至少部分与所述螺纹机构的外表面相抵的转动体,所述螺纹机构分别连接所述清洁组件及所述驱动组件;所述清洁组件具有沿所述清洁设备的高度方向排布的工作位置和非工作位置,所述驱动组件适于驱动所述螺纹机构带动所述清洁组件在所述工作位置和所述非工作位置之间切换,以及驱动所述螺纹机构带动所述清洁组件在所述工作位置转动;其中,至少当所述清洁组件位于所述工作位置并转动时,所述转动体与所述螺纹机构转动抵接。 The invention also provides a cleaning device for cleaning equipment, including a cleaning component; a driving component suitable for connecting the cleaning equipment; and a lifting transmission component including a threaded mechanism and an outer surface that at least partially offsets the outer surface of the threaded mechanism. The rotating body, the threaded mechanism is connected to the cleaning component and the driving component respectively; the cleaning component has a working position and a non-working position arranged along the height direction of the cleaning equipment, and the driving component is suitable for driving all The threaded mechanism drives the cleaning component to switch between the working position and the non-working position, and drives the threaded mechanism to drive the cleaning component to rotate in the working position; wherein, at least when the cleaning component is located When the working position is rotated, the rotating body is in rotational contact with the threaded mechanism.
附图说明Description of drawings
为了更清楚地说明本发明具体实施方式或现有技术中的技术方案,下面将对具体实施方式或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍,显而易见,下面描述中的附图是本发明的一些实施方式,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。In order to more clearly explain the specific embodiments of the present invention or the technical solutions in the prior art, the drawings that need to be used in the description of the specific embodiments or the prior art will be briefly introduced below. It is obvious that the drawings in the following description These are some embodiments of the present invention. For those of ordinary skill in the art, other drawings can be obtained based on these drawings without exerting creative efforts.
图1为本发明一个实施例的清洁装置的结构示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a cleaning device according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图2为本发明一个实施例的清洁装置的部分结构示意图;Figure 2 is a partial structural schematic diagram of a cleaning device according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图3为图1的剖面示意图;Figure 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view of Figure 1;
图4为图3中的局部示意图;Figure 4 is a partial schematic diagram of Figure 3;
图5为图1的爆炸示意图;Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of the explosion in Figure 1;
图6为图1的另一爆炸示意图;Figure 6 is another explosion diagram of Figure 1;
图7为本发明一个实施例的安装件的结构示意图;Figure 7 is a schematic structural diagram of an installation component according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图8为本发明一个实施例的第一转动件的结构示意图;Figure 8 is a schematic structural diagram of the first rotating member according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图9为本发明一个实施例的第二转动件的结构示意图;Figure 9 is a schematic structural diagram of the second rotating member according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图10为本发明一个实施例的清洁设备的结构示意图。Figure 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a cleaning device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图11为本发明一个实施例的清洁装置的结构示意图;Figure 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a cleaning device according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图12为图11的剖面示意图;Figure 12 is a schematic cross-sectional view of Figure 11;
图13为图11的爆炸示意图;Figure 13 is a schematic diagram of the explosion in Figure 11;
图14为本发明一个实施例的清洁设备的结构示意图;Figure 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a cleaning device according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图15为图14的剖面示意图;Figure 15 is a schematic cross-sectional view of Figure 14;
图16为图14的爆炸示意图;Figure 16 is a schematic diagram of the explosion in Figure 14;
图17是本发明一个实施例的清洁装置的立体结构示意图;Figure 17 is a schematic three-dimensional structural diagram of a cleaning device according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图18为图17的俯视结构示意图;Figure 18 is a schematic top view of the structure of Figure 17;
图19为图18的A-A截面的剖视结构示意图;Figure 19 is a cross-sectional structural schematic diagram of the A-A section of Figure 18;
图20为图18的B-B截面的剖视结构示意图;Figure 20 is a schematic cross-sectional structural view of the B-B section of Figure 18;
图21为本发明一个实施例的清洁装置的第二转动件的分解结构示意图;Figure 21 is a schematic exploded view of the second rotating member of the cleaning device according to one embodiment of the present invention;
图22为本发明一个实施例的清洁组件处于内缩位置时的密封结构件的结构示意图;Figure 22 is a schematic structural diagram of the sealing structural member when the cleaning assembly is in a retracted position according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图23为本发明一个实施例的清洁组件处于外摆位置时的密封结构件的结构示意图;Figure 23 is a schematic structural diagram of the sealing structure when the cleaning assembly is in the swing-out position according to one embodiment of the present invention;
图24为本发明一个实施例的密封结构件的安装结构示意图;Figure 24 is a schematic diagram of the installation structure of the sealing structure according to one embodiment of the present invention;
图25为本发明一个实施例的密封结构件的结构示意图;Figure 25 is a schematic structural diagram of a sealing structural member according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图26为本发明一个实施例的滑动密封板的安装结构示意图;Figure 26 is a schematic diagram of the installation structure of the sliding sealing plate according to one embodiment of the present invention;
图27为本发明一个实施例的滑动密封板的立体结构示意图;Figure 27 is a schematic three-dimensional structural diagram of a sliding sealing plate according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图28为图27中的滑到密封板的局部放大图;Figure 28 is a partial enlarged view of the sealing plate in Figure 27;
图29为本发明一个实施例的包胶层的安装结构示意图;Figure 29 is a schematic diagram of the installation structure of the rubber coating layer according to one embodiment of the present invention;
图30为本发明一个实施例的移动空间的仰视结构示意图;Figure 30 is a schematic structural diagram of a moving space from below according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图31为本发明一个实施例的机体上的遮挡板的仰视结构示意图;Figure 31 is a schematic structural view from below of the baffle plate on the machine body according to one embodiment of the present invention;
图32为本发明一个实施例的清洁组件处于内缩位置状态下的滑动密封板的一种仰视结构示意图;Figure 32 is a schematic structural diagram of a bottom view of the sliding sealing plate when the cleaning assembly is in a retracted position according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图33为本发明一个实施例的清洁组件处于内缩位置和外摆位置之间状态下的滑动密封板的一种仰视结构示意图;Figure 33 is a schematic structural diagram of a bottom view of the sliding sealing plate when the cleaning assembly is between the retracted position and the outward swing position according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图34为本发明一个实施例的清洁组件处于外摆位置状态下的滑动密封板的一种仰视结构示意图;Figure 34 is a schematic structural diagram of a bottom view of the sliding sealing plate when the cleaning assembly is in the swing-out position according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图35为本发明一个实施例的清洁组件处于外摆位置状态下的滑动密封板的一种仰视结构示意图;Figure 35 is a schematic structural diagram of a bottom view of the sliding sealing plate when the cleaning assembly is in the swing-out position according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图36为本发明一个实施例的清洁装置的剖面示意图;Figure 36 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a cleaning device according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图37为本发明一个实施例的清洁装置的局部立体示意图;Figure 37 is a partial perspective view of a cleaning device according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图38为本发明一个实施例的清洁装置的平面示意图;Figure 38 is a schematic plan view of a cleaning device according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图39为本发明一个实施例的清洁装置的剖面示意图;Figure 39 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a cleaning device according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图40为本发明一个实施例的升降传动组件的立体示意图;Figure 40 is a three-dimensional schematic view of the lifting transmission assembly according to one embodiment of the present invention;
图41为图40的爆炸示意图;Figure 41 is an explosion diagram of Figure 40;
图42为本发明一个实施例的第一转动件的剖面示意图; Figure 42 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the first rotating member according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图43为本发明一个实施例的清洁装置的俯视示意图;Figure 43 is a schematic top view of a cleaning device according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图44为本发明一个实施例的清洁装置的立体示意图;Figure 44 is a three-dimensional schematic view of a cleaning device according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图45为本发明一个实施例的清洁装置的剖面示意图;Figure 45 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a cleaning device according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图46为本发明一个实施例的清洁装置的剖面示意图;Figure 46 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a cleaning device according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图47为本发明一个实施例的清洁装置的剖面示意图;Figure 47 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a cleaning device according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图48为本发明一个实施例的基站的底座示意图。Figure 48 is a schematic diagram of the base of a base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图49为本发明一个实施例提供的清洁设备的示意图;Figure 49 is a schematic diagram of a cleaning device provided by an embodiment of the present invention;
图50为图50的局部示意图;Figure 50 is a partial schematic diagram of Figure 50;
图51为本发明一个实施例提供的清洁设备的示意图;Figure 51 is a schematic diagram of a cleaning device provided by an embodiment of the present invention;
图52为本发明一个实施例提供的清洁设备的示意图;Figure 52 is a schematic diagram of a cleaning device provided by an embodiment of the present invention;
图53为本发明一个实施方式提供的清洁设备的补水机构在机体底部上投影的示意图;Figure 53 is a schematic diagram of the water replenishing mechanism of the cleaning equipment provided by one embodiment of the present invention projected on the bottom of the body;
图54为本发明一个实施方式提供的清洁设备的清洁盘在机体上的示意图;Figure 54 is a schematic diagram of the cleaning disk of the cleaning equipment provided on the body according to one embodiment of the present invention;
图55为本发明一个实施方式提供的清洁设备的尘盒的示意图;Figure 55 is a schematic diagram of the dust box of the cleaning equipment provided by one embodiment of the present invention;
图56为本发明一个实施方式提供的清洁设备的第一驱动结构的示意图;Figure 56 is a schematic diagram of the first driving structure of the cleaning equipment provided by one embodiment of the present invention;
图57为本发明一个实施方式提供的清洁设备的第一驱动结构和抹布盘固定的示意图;Figure 57 is a schematic diagram of the first driving structure and the fixation of the rag disk of the cleaning device provided by one embodiment of the present invention;
图58是本发明实施例的一种可选的拖布组件的安装方法的扫地机器人的硬件结构框图;Figure 58 is a hardware structural block diagram of a sweeping robot with an optional mop assembly installation method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图59是根据本发明实施例的一种可选的拖布组件的安装方法的流程图;Figure 59 is a flow chart of an optional installation method of a mop assembly according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图60是根据本发明实施例的一种可选的自移动设备的结构示意图;Figure 60 is a schematic structural diagram of an optional self-mobile device according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图61是根据本发明实施例的一种可选的拖布组件的拆卸方法的流程图;Figure 61 is a flow chart of an optional disassembly method of a mop assembly according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图62是根据本发明实施例的一种可选的拖布组件的安装装置的结构框图;Figure 62 is a structural block diagram of an optional mop assembly installation device according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图63是根据本发明实施例的一种可选的拖布组件的拆卸装置的结构框图;Figure 63 is a structural block diagram of an optional mop assembly disassembly device according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图64是本发明一个实施方式提供的密封滑动板和升降结构的仰视方向示意;Figure 64 is a schematic diagram of the sealing sliding plate and lifting structure provided by one embodiment of the present invention, viewed from the bottom direction;
图65是本发明一个实施方式提供的密封滑动板和升降结构的示意图。Figure 65 is a schematic diagram of a seal sliding plate and a lifting structure provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图对本发明的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本发明一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。下文中将参考附图并结合实施例来详细说明本发明。需要说明的是,在不冲突的情况下,本发明中的实施例及实施例中的特征可以相互组合。The technical solution of the present invention will be clearly and completely described below with reference to the accompanying drawings. Obviously, the described embodiments are some, not all, of the embodiments of the present invention. The present invention will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings and embodiments. It should be noted that, as long as there is no conflict, the embodiments and features in the embodiments of the present invention can be combined with each other.
需要说明的是,本发明的说明书和权利要求书及上述附图中的术语“第一”、“第二”等是用于区别类似的对象,而不必用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。It should be noted that the terms "first", "second", etc. in the description and claims of the present invention and the above-mentioned drawings are used to distinguish similar objects and are not necessarily used to describe a specific order or sequence.
在本发明中,在未作相反说明的情况下,使用的方位词如“上、下、顶、底”通常是针对附图所示的方向而言的,或者是针对部件本身在竖直、垂直或重力方向上而言的;同样地,为便于理解和描述,“内、外”是指相对于各部件本身的轮廓的内、外,但上述方位词并不用于限制本发明。In the present invention, unless otherwise specified, the directional words used such as "upper, lower, top, and bottom" usually refer to the direction shown in the drawings, or to the vertical or vertical position of the component itself. Vertically or in the direction of gravity; similarly, for ease of understanding and description, "inside and outside" refers to the inside and outside relative to the outline of each component itself, but the above directional terms are not used to limit the present invention.
清洁设备可以是清扫机器人、拖地机器人、扫拖机器人、擦窗机器人等,如图52所示,该清洁设备可以包括机体10、行走系统300M、清洁模组、控制系统、感知系统等。The cleaning equipment may be a cleaning robot, a mopping robot, a mopping robot, a window cleaning robot, etc. As shown in Figure 52, the cleaning equipment may include a body 10, a walking system 300M, a cleaning module, a control system, a sensing system, etc.
其中,机体10内具有安装腔,以供一些结构安装。机体10的外形不作限定,可以但不限于圆型、D型,三角型,或者其他形态的形状。行走系统300M设在机体10上,用于驱动机体10在待清洁表面上实现自移动的行走功能,机体10的宽度方向垂直于机体10的行进方向。Among them, the body 10 has an installation cavity for installation of some structures. The shape of the body 10 is not limited and may be, but is not limited to, circular, D-shaped, triangular, or other shapes. The walking system 300M is provided on the body 10 and is used to drive the body 10 to realize a self-moving walking function on the surface to be cleaned. The width direction of the body 10 is perpendicular to the traveling direction of the body 10 .
清洁模组包括至少一个干式清洁模组100M或者至少一个湿式清洁模组200M,或者同时包括干式清洁模组100M和湿式清洁模组200M。其中,干式清洁模组100M包括主刷101M、尘盒102M及风机103M,机体10的底部设有主刷腔,主刷101M可转动地设在主刷腔内,主刷腔上的吸尘口与尘盒102M的进尘口连通,尘盒102M的排风口1022M与风机103M连通。主刷101M在转动过程中,将其周围及前方的垃圾移动到吸尘口处,吸尘口处的垃圾在风机103M产生的负压作用下,被吸入尘盒102M内,以实现对待清洁表面的清扫功能。The cleaning module includes at least one dry cleaning module 100M or at least one wet cleaning module 200M, or includes both the dry cleaning module 100M and the wet cleaning module 200M. Among them, the dry cleaning module 100M includes a main brush 101M, a dust box 102M and a fan 103M. The bottom of the body 10 is provided with a main brush cavity. The main brush 101M is rotatably located in the main brush cavity. The dust collector on the main brush cavity The dust inlet of the dust box 102M is connected with the dust inlet, and the air exhaust port 1022M of the dust box 102M is connected with the fan 103M. During the rotation process, the main brush 101M moves the garbage around and in front of it to the suction port. The garbage at the suction port is sucked into the dust box 102M under the negative pressure generated by the fan 103M, so as to realize the surface to be cleaned. cleaning function.
湿式清洁模组200M包括第一驱动结构40M、清洁组件20。其中,清洁组件20包括清洁盘90H及设在清洁盘90H底部上的清洁件91H,第一驱动结构40M驱动清洁盘90H运动,以带动清洁件91H振动或转动,清洁件91H在运动过程中与地面形成摩擦,以对地面清洁。The wet cleaning module 200M includes a first driving structure 40M and a cleaning component 20 . Among them, the cleaning assembly 20 includes a cleaning disk 90H and a cleaning part 91H located on the bottom of the cleaning disk 90H. The first driving structure 40M drives the cleaning disk 90H to move to drive the cleaning part 91H to vibrate or rotate. The cleaning part 91H interacts with the cleaning part 91H during the movement. The ground creates friction to clean the ground.
鉴于清洁件91H处于湿润状态下,对地面的清洁效果更好,通常在清洁设备的机体10内设有补水机构,补水 机构包括水箱,水箱内的溶液在泵的作用下,输送到清洁件91H上,以湿润清洁件91H。湿式清洁模组200M可以设置为一个或者多于两个,例如三个、四个、五个或者更多个等,湿式清洁模组200M设置的具体数量根据需求来选取,在此不作具体限定。Since the cleaning part 91H has a better cleaning effect on the ground when it is in a wet state, a water replenishing mechanism is usually provided in the body 10 of the cleaning equipment to replenish water. The mechanism includes a water tank, and the solution in the water tank is transported to the cleaning part 91H under the action of a pump to moisten the cleaning part 91H. The number of wet cleaning modules 200M can be set to one or more than two, such as three, four, five or more, etc. The specific number of wet cleaning modules 200M is selected according to needs and is not specifically limited here.
清洁模组还包括位于机体10前部一侧或者两侧的边刷400M,沿清洁设备的前进方向,边刷400M的至少部分伸出机体10的边缘外,边刷400M在驱动机构的驱动下转动,边刷400M转动过程中将位于其前方及外周的垃圾朝向机体10内侧移动,以便位于后方的干式清洁模组100M的主刷101M将此垃圾清扫并被风机103M吸入尘盒102M内,以及可以通过湿式清洁模组200M清洁此垃圾。The cleaning module also includes side brushes 400M located on one or both sides of the front of the body 10. Along the forward direction of the cleaning equipment, at least part of the side brushes 400M extends out of the edge of the body 10. The side brushes 400M are driven by the driving mechanism. During the rotation of the side brush 400M, the garbage located in front and on the periphery of the side brush 400M will move toward the inside of the body 10, so that the main brush 101M of the dry cleaning module 100M located at the rear can clean the garbage and be sucked into the dust box 102M by the fan 103M. And this garbage can be cleaned with the wet cleaning module 200M.
感知系统包括位于机身上方的LDS、位于机体10前部的缓冲器和视觉传感器、位于机体10前部侧壁的沿边传感器,位于机体10底部的超声传感器等传感装置。其中,LDS、缓冲器、沿边传感器均可以测量距离,以获得机体10的边缘与障碍物之间的距离,控制系统根据此距离控制清洁设备执行相应的动作。例如控制清洁设备进行避障、沿边等。超声传感器用于识别地毯信号,控制系统根据此信号控制清洁设备的湿式清洁模组200M的清洁件91H进行抬升动作,或者控制清洁设备回基站拆卸湿式清洁模组200M的清洁件91H。视觉传感器用于识别清洁设备所处环境的图像以获取障碍物的信息,控制系统根据此信息控制清洁设备执行动作,例如避障、越障、沿边清洁等。The sensing system includes an LDS located above the fuselage, a buffer and a visual sensor located at the front of the fuselage 10 , an edge sensor located on the front side wall of the fuselage 10 , an ultrasonic sensor located at the bottom of the fuselage 10 and other sensing devices. Among them, the LDS, buffer, and edge sensor can all measure the distance to obtain the distance between the edge of the body 10 and the obstacle, and the control system controls the cleaning equipment to perform corresponding actions based on this distance. For example, control cleaning equipment to avoid obstacles, edge edges, etc. The ultrasonic sensor is used to identify the carpet signal, and the control system controls the cleaning part 91H of the wet cleaning module 200M of the cleaning equipment to perform a lifting action based on this signal, or controls the cleaning equipment to return to the base station to disassemble the cleaning part 91H of the wet cleaning module 200M. The visual sensor is used to identify the image of the environment where the cleaning equipment is located to obtain information about obstacles. The control system controls the cleaning equipment to perform actions based on this information, such as obstacle avoidance, obstacle surmounting, edge cleaning, etc.
清洁设备在一些场景下,例如清洁地毯时,防止湿润的清洁件91H打湿地毯;或者清洁件91H处于脏污状态,以防污染地面;或者清洁设备需要越障时,需要清洁组件20抬升;或者其他场景下,例如或者回基站时,优选使清洁组件20处于抬升状态。则清洁设备还设置升降结构,升降结构用于驱动清洁组件20抬升及下降。可选地,升降结构可以采用多种方式,例如升降结构可以为齿轮与齿条、螺纹升降机构、气缸、丝杠、蜗轮蜗杆等。In some scenarios, such as when cleaning carpets, the cleaning equipment needs to prevent the wet cleaning part 91H from wetting the carpet; or the cleaning part 91H is in a dirty state to prevent contamination of the ground; or when the cleaning equipment needs to overcome obstacles, the cleaning assembly 20 needs to be lifted; Or in other scenarios, such as when returning to the base station, it is preferable to keep the cleaning assembly 20 in a raised state. The cleaning equipment is also provided with a lifting structure, and the lifting structure is used to drive the cleaning component 20 to rise and fall. Optionally, the lifting structure can adopt a variety of methods. For example, the lifting structure can be a gear and rack, a threaded lifting mechanism, a cylinder, a screw, a worm gear, etc.
升降结构可以分为至少两种情况,第一种情况是升降结构通过驱动清洁组件20转动来实现抬升及下降;第二种情况是升降结构驱动清洁组件20升降过程中,清洁组件20不转动,在升降结构的第一种情况下,升降结构和第一驱动结构40M可以共用一个电机,即一个电机即可以驱动清洁组件20做升降运动,并至少能在拖地位置,驱动清洁组件20转动,以清洁待清洁面。The lifting structure can be divided into at least two situations. The first situation is that the lifting structure realizes lifting and lowering by driving the cleaning component 20 to rotate; the second situation is that the cleaning component 20 does not rotate when the lifting structure drives the cleaning component 20 to lift. In the first case of the lifting structure, the lifting structure and the first driving structure 40M can share a motor, that is, one motor can drive the cleaning component 20 to perform lifting movements, and can drive the cleaning component 20 to rotate at least in the mopping position. To clean the surface to be cleaned.
实施例1Example 1
请参见图1,提供一种清洁装置100的一种实施方式,例如,该清洁装置优选为前述的湿式清洁模组200M,适于与清洁设备的机体安装,以对待清洁面进行相应的清洁动作,从而实现清洁效果。其中,待清洁面可以为不同粗糙程度的地面、墙面,亦或是待清洁物体的表面,本申请不对待清洁面的类型做具体限定。Referring to Figure 1, an embodiment of a cleaning device 100 is provided. For example, the cleaning device is preferably the aforementioned wet cleaning module 200M, which is suitable for installation with the body of the cleaning equipment to perform corresponding cleaning actions on the surface to be cleaned. , thereby achieving a cleaning effect. The surface to be cleaned can be floors, walls with different roughness, or surfaces of objects to be cleaned. This application does not specifically limit the type of surface to be cleaned.
上述的清洁动作可以为吸尘动作,亦或是拖地动作,亦或是吸尘动作和拖地动作同时进行,以保证清洁设备的清洁效率。The above-mentioned cleaning action can be a vacuuming action, a mopping action, or a vacuuming action and a mopping action performed simultaneously to ensure the cleaning efficiency of the cleaning equipment.
本实施方式中的升降结构包括驱动组件2和升降传动组件3。具体的,清洁装置100包括清洁组件1及驱动组件2,清洁组件1可与待清洁面直接接触,而驱动组件2适于向清洁组件1输出驱动力。驱动组件2适于连接清洁设备,以在保证清洁装置100整体结构紧凑性的同时,还能够合理应用清洁设备200内的空间,以使清洁设备200整体更为美观。The lifting structure in this embodiment includes a driving assembly 2 and a lifting transmission assembly 3 . Specifically, the cleaning device 100 includes a cleaning component 1 and a driving component 2. The cleaning component 1 can be in direct contact with the surface to be cleaned, and the driving component 2 is suitable for outputting driving force to the cleaning component 1. The driving assembly 2 is suitable for connecting to cleaning equipment, so as to ensure the compactness of the overall structure of the cleaning device 100 and at the same time rationally utilize the space within the cleaning equipment 200 to make the overall cleaning equipment 200 more beautiful.
清洁组件1包括盘体11(即清洁盘90H)及设置在盘体11上的清洁体12(即清洁件91H),盘体11具有安装面,当清洁设备200处于清洁模式时(即对待清洁面进行清洁时),该安装面朝向待清洁面设置。因此,清洁体12设置在安装面上。其中,该清洁体12为常规结构,在此不做赘述。The cleaning assembly 1 includes a tray 11 (i.e., cleaning tray 90H) and a cleaning body 12 (i.e., cleaning member 91H) disposed on the tray 11. The tray 11 has a mounting surface. When the cleaning device 200 is in the cleaning mode (i.e., to be cleaned) When cleaning the surface), the mounting surface is set toward the surface to be cleaned. Therefore, the cleaning body 12 is provided on the mounting surface. The cleaning body 12 has a conventional structure and will not be described in detail here.
为了方便更换清洁体12,以保证清洁组件1的清洁效率,在本实施例中,该清洁体12与安装面可拆卸连接。可拆卸连接的方式包括但不限于:磁吸、卡扣815H等,在此不做具体限定,根据实际情况而定。In order to facilitate the replacement of the cleaning body 12 and ensure the cleaning efficiency of the cleaning assembly 1, in this embodiment, the cleaning body 12 is detachably connected to the installation surface. The methods of detachable connection include but are not limited to: magnetic suction, buckle 815H, etc., which are not specifically limited here and will depend on the actual situation.
请结合图1、图2及图7,其中,驱动组件2包括驱动件21及与驱动件21连接的齿轮组24,齿轮组24适于将驱动件21的驱动速度减缓、输出力矩增大,继而传递至清洁组件1。在本实施例中,该驱动件21为电机。齿轮组24包括第一齿轮241及与至少部分第一齿轮241啮合的第二齿轮242,电机的电机轴22与第一齿轮241啮合,继而驱动齿轮组24转动。Please refer to Figure 1, Figure 2 and Figure 7, in which the driving assembly 2 includes a driving member 21 and a gear set 24 connected to the driving member 21. The gear set 24 is suitable for slowing down the driving speed of the driving member 21 and increasing the output torque. Then it is passed to the cleaning component 1. In this embodiment, the driving member 21 is a motor. The gear set 24 includes a first gear 241 and a second gear 242 meshed with at least part of the first gear 241. The motor shaft 22 of the motor meshes with the first gear 241, thereby driving the gear set 24 to rotate.
第一齿轮241包括具有斜齿的斜齿轮及与该斜齿轮固定连接的正齿轮,该正齿轮与第二齿轮242啮合。相应的,电机的电机轴22上也设置有与斜齿轮相配合的斜齿,从而实现对齿轮组24的驱动。即,在本申请中,电机轴22转动以带动斜齿轮转动继而带动第一齿轮241转动,第一齿轮241将电机轴22的水平驱动力转换为竖直驱动力,并经第二齿轮242传递至清洁组件1,以驱动清洁组件1沿竖直方向转动。The first gear 241 includes a helical gear with helical teeth and a spur gear fixedly connected to the helical gear. The spur gear meshes with the second gear 242 . Correspondingly, the motor shaft 22 of the motor is also provided with helical teeth that match the helical gear, so as to drive the gear set 24 . That is, in this application, the motor shaft 22 rotates to drive the helical gear to rotate and then drives the first gear 241 to rotate. The first gear 241 converts the horizontal driving force of the motor shaft 22 into a vertical driving force and transmits it through the second gear 242 to the cleaning component 1 to drive the cleaning component 1 to rotate in the vertical direction.
驱动组件2还包括壳体22,齿轮组24设置在该壳体22内,电机的电机轴22伸入至壳体22内与第一齿轮241啮合。The driving assembly 2 also includes a housing 22 in which the gear set 24 is disposed. The motor shaft 22 of the motor extends into the housing 22 to mesh with the first gear 241 .
在清洁设备200清洁过程中,由于清洁场景的更换,可能存在清洁组件1与非待清洁面接触的情况。例如,当清洁设备200在清洁过程中,可能会途经放置地毯区域。由前述可知,清洁组件1与待清洁面接触以对待清洁面进行清 洁,因此,当清洁设备200途经地毯时,势必与地毯造成接触,从而对地毯造成污染。又例如,当清洁设备200在清洁过程中遇见较大且硬的障碍物时,清洁组件1会与障碍物抵接,以使障碍物对清洁组件20造成磨损,且妨碍清洁组件1的清洁,造成清洁组件1及清洁装置100的清洁效率的低下。During the cleaning process of the cleaning device 200, due to the change of cleaning scenes, the cleaning component 1 may come into contact with the non-to-be-cleaned surface. For example, when the cleaning device 200 is cleaning, it may pass through an area where carpets are placed. As can be seen from the above, the cleaning component 1 is in contact with the surface to be cleaned to clean the surface to be cleaned. Therefore, when the cleaning equipment 200 passes through the carpet, it is bound to come into contact with the carpet, thereby causing contamination to the carpet. For another example, when the cleaning device 200 encounters a large and hard obstacle during the cleaning process, the cleaning component 1 will contact the obstacle, so that the obstacle causes wear to the cleaning component 20 and hinders the cleaning of the cleaning component 1. This results in low cleaning efficiency of the cleaning assembly 1 and the cleaning device 100 .
为了解决上述技术问题,清洁装置100还包括分别连接清洁组件1和驱动组件2的升降传动组件3,该升降传动组件3适于将驱动组件2的驱动力传递至清洁组件1,以在驱动力的作用下将清洁组件1抬升或降低,从而实现清洁组件1的升降功能,以使清洁设备200在面对清洁场景的切换时,能够依据于清洁场景的不同而使清洁组件1升降,从而保证清洁组件1及清洁装置100的清洁效率。In order to solve the above technical problems, the cleaning device 100 also includes a lifting transmission assembly 3 that is respectively connected to the cleaning assembly 1 and the driving assembly 2. The lifting transmission assembly 3 is suitable for transmitting the driving force of the driving assembly 2 to the cleaning assembly 1, so that when the driving force is used, The cleaning component 1 is raised or lowered under the action of the cleaning component 1, thereby realizing the lifting function of the cleaning component 1, so that when the cleaning device 200 faces the switching of cleaning scenes, the cleaning component 1 can be raised or lowered according to the different cleaning scenes, thereby ensuring The cleaning efficiency of the cleaning assembly 1 and the cleaning device 100.
驱动组件2还包括驱动轴23,该驱动轴23的两端分别连接第二齿轮242和升降传动组件3,继而将驱动件21的驱动力传递至清洁组件1,驱动组件2可通过升降传动组件3驱动清洁组件1沿清洁设备的高度方向(图示中箭头a指向)升降,以使清洁组件1具有沿清洁设备200的高度方向排布的工作位置和非工作位置。其中,清洁组件1位于工作位置时,清洁组件1与待清洁面接触以对待清洁面进行清洁;当清洁组件1位于非工作位置时,清洁组件1与待清洁面不接触,即清洁组件1与待清洁面之间存在间距。The driving assembly 2 also includes a driving shaft 23. Both ends of the driving shaft 23 are respectively connected to the second gear 242 and the lifting transmission assembly 3, and then transmit the driving force of the driving member 21 to the cleaning assembly 1. The driving assembly 2 can pass through the lifting transmission assembly. 3. Drive the cleaning component 1 to rise and fall along the height direction of the cleaning device (pointed by arrow a in the figure), so that the cleaning component 1 has working positions and non-working positions arranged along the height direction of the cleaning device 200. Among them, when the cleaning component 1 is in the working position, the cleaning component 1 is in contact with the surface to be cleaned to clean the surface; when the cleaning component 1 is in the non-working position, the cleaning component 1 is not in contact with the surface to be cleaned, that is, the cleaning component 1 is not in contact with the surface to be cleaned. There is a gap between the surfaces to be cleaned.
具体的,工作位置是指清洁组件1的清洁体12与待清洁面之间存在接触、且可对待清洁面进行清洁的位置;非工作位置是指清洁组件1的清洁体12脱离待清洁面、与待清洁面不存在接触的位置。例如,非工作位置可以为抬升位置或分离位置。Specifically, the working position refers to the position where there is contact between the cleaning body 12 of the cleaning component 1 and the surface to be cleaned, and the surface to be cleaned can be cleaned; the non-working position refers to the position where the cleaning body 12 of the cleaning component 1 is separated from the surface to be cleaned, There is no contact with the surface to be cleaned. For example, the non-working position may be a raised position or a detached position.
在一些实施方式中,工作位置可以是一段高度区间,也可以是一个或多个具体的高度位置。即,清洁组件1的工作位置相对于待清洁面之间的距离是可以浮动的,以便适应不同的待清洁面的高度。例如,可以通过在升降传动组件3上设置有多个限位位置,以使得清洁组件1下降到相应的限位位置之后停止下降,并在相应高度转动以对待清洁面进行清洁。In some embodiments, the working position may be a height interval or one or more specific height positions. That is, the working position of the cleaning component 1 can be floated relative to the distance between the surfaces to be cleaned, so as to adapt to different heights of the surfaces to be cleaned. For example, a plurality of limit positions can be provided on the lifting transmission assembly 3 so that the cleaning assembly 1 stops descending after descending to the corresponding limit position, and rotates at a corresponding height to clean the surface to be cleaned.
在一些实施方式中,非工作位置可以是一段高度区间,也可以是一个或多个具体的高度位置。即,当升降传动组件3的可升降的高度范围足够时,清洁组件1脱离待清洁面后仍能沿高度方向继续向上位移一段距离,直至到达可升降到达的最高位置,从清洁组件1脱离待清洁面的位置到最高位置之间的范围均为非工作位置。而当可升降到达的最高位置即为清洁组件1脱离待清洁面的位置时,该最高位置即为非工作位置。其中,这里的最高位置是指清洁组件1在不与可升降传动组件3发生分离的前提下,相对于待清洁面的最高位置,即下文中提及的抬升位置。In some embodiments, the non-working position may be a height interval or one or more specific height positions. That is, when the lifting height range of the lifting transmission assembly 3 is sufficient, the cleaning assembly 1 can continue to move upward for a certain distance in the height direction after being separated from the surface to be cleaned, until it reaches the highest position that can be lifted and lowered, and is separated from the cleaning assembly 1 to be cleaned. The range from the cleaning surface to the highest position is the non-working position. When the highest position that can be reached by lifting is the position where the cleaning component 1 is separated from the surface to be cleaned, the highest position is the non-working position. The highest position here refers to the highest position of the cleaning component 1 relative to the surface to be cleaned without being separated from the liftable transmission component 3, that is, the lifted position mentioned below.
请结合图3至图6,具体的,升降传动组件3包括螺纹机构,驱动组件2适于驱动螺纹机构带动清洁组件1在工作位置和非工作位置之间切换,以及驱动螺纹机构带动清洁组件1在工作位置转动,从而对待清洁面进行清洁。Please refer to Figures 3 to 6. Specifically, the lifting transmission assembly 3 includes a threaded mechanism. The driving assembly 2 is suitable for driving the threaded mechanism to drive the cleaning assembly 1 to switch between the working position and the non-working position, and driving the threading mechanism to drive the cleaning assembly 1. Turn it in the working position to clean the surface to be cleaned.
升降传动组件3还包括具有容置腔的安装件31,螺纹机构位于该容置腔内。其中,设置有安装件31的目的在于:安装件31的内表面可与螺纹机构的外表面之间产生摩擦力,以使螺纹机构在驱动组件2的驱动下能够相对于安装件31转动。The lifting transmission assembly 3 also includes a mounting member 31 having a receiving cavity, and the threaded mechanism is located in the receiving cavity. The purpose of providing the mounting part 31 is to generate friction between the inner surface of the mounting part 31 and the outer surface of the threaded mechanism, so that the threaded mechanism can rotate relative to the mounting part 31 under the driving of the driving assembly 2 .
该安装件31可以与清洁设备200的机体10一体成型设置,或者,该安装件31也可以与清洁设备200的机体10分体设置。在本实施例中,以安装件31与清洁设备200分体设置为主。The mounting part 31 may be integrally formed with the body 10 of the cleaning device 200 , or the mounting part 31 may be separated from the body 10 of the cleaning device 200 . In this embodiment, the mounting member 31 and the cleaning device 200 are mainly installed separately.
具体的,螺纹机构包括第一转动件32、第二转动件33、及形成在第一转动件32和第二转动件33之间的螺纹部,第二转动件33与驱动组件2的驱动轴23连接,第一转动件32连接清洁组件1。第一转动件32具有沿清洁设备200的高度方向上的活动行程,第二转动件33适于在驱动轴23的驱动下通过螺纹部带动第一转动件32运动,从而带动清洁组件1在工作位置和非工作位置之间切换。Specifically, the thread mechanism includes a first rotating member 32 , a second rotating member 33 , and a threaded portion formed between the first rotating member 32 and the second rotating member 33 . The second rotating member 33 is connected to the drive shaft of the driving assembly 2 23 is connected, and the first rotating member 32 is connected with the cleaning component 1 . The first rotating member 32 has a movable stroke along the height direction of the cleaning device 200 . The second rotating member 33 is adapted to drive the first rotating member 32 through the threaded portion under the driving of the driving shaft 23 , thereby driving the cleaning assembly 1 to work. Switch between position and non-working position.
升降传动组件3还包括配合件,该配合件适于与螺纹机构配合。配合件与螺纹机构的配合方式为:配合件的内表面与螺纹机构的外表面之间产生摩擦力,进而使得螺纹机构能够在驱动组件2的驱动下相对于配合件转动,从而通过螺纹机构实现带动清洁组件1的升降。由前述可知,上述的配合件的内表面与螺纹机构的外表面之间产生摩擦力,从而使得螺纹机构能够在驱动组件2的驱动下相对于安装件31转动。因此,在本实施例中,该安装件31作为上述的配合件。The lifting transmission assembly 3 also includes a fitting piece, which is adapted to cooperate with the threaded mechanism. The matching method between the fitting part and the threaded mechanism is as follows: friction is generated between the inner surface of the fitting part and the outer surface of the threaded mechanism, so that the threaded mechanism can rotate relative to the fitting part under the driving of the driving assembly 2, thereby realizing the threaded mechanism. Drive the cleaning component 1 to rise and fall. As can be seen from the foregoing, friction is generated between the inner surface of the matching piece and the outer surface of the threaded mechanism, so that the threaded mechanism can rotate relative to the mounting piece 31 under the driving of the driving assembly 2 . Therefore, in this embodiment, the mounting component 31 serves as the above-mentioned matching component.
配合件与第一转动件32之间存在静摩擦力,且配合件与第一转动件32之间的静摩擦力大于螺纹部之间的滑动摩擦力,以在驱动组件2通过输出轴23以输出旋转力时,由于螺纹和静摩擦力的作用使得第一转动件32能够相对于配合件运动,进而与第二转动件33配合实现升降。There is a static friction force between the fitting part and the first rotating part 32 , and the static friction force between the fitting part and the first rotating part 32 is greater than the sliding friction force between the threaded parts, so that the driving assembly 2 outputs rotation through the output shaft 23 When the force is applied, due to the effect of threads and static friction, the first rotating member 32 can move relative to the matching member, and then cooperates with the second rotating member 33 to achieve lifting.
第一转动件32包括相对设置的第一表面和第二表面,螺纹部形成于第一表面与第二转动件33之间。具体的,螺纹部包括相互配合的第一螺纹和第二螺纹,第一螺纹设于第一表面上,第二螺纹设于第二转动件33的外表面上。其中,上述的第二转动件33的外表面是相较于第一转动件32而言,该第二转动件33的外表面指朝向第一转动件32设置 的一面。或者,第一螺纹设置在第二转动件33的外表面上,第二螺纹设于第一表面上,在此不做具体限定,根据实际情况而定。The first rotating member 32 includes a first surface and a second surface arranged oppositely, and a threaded portion is formed between the first surface and the second rotating member 33 . Specifically, the threaded portion includes a first thread and a second thread that cooperate with each other. The first thread is provided on the first surface, and the second thread is provided on the outer surface of the second rotating member 33 . Among them, the outer surface of the above-mentioned second rotating member 33 is compared with the first rotating member 32, and the outer surface of the second rotating member 33 is disposed toward the first rotating member 32. side. Alternatively, the first thread is provided on the outer surface of the second rotating member 33, and the second thread is provided on the first surface. There is no specific limitation here, and it depends on the actual situation.
在本实施例中,第一螺纹和第二螺纹的形状并不相同。其中,第一螺纹为连续型螺纹,相邻两个螺纹之间形成螺纹槽。第二螺纹为非连续型螺纹块,该螺纹块沿螺纹槽转动以实现第一转动件32和第二转动件33的相对转动,从而实现第一转动件32的运动。In this embodiment, the shapes of the first thread and the second thread are different. Wherein, the first thread is a continuous thread, and a thread groove is formed between two adjacent threads. The second thread is a discontinuous thread block, and the thread block rotates along the thread groove to realize relative rotation of the first rotating part 32 and the second rotating part 33, thereby realizing the movement of the first rotating part 32.
由前述可知,第一转动件32和配合件之间需存在静摩擦力,才能使得第一转动件32能够与第二转动件33相对转动。因此在一些相关技术中,配合件可能会设置成阻尼套,以使阻尼套与第一转动件32之间形成静摩擦力。然而,当第一转动件32转动时,由于阻尼套并不转动,第一转动件32与阻尼套之间形成滑动摩擦。同时,阻尼套的材质与第一转动件32的材质通常为相同材质,滑动摩擦会造成阻尼套和第一转动件32之间产生粉末,粉末在重力作用下会掉落至待清洁面上,影响最终的清洁效果。同时,由于阻尼套和第一转动件32之间产生磨损,会造成第一转动件32与阻尼套之间的静摩擦力逐渐变小,直至第一转动件32无法转动以造成清洁组件1升降失效的后果。As can be seen from the foregoing, static friction must exist between the first rotating member 32 and the matching member so that the first rotating member 32 can rotate relative to the second rotating member 33 . Therefore, in some related technologies, the matching piece may be provided as a damping sleeve to form a static friction force between the damping sleeve and the first rotating member 32 . However, when the first rotating member 32 rotates, since the damping sleeve does not rotate, sliding friction is formed between the first rotating member 32 and the damping sleeve. At the same time, the material of the damping sleeve and the first rotating member 32 are usually the same material. Sliding friction will cause powder to be generated between the damping sleeve and the first rotating member 32. The powder will fall to the surface to be cleaned under the action of gravity. affect the final cleaning effect. At the same time, due to wear between the damping sleeve and the first rotating member 32, the static friction force between the first rotating member 32 and the damping sleeve will gradually become smaller until the first rotating member 32 cannot rotate, causing the lifting failure of the cleaning assembly 1. s consequence.
为了解决上述技术问题,在本实施例中,升降传动组件3还包括至少部分与螺纹机构的外表面相抵的转动体311。该转动体311能够至少当清洁组件位于所述工作位置并转动时,转动体311与第一转动件32的外表面转动抵接,以使得转动体311与第一转动件32的外表面之间存在滚动摩擦。习知的,滚动摩擦的摩擦力小于滑动摩擦的摩擦力,因此,设置有至少部分与螺纹机构的外表面相抵的转动体311,可避免转动体311与第一转动件32的之间在清洁组件的长时间的转动以对待清洁面进行清洁的工作过程中出现滑动摩擦,继而避免安装件31与第一转动件32的外表面之间的磨损,从而提高清洁组件1升降的可靠性,在本实施例中,所述配合件包括上述转动体311,进一步的,所述配合件包括上述转动体311和安装件31,转动体311与安装件31连接,通过设置转动体311避免安装件和第一转动件32之间的磨损。In order to solve the above technical problem, in this embodiment, the lifting transmission assembly 3 also includes a rotating body 311 that at least partially abuts against the outer surface of the thread mechanism. The rotating body 311 can rotate and contact with the outer surface of the first rotating member 32 at least when the cleaning assembly is located in the working position and rotates, so that there is a gap between the rotating body 311 and the outer surface of the first rotating member 32 . There is rolling friction. As is commonly known, the friction force of rolling friction is smaller than the friction force of sliding friction. Therefore, a rotating body 311 that at least partially offsets the outer surface of the thread mechanism can be provided to avoid cleaning between the rotating body 311 and the first rotating member 32 Sliding friction occurs during the long-term rotation of the assembly to clean the surface to be cleaned, thereby avoiding wear between the mounting member 31 and the outer surface of the first rotating member 32, thereby improving the reliability of the lifting of the cleaning assembly 1. In this embodiment, the fitting part includes the above-mentioned rotating body 311. Further, the fitting part includes the above-mentioned rotating body 311 and the mounting part 31. The rotating body 311 is connected with the mounting part 31. By providing the rotating body 311, the mounting part and the mounting part are avoided. Wear between the first rotating parts 32.
并且,该转动体311的转动轴线平行或趋于平行于螺纹机构的旋转轴线,例如,第一转动件或第二转动件的旋转轴线,以使转动体311的外表面与螺纹机构的外表面转动抵接。其中,螺纹机构的外表面为第一转动件32的外表面(下文中螺纹机构的外表面皆为第一转动件32的外表面)。其中,趋于的意思表示为:转动体311的转动轴线接近于与螺纹机构的旋转轴线平行,误差范围在5%之内。Moreover, the rotation axis of the rotating body 311 is parallel or tends to be parallel to the rotation axis of the threaded mechanism, for example, the rotating axis of the first rotating member or the second rotating member, so that the outer surface of the rotating body 311 is consistent with the outer surface of the threaded mechanism. Rotate the abutment. The outer surface of the threaded mechanism is the outer surface of the first rotating member 32 (hereinafter, the outer surface of the threaded mechanism is the outer surface of the first rotating member 32). Among them, tending means that the rotation axis of the rotating body 311 is close to parallel to the rotation axis of the thread mechanism, and the error range is within 5%.
通过将转动体311的转动轴线平行或趋于平行于螺纹机构的旋转轴线,在使得转动体311各处受力均匀的同时,且使得转动体311的外表面在转动过程中,增大与第一转动件32的外表面接触的面积,避免转动体311的外表面与第一转动件32的外表面之间出现点接触,从而避免转动体311的外表面与第一转动件32的外表面之间出现磨损。By making the rotation axis of the rotating body 311 parallel or tending to be parallel to the rotation axis of the threaded mechanism, the force on the rotating body 311 is uniformly distributed, and the outer surface of the rotating body 311 is increased in size with the third one during the rotation. The contact area of the outer surface of the rotating member 32 avoids point contact between the outer surface of the rotating member 311 and the outer surface of the first rotating member 32, thereby preventing the outer surface of the rotating member 311 from being in contact with the outer surface of the first rotating member 32. There is wear between them.
同时,通过将转动体311的转动轴线平行或趋于平行于螺纹机构的旋转轴线,还能够使清洁组件1在处于工作位置时,转动体311的外表面与第一转动件32的外表面之间的静摩擦力能够大于转动体311和与转动体311连接的转轴313(下文中有描述)之间的静摩擦力,从而使得第一转动件32的与转动体311之间转动抵接,继而带动清洁组件1转动以对待清洁面进行清洁。At the same time, by making the rotation axis of the rotating body 311 parallel or tending to be parallel to the rotation axis of the thread mechanism, it is also possible to ensure that when the cleaning assembly 1 is in the working position, the outer surface of the rotating body 311 and the outer surface of the first rotating member 32 are aligned. The static friction force between the rotating body 311 and the rotating shaft 313 (described below) connected to the rotating body 311 can be greater than the static friction force between the rotating body 311 and the rotating body 311, so that the first rotating member 32 is in rotational contact with the rotating body 311, and then drives the rotating body 311 to rotate. The cleaning component 1 rotates to clean the surface to be cleaned.
在本实施例中,转动体311的形状可以为圆柱,此时,圆柱的圆柱面作为外表面,从而实现转动体311与第一转动件32的滚动摩擦。In this embodiment, the shape of the rotating body 311 may be a cylinder. In this case, the cylindrical surface of the cylinder serves as the outer surface, thereby achieving rolling friction between the rotating body 311 and the first rotating member 32 .
升降传动组件3还包括沿清洁设备200的高度方向延伸设置的转轴313,转动体311套设在转轴313上以相对于转轴313转动。其中,为了防止转动体311与转轴313之前产生磨损,以减少转动体311的使用寿命,转动体311与转轴313之间的静摩擦力,小于转动体311的外表面与螺纹机构的外表面之间静摩擦力。The lifting transmission assembly 3 also includes a rotating shaft 313 extending along the height direction of the cleaning device 200 . The rotating body 311 is sleeved on the rotating shaft 313 to rotate relative to the rotating shaft 313 . Among them, in order to prevent the rotating body 311 and the rotating shaft 313 from wearing out and reduce the service life of the rotating body 311, the static friction force between the rotating body 311 and the rotating shaft 313 is smaller than that between the outer surface of the rotating body 311 and the outer surface of the thread mechanism. static friction.
转动体311与转轴313的制作材料相异,转动体311与第一转动件32的制作材料相同或不同,以实现转动体311与转轴313之间的静摩擦力小于转动体311的转动面与第一转动件32的外表面之间的摩擦力。The rotating body 311 and the rotating shaft 313 are made of different materials, and the rotating body 311 and the first rotating member 32 are made of the same or different materials, so that the static friction force between the rotating body 311 and the rotating shaft 313 is smaller than the rotating surface of the rotating body 311 and the first rotating member 313 . Friction between the outer surfaces of a rotating member 32.
在本实施例中,转动体311与第一转动件32的制作材料相同。此时,转轴313的制作材料为不锈钢,转动体311和第一转动件32的制作材料为POM(聚甲醛,polyformaldehyde)。在其他实施例中,转轴313、转动体311和第一转动件32的制作材料也可为其他,在此不做具体限定,根据实际情况而定。In this embodiment, the rotating body 311 and the first rotating member 32 are made of the same material. At this time, the rotating shaft 313 is made of stainless steel, and the rotating body 311 and the first rotating member 32 are made of POM (polyformaldehyde). In other embodiments, the rotating shaft 313, the rotating body 311 and the first rotating member 32 can also be made of other materials, which are not specifically limited here and are determined according to the actual situation.
由前述可知,清洁组件1具有工作位置和非工作位置,位于工作位置时,清洁组件1转动以对待清洁面进行清洁。因此,当清洁组件1位于工作位置时,螺纹机构转动以带动转动体311转动,清洁组件1保持转动,此时,转动体311的外表面的至少一部分与螺纹机构的外表面转动抵接。在本实施例中,转动体311的外表面与第一转动件32的外表面转动抵接,以使转动体311和第一转动件32之间不存在滑动摩擦,仅存在滚动摩擦,从而减小转动体311和第一转动件32之间的磨损,保证清洁组件1的升降有效。As can be seen from the above, the cleaning component 1 has a working position and a non-working position. When it is in the working position, the cleaning component 1 rotates to clean the surface to be cleaned. Therefore, when the cleaning assembly 1 is in the working position, the threaded mechanism rotates to drive the rotating body 311 to rotate, and the cleaning assembly 1 keeps rotating. At this time, at least a part of the outer surface of the rotating body 311 is in rotational contact with the outer surface of the threaded mechanism. In this embodiment, the outer surface of the rotating body 311 is in rotational contact with the outer surface of the first rotating member 32, so that there is no sliding friction between the rotating body 311 and the first rotating member 32, but only rolling friction, thereby reducing The wear between the small rotating body 311 and the first rotating member 32 ensures that the cleaning assembly 1 can be effectively lifted and lowered.
值得注意的是,在本实施例中,当清洁组件1在工作位置和非工作位置之间切换时,该转动体311保持静止。并 且,清洁组件1在工作位置和非工作位置之间切换时,转动体311与转轴313之间的摩擦力,大于第一转动件32与第二转动件33之间的摩擦力。相应的,转动体311的外表面与第一转动件32的外表面之间的静摩擦力,大于第一转动件32与第二转动件33之间的摩擦力,以使转动体311和第一转动件32之间在切向上保持相对静止,即转动体311不发生转动,第二转动件33跟随驱动轴23转动以相对于第一转动件32转动,第一转动件32通过螺纹部相对于所述第二转动件33实现于高度方向上的移动,继而实现第一转动件32与清洁组件1的升降。当清洁组件1在工作位置时,使第一转动件32带动转动体311转动,使得转动体311与第一转动件32之间为滚动摩擦,由于滚动摩擦的摩擦力相对于滑动摩擦较小,从而可以降低清洁组件1在工作位置长时间转动的过程中,第一转动件32由于摩擦而造成的磨损。It is worth noting that in this embodiment, when the cleaning assembly 1 switches between the working position and the non-working position, the rotating body 311 remains stationary. and Moreover, when the cleaning assembly 1 switches between the working position and the non-working position, the friction force between the rotating body 311 and the rotating shaft 313 is greater than the friction force between the first rotating member 32 and the second rotating member 33 . Correspondingly, the static friction force between the outer surface of the rotating body 311 and the outer surface of the first rotating member 32 is greater than the friction force between the first rotating member 32 and the second rotating member 33, so that the rotating body 311 and the first rotating member The rotating parts 32 remain relatively stationary in the tangential direction, that is, the rotating body 311 does not rotate. The second rotating part 33 follows the driving shaft 23 to rotate relative to the first rotating part 32. The first rotating part 32 rotates relative to the first rotating part 32 through the threaded part. The second rotating member 33 realizes movement in the height direction, and then realizes the lifting and lowering of the first rotating member 32 and the cleaning assembly 1 . When the cleaning assembly 1 is in the working position, the first rotating member 32 drives the rotating body 311 to rotate, so that there is rolling friction between the rotating body 311 and the first rotating member 32. Since the friction force of the rolling friction is smaller than the sliding friction, This can reduce the wear of the first rotating member 32 caused by friction when the cleaning assembly 1 rotates in the working position for a long time.
并且,清洁组件1还具有沿清洁设备200的高度方向排布的上止位。由前述可知,非工作位置可以是一段高度区间,也可以是一个或多个具体的高度位置。在本实施例中,于清洁设备200的高度方向上,该上止位的位置为非工作位置中的最高位置。位于该上止位时,螺纹机构转动并带动转动体311转动,以使转动体311与螺纹机构之间抵接。即,位于该上止位时,第一转动件32转动带动转动体311转动,转动体311的外表面与第一转动件32的外表面转动抵接。其中,位于上止位(即抬升位置)时,清洁组件1与第一转动件32还处于连接状态。Moreover, the cleaning assembly 1 also has upper stops arranged along the height direction of the cleaning device 200 . As can be seen from the foregoing, the non-working position may be a height interval or one or more specific height positions. In this embodiment, in the height direction of the cleaning device 200, the position of the upper stop position is the highest position in the non-working position. When it is at the upper stop position, the threaded mechanism rotates and drives the rotating body 311 to rotate, so that the rotating body 311 and the threaded mechanism are in contact. That is, when it is at the upper stop position, the rotation of the first rotating member 32 drives the rotating body 311 to rotate, and the outer surface of the rotating body 311 is in rotational contact with the outer surface of the first rotating member 32 . When located at the upper stop position (ie, the raised position), the cleaning assembly 1 and the first rotating member 32 are still connected.
由前述可知,该安装件31可以与清洁设备200的机体10一体成型设置,亦或者与清洁设备200的机体10分体设置。因此,当安装件31与清洁设备200的机体10一体成型设置时,转动体311适于活动连接清洁设备200;当安装件31与清洁设备200的机体10分体设置时,转动体311适于与安装件31连接。As can be seen from the foregoing, the mounting member 31 can be integrally formed with the body 10 of the cleaning device 200 , or can be formed separately from the body 10 of the cleaning device 200 . Therefore, when the mounting part 31 is integrally formed with the body 10 of the cleaning device 200, the rotating body 311 is suitable for movably connecting to the cleaning device 200; when the mounting part 31 is disposed separately from the body 10 of the cleaning device 200, the rotating body 311 is suitable for movably connecting to the cleaning device 200. Connect with mounting piece 31.
在本实施例中,转动体311与安装件31连接。相应的,该安装件31具有槽口,转轴313和转动体311设置于该槽口内。In this embodiment, the rotating body 311 is connected to the mounting member 31 . Correspondingly, the mounting member 31 has a notch, and the rotating shaft 313 and the rotating body 311 are disposed in the notch.
请结合图5及图7,并且,为了转动体311的外表面与第一转动件32的外表面转动抵接,安装件31还包括至少一个弹性体312,至少一个弹性体312设置在槽口内,且弹性体312的内表面与螺纹机构的外表面存在间距,以防止弹性体312与第一转动件32的外表面之间形成滑动摩擦。Please combine FIG. 5 and FIG. 7 , and in order for the outer surface of the rotating body 311 to rotate and abut against the outer surface of the first rotating member 32 , the mounting member 31 also includes at least one elastic body 312 , and at least one elastic body 312 is disposed in the slot. , and there is a distance between the inner surface of the elastic body 312 and the outer surface of the thread mechanism to prevent sliding friction between the elastic body 312 and the outer surface of the first rotating member 32 .
转轴313穿过弹性体312设置;弹性体312具有始终朝向第一转动件32的外表面的弹性力,以使转动体311与第一转动件32的外表面抵接。The rotating shaft 313 is arranged through the elastic body 312; the elastic body 312 has an elastic force always facing the outer surface of the first rotating member 32, so that the rotating body 311 contacts the outer surface of the first rotating member 32.
在本实施例中,弹性体312设置有两个,两个弹性体312沿清洁设备200的高度方向进行上下分布,转轴313的两端分别与两个弹性体312连接。其中,每个弹性体312具有朝向远离第一转动件32的外表面方向设置的第一凹部314及与第一凹部314连接的安装部315,转轴313与安装部315连接。由于第一凹部314朝向远离第一转动件32的外表面方向设置,使得第一凹部314的两端具有朝向第一转动件32施加的弹性力。当安装部315与第一凹部314的其中一端连接时,第一凹部314始终向安装部315施加朝向靠近第一转动件32的外表面方向的作用力,从而使得转动体311的转动面与第一转动件32的外表面抵接。In this embodiment, two elastic bodies 312 are provided. The two elastic bodies 312 are distributed up and down along the height direction of the cleaning device 200 . Both ends of the rotating shaft 313 are connected to the two elastic bodies 312 respectively. Each elastic body 312 has a first recess 314 disposed away from the outer surface of the first rotating member 32 and a mounting portion 315 connected to the first recess 314 . The rotating shaft 313 is connected to the mounting portion 315 . Since the first recess 314 is disposed in a direction away from the outer surface of the first rotating member 32 , both ends of the first recess 314 have elastic force exerted toward the first rotating member 32 . When the mounting portion 315 is connected to one end of the first recessed portion 314, the first recessed portion 314 always exerts a force on the mounting portion 315 in a direction close to the outer surface of the first rotating member 32, so that the rotating surface of the rotating body 311 is in contact with the first rotating member 312. The outer surface of a rotating member 32 is in contact.
并且,每个弹性体312设置有两个第一凹部314,两个第一凹部314分别连接安装部315的两端,从而向转动体311施加弹性力以使转动体311的外表面能够与螺纹机构的外表面抵接。Moreover, each elastic body 312 is provided with two first recesses 314, and the two first recesses 314 are respectively connected to the two ends of the mounting part 315, thereby exerting an elastic force on the rotating body 311 so that the outer surface of the rotating body 311 can be connected with the thread. The outer surfaces of the mechanism abut.
请结合图8及图9,第一转动件32包括第一壁体321、第二壁体322、及连接第一壁体321和第二壁体322的连接壁体327,第一壁体321、第二壁体322和连接壁体327围设成转动腔323,至少部分第二转动件33位于转动腔323内。Please refer to Figures 8 and 9. The first rotating member 32 includes a first wall 321, a second wall 322, and a connecting wall 327 connecting the first wall 321 and the second wall 322. The first wall 321 , the second wall 322 and the connecting wall 327 are surrounded by a rotating cavity 323, and at least part of the second rotating member 33 is located in the rotating cavity 323.
其中,上述的第一表面和第二表面位于第一壁体321上。优选的,第二壁体322设于第一壁体321的内侧,第一壁体321的内表面作为第一表面,第一壁体321的外表面作为第二表面。上述的第一壁体321的内表面是相较于第二壁体322而言,第一壁体321的内表面朝向第二壁体322设置。相应的,第一壁体321的外表面是相较于安装件31而言,第一壁体321的外表面朝向安装件31设置。Wherein, the above-mentioned first surface and second surface are located on the first wall 321 . Preferably, the second wall 322 is provided inside the first wall 321, the inner surface of the first wall 321 serves as the first surface, and the outer surface of the first wall 321 serves as the second surface. Compared with the second wall 322 , the inner surface of the first wall 321 is disposed toward the second wall 322 . Correspondingly, the outer surface of the first wall 321 is closer to the mounting member 31 , and the outer surface of the first wall 321 is disposed toward the mounting member 31 .
在另一个实施例中,参图11-图16,升降传动组件3还包括至少部分与螺纹机构的外表面接触的阻尼条3110,阻尼条3110和螺纹机构的外表面过盈接触,阻尼条3110和第一转动件之间存在静摩擦力,且阻尼条3110和第一转动件之间的静摩擦力大于螺纹部之间的滑动摩擦力,以在驱动组件2通过输出轴23以输出旋转力时,第一转动件32基于螺纹和上述静摩擦力的作用,与第二转动件33配合实现升降。在本实施例中,所述配合件至少包括所述阻尼条3110,阻尼条与第一转动件之间的形成柔性的过盈抵接。In another embodiment, referring to Figures 11-16, the lifting transmission assembly 3 also includes a damping bar 3110 that is at least partially in contact with the outer surface of the threaded mechanism. The damping bar 3110 is in interference contact with the outer surface of the threaded mechanism. The damping bar 3110 There is a static friction force between the damping bar 3110 and the first rotating member, and the static friction force between the damping bar 3110 and the first rotating member is greater than the sliding friction force between the threaded parts, so that when the driving assembly 2 outputs rotational force through the output shaft 23, The first rotating member 32 cooperates with the second rotating member 33 to achieve lifting based on the effect of the thread and the above-mentioned static friction force. In this embodiment, the matching member at least includes the damping strip 3110, and a flexible interference abutment is formed between the damping strip and the first rotating member.
在一个具体的实施例中,所述阻尼条3110形成为阻尼毛条,阻尼毛条至少一侧设置有植毛,阻尼毛条和螺纹机构的外表面过盈接触以形成静摩擦力。可选的,所述阻尼毛条可以采用编织布加植毛的工艺,毛的材质可以选取尼龙、PP、PET等。In a specific embodiment, the damping strip 3110 is formed as a damping top, and at least one side of the damping top is provided with hair transplantation, and the damping top is in interference contact with the outer surface of the threaded mechanism to form static friction. Optionally, the damping top can be made of woven cloth and hair transplanted, and the material of the hair can be nylon, PP, PET, etc.
在一个具体的实施例中,参图11-图13,所述配合件包括安装件31,进一步的,所述阻尼条3110设置于所述安装件31上。在一种实现方式中,所述安装件31形成为阻尼套,所述阻尼条3110可一体设置于所述阻尼套上以与所述阻 尼套形成一个整体件,示例性的,通过植毛工艺在阻尼套上植毛以使得阻尼套和阻尼条3110形成一整体件。在另一种实现方式中,所述阻尼条3110可分离地连接于所述安装件31,例如,所述阻尼条3110采用可拆卸的方式连接于所述安装件31。阻尼条3110和螺纹机构的外表面过盈接触且具有静摩擦力,当驱动组件2通过输出轴23输出旋转力时,阻尼条3110和螺纹机构的外表面之间的静摩擦力小于螺纹部之间的滑动摩擦力,进而使得第一转动件带动清洁组件1以升降。In a specific embodiment, referring to FIGS. 11 to 13 , the matching member includes a mounting member 31 , and further, the damping strip 3110 is provided on the mounting member 31 . In one implementation, the mounting member 31 is formed as a damping sleeve, and the damping strip 3110 can be integrally disposed on the damping sleeve to be connected with the damping sleeve. The damping sleeve forms an integral piece. For example, hair is grafted on the damping sleeve through a hair transplanting process so that the damping sleeve and the damping strip 3110 form an integral piece. In another implementation manner, the damping strip 3110 is detachably connected to the mounting member 31 , for example, the damping strip 3110 is detachably connected to the mounting member 31 . The damping bar 3110 is in interference contact with the outer surface of the threaded mechanism and has static friction. When the driving assembly 2 outputs rotational force through the output shaft 23, the static friction between the damping bar 3110 and the outer surface of the threaded mechanism is smaller than that between the threaded parts. The sliding friction force then causes the first rotating member to drive the cleaning assembly 1 to rise and fall.
可选的,所述阻尼条3110采用可拆卸的方式连接于所述安装件31,例如,所述阻尼条3110采用粘接的方式连接于所述安装件31,所述阻尼条3110与所述安装件31可分离,从而能够拆卸阻尼条3110以方便清洁阻尼条3110。例如,安装件31的内壁上设有环形台阶,阻尼条的外周壁固定在环形台阶上。当清洁设备具有自动拆装功能时,在升降结构达到抬升位置,清洁组件脱离升降结构的安装部时,且升降结构的底部至少位于配合件的底部的上方,将配合件外露,可以通过用于安装清洁组件的安装部所在的移动通道(清洁组件相对于机体可摆动)或安装孔(清洁组件相对于机体不摆动),将配合件拆卸和安装。Optionally, the damping bar 3110 is detachably connected to the mounting member 31 , for example, the damping bar 3110 is connected to the mounting member 31 in an adhesive manner, and the damping bar 3110 is connected to the mounting member 31 by adhesive bonding. The mounting part 31 is detachable, so that the damping strip 3110 can be disassembled to facilitate cleaning of the damping strip 3110. For example, the inner wall of the mounting member 31 is provided with an annular step, and the outer peripheral wall of the damping strip is fixed on the annular step. When the cleaning equipment has an automatic disassembly and assembly function, when the lifting structure reaches the lifting position and the cleaning component is separated from the installation part of the lifting structure, and the bottom of the lifting structure is at least above the bottom of the fitting part, the fitting part is exposed and can be used for Install the moving channel (the cleaning component can swing relative to the body) or the mounting hole (the cleaning component does not swing relative to the body) where the mounting part of the cleaning component is located, and disassemble and install the matching parts.
示例性的,所述阻尼条3110和安装件31采用不同的材质,以使得阻尼条3110具有更好的耐磨性和柔性。可理解的,所述阻尼条3110为柔性部件,当升降传动组件3进行抬升或下降时,能够显著地降低第一转动件和配合件之间的磨损,保证了升降传动组件3的可靠性。通过将阻尼件3110连接于安装件31,或者将阻尼件3110设置于安装件31,所述安装件31能够为所述阻尼件3110提供支撑力。For example, the damping strip 3110 and the mounting member 31 are made of different materials, so that the damping strip 3110 has better wear resistance and flexibility. It can be understood that the damping strip 3110 is a flexible component, which can significantly reduce the wear between the first rotating part and the mating part when the lifting transmission assembly 3 is raised or lowered, ensuring the reliability of the lifting transmission assembly 3 . By connecting the damping component 3110 to the mounting component 31 or disposing the damping component 3110 on the mounting component 31 , the mounting component 31 can provide supporting force for the damping component 3110 .
此外,参图12-图13,安装件31具有容置腔,螺纹机构设置于所述容置腔内,螺纹机构和安装腔之间具有缝隙,所述阻尼条3110设置于螺纹机构和安装腔之间的缝隙内,阻尼条3110与螺纹机构的外表面产生静摩擦力;同时,阻尼条3110形成为环形条,能够周向包围螺纹机构的外周,且能够填充螺纹机构和安装件31之间的缝隙,以实现升降传动组件3的至少部分的密封效果,有效防止灰尘异物等进入升降传动组件3的内部,延长升降传动组件3的使用寿命。In addition, referring to Figures 12 and 13, the mounting member 31 has an accommodation cavity, a threaded mechanism is provided in the accommodation cavity, there is a gap between the threaded mechanism and the installation cavity, and the damping strip 3110 is provided between the threaded mechanism and the installation cavity. In the gap between the damping strip 3110 and the outer surface of the threaded mechanism, static friction is generated; at the same time, the damping strip 3110 is formed into an annular strip, which can circumferentially surround the outer periphery of the threaded mechanism, and can fill the gap between the threaded mechanism and the mounting piece 31 gap to achieve at least a partial sealing effect of the lifting transmission assembly 3, effectively prevent dust and foreign matter from entering the inside of the lifting transmission assembly 3, and extend the service life of the lifting transmission assembly 3.
在另一个具体的实施例中,参图14-图16,所述配合件包括阻尼条3110。可选的,机身的底部设置有底座支架3113,所述底座支架3113至少部分的形成清洁设备的机体的底部的一部分,所述阻尼条3110直接或间接地连接于所述底座支架3113,同时与螺纹机构的外表面保持过盈接触。In another specific embodiment, referring to FIGS. 14-16 , the fitting includes a damping strip 3110 . Optionally, a base bracket 3113 is provided at the bottom of the fuselage. The base bracket 3113 at least partially forms a part of the bottom of the body of the cleaning device. The damping strip 3110 is directly or indirectly connected to the base bracket 3113. Maintains interference contact with the outer surface of the threaded mechanism.
可选的,所述升降传动组件3包括阻尼支架3112,所述阻尼支架3112用于支撑所述阻尼条3110,所述阻尼支架3112连接于所述底座支架,阻尼条3110设置于所述阻尼支架3112,以使得所述阻尼条3110被可靠地支撑。可选的,在本实施例中,可以不设置安装件,螺纹机构设置于清洁设备的机身的腔体内。Optionally, the lifting transmission assembly 3 includes a damping bracket 3112, which is used to support the damping bar 3110. The damping bracket 3112 is connected to the base bracket, and the damping bar 3110 is provided on the damping bracket. 3112, so that the damping strip 3110 is reliably supported. Optionally, in this embodiment, the mounting member may not be provided, and the threaded mechanism is provided in the cavity of the body of the cleaning device.
示例性的,参图15-图16,所述底座支架形成容纳空间以容纳所述阻尼支架3112,示例性的,所述容纳空间形成为阶梯状结构;所述阻尼条3110安装于所述阻尼支架3112,所述阻尼支架3112设置有支撑部以支撑所述阻尼条3110,示例性的,所述阻尼支架3112形成为阶梯状结构。可选的,所述阻尼支架3112可拆卸地连接于所述底座支架,所述阻尼支架3112包括第一连接件3112A,所述底座支架包括第二连接件3113B,通过所述第一连接件3112A和第二连接件3113B使得阻尼支架3112和底座支架可拆卸地连接,示例性的,所述第一连接件3112A和第二连接件3113B可以形成为卡扣结构,所述第一连接件3112A和第二连接件3113B的其中之一包括凸起部,其中另一包括与所述凸起部配合的开槽,从而实现阻尼支架3112和底座支架的可拆卸连接。类似的,所述阻尼件可固定设置于所述阻尼支架3112,例如与所述阻尼支架3112一体设置,或者,以不可拆卸的方式连接于所述阻尼支架3112;或者,所述阻尼件以可拆卸的方式连接于阻尼支架3112,例如,阻尼件可以通过粘接等方式连接于阻尼支架3112,以方便对阻尼件和/或阻尼支架3112进行维护。Exemplarily, referring to Figures 15 and 16, the base bracket forms a receiving space to accommodate the damping bracket 3112. Exemplarily, the receiving space is formed into a stepped structure; the damping strip 3110 is installed on the damping bracket 3112. Bracket 3112. The damping bracket 3112 is provided with a support portion to support the damping bar 3110. For example, the damping bracket 3112 is formed into a ladder-like structure. Optionally, the damping bracket 3112 is detachably connected to the base bracket, the damping bracket 3112 includes a first connecting piece 3112A, the base bracket includes a second connecting piece 3113B, through the first connecting piece 3112A and the second connecting piece 3113B to detachably connect the damping bracket 3112 and the base bracket. For example, the first connecting piece 3112A and the second connecting piece 3113B can be formed into a buckle structure. The first connecting piece 3112A and One of the second connecting members 3113B includes a protruding portion, and the other of the second connecting members 3113B includes a slot that matches the protruding portion, thereby achieving a detachable connection between the damping bracket 3112 and the base bracket. Similarly, the damping member can be fixedly provided on the damping bracket 3112, for example, integrally provided with the damping bracket 3112, or connected to the damping bracket 3112 in a non-detachable manner; or, the damping member can be removable. The damping member can be connected to the damping bracket 3112 in a detachable manner. For example, the damping member can be connected to the damping bracket 3112 by bonding or other methods to facilitate maintenance of the damping member and/or the damping bracket 3112.
可选的,参图16,所述阻尼支架3112可拆卸地连接于所述底座支架,例如,阻尼支架3112通过卡扣815H、螺钉等形式连接于底座支架,以使得阻尼支架3112和底座支架易于分离,从而对阻尼支架3112或阻尼条3110进行清洁。Optionally, referring to Figure 16, the damping bracket 3112 is detachably connected to the base bracket. For example, the damping bracket 3112 is connected to the base bracket through buckles 815H, screws, etc., so that the damping bracket 3112 and the base bracket are easily connected. Separate to clean the damping bracket 3112 or the damping strip 3110.
通过将阻尼条3110设置于底座支架,一方面能够提供阻尼条3110和螺纹机构外表面的静摩擦力,另一方面,通过阻尼条3110能够实现升降传动组件3的密封效果。By arranging the damping strip 3110 on the base bracket, on the one hand, the static friction force between the damping strip 3110 and the outer surface of the thread mechanism can be provided. On the other hand, the damping strip 3110 can achieve a sealing effect of the lifting transmission assembly 3 .
在一个可选的实施例中,所述阻尼条3110可采用橡胶条。具体的,所述阻尼条3110可设置于安装件31上,例如,橡胶条可拆卸的连接于安装件31上,或,所述橡胶条与安装件31一体设置,通过橡胶条与第一转动件周向过盈接触以提供静摩擦力;具体的,所述阻尼条3110可设置于底座支架上,可选的,所述橡胶条可直接连接于底座支架而无需设置阻尼支架3112。In an optional embodiment, the damping strip 3110 may be a rubber strip. Specifically, the damping strip 3110 can be disposed on the mounting piece 31. For example, the rubber strip is detachably connected to the mounting piece 31, or the rubber strip is integrally provided with the mounting piece 31, and is connected to the first rotation through the rubber strip. The parts are in circumferential interference contact to provide static friction; specifically, the damping strip 3110 can be disposed on the base bracket. Optionally, the rubber strip can be directly connected to the base bracket without providing a damping bracket 3112.
以上,配合件包括阻尼条3110,通过阻尼条3110和螺纹机构的外表面形成静摩擦力,该静摩擦力小于螺纹副的滑动摩擦力,以实现第一转动件能够带动清洁组件20抬升或下降。具体的,当螺纹机构产生螺旋升降运动时,第一转动件相对于阻尼条3110产生升降运动,阻尼条3110的位置相对固定。当第一转动件升降运动时,第一转动件和阻 尼条3110之间的相对位置发生变化,示例性的,阻尼条3110设置于升降传动组件3靠近底座101的方向,当第一转动件向下运动时,第一转动件的高度小于于底盘支架的高度,此时,阻尼条3110被第一转动件遮挡;当第一转动件向上运动,第一转动件的高度大于底盘支架的高度时,阻尼条3110至少部分地被外露,以使得阻尼条3110能够容易地被拆卸,从而能够及时清洁及更换阻尼条3110。As mentioned above, the matching part includes the damping strip 3110. The damping strip 3110 and the outer surface of the thread mechanism form a static friction force. The static friction force is smaller than the sliding friction force of the thread pair, so that the first rotating member can drive the cleaning assembly 20 to rise or fall. Specifically, when the screw mechanism produces a spiral lifting movement, the first rotating member produces a lifting movement relative to the damping bar 3110, and the position of the damping bar 3110 is relatively fixed. When the first rotating member moves up and down, the first rotating member and the resistance The relative position between the damping bars 3110 changes. For example, the damping bar 3110 is provided in the direction of the lifting transmission assembly 3 close to the base 101. When the first rotating member moves downward, the height of the first rotating member is smaller than the chassis bracket. At this time, the damping strip 3110 is blocked by the first rotating member; when the first rotating member moves upward and the height of the first rotating member is greater than the height of the chassis bracket, the damping strip 3110 is at least partially exposed, so that the damping strip 3110 is at least partially exposed. 3110 can be easily disassembled, so that the damping strip 3110 can be cleaned and replaced in time.
在一个具体的实施例中,参图17-图21,清洁装置100包括升降传动组件3,升降传动组件3包括螺纹机构30,螺纹机构30包括第一转动件32、第二转动件33、及形成在第一转动件32和第二转动件33之间的螺纹部,第一转动件32和第二转动件33螺纹连接,第一转动件32与驱动组件2的输出轴23连接,第二转动件33连接清洁组件1。第二转动件33具有沿清洁设备200的高度方向上的活动行程,第一转动件32适于在输出轴23的驱动下通过螺纹部带动第二转动件33运动,从而带动清洁组件1在工作位置和非工作位置之间切换。In a specific embodiment, referring to Figures 17-21, the cleaning device 100 includes a lifting transmission assembly 3. The lifting transmission assembly 3 includes a threaded mechanism 30. The threaded mechanism 30 includes a first rotating member 32, a second rotating member 33, and A threaded portion is formed between the first rotating member 32 and the second rotating member 33. The first rotating member 32 and the second rotating member 33 are threadedly connected. The first rotating member 32 is connected to the output shaft 23 of the driving assembly 2, and the second rotating member 32 is connected to the output shaft 23 of the driving assembly 2. The rotating member 33 is connected to the cleaning component 1 . The second rotating member 33 has a movable stroke along the height direction of the cleaning device 200 . The first rotating member 32 is adapted to drive the second rotating member 33 through the threaded portion under the driving of the output shaft 23 , thereby driving the cleaning assembly 1 to work. Switch between position and non-working position.
在一个具体的实施例中,升降传动组件3包括传动齿轮,传动齿轮与所述第一转动件32设为一体。In a specific embodiment, the lifting transmission assembly 3 includes a transmission gear, and the transmission gear is integrated with the first rotating member 32 .
具体的,驱动组件2包括驱动件21和连接于驱动件21的输出轴23,第一转动件32连接于所述输出轴23。Specifically, the driving assembly 2 includes a driving member 21 and an output shaft 23 connected to the driving member 21. The first rotating member 32 is connected to the output shaft 23.
在一个具体的实施例中,所述第二转动件33和驱动组件2的壳体22磁性配合,通过第二转动件33和驱动组件2的壳体22磁性配合,通过改变二者之间的连接磁力,以改变第二转动件33和第一转动件32之间的连接阻力,从而使得第一转动件32和第二转动件33之间相对静止或产生相对转动。具体的,当第二转动件33和驱动组件2的壳体22磁力配合时,第二转动件33和驱动组件2的壳体22产生磁力(吸引或者斥力),该引力或者斥力阻碍第一转动件32和第二转动件33同步运转,以使得第二转动件33相对于第一转动件32运动而抬升或下降;反之,当第二转动件33和驱动组件2的壳体22之间的磁力减弱或消失时,第一转动件32和第二转动件33同步运动。In a specific embodiment, the second rotating member 33 and the housing 22 of the driving assembly 2 are magnetically matched. By changing the relationship between the second rotating member 33 and the housing 22 of the driving assembly 2, The magnetic force is connected to change the connection resistance between the second rotating member 33 and the first rotating member 32, so that the first rotating member 32 and the second rotating member 33 are relatively stationary or rotate relative to each other. Specifically, when the second rotating member 33 and the housing 22 of the driving assembly 2 magnetically cooperate, the second rotating member 33 and the housing 22 of the driving assembly 2 generate a magnetic force (attraction or repulsion), and this attraction or repulsion hinders the first rotation. The second rotating member 32 and the second rotating member 33 operate synchronously, so that the second rotating member 33 moves up or down relative to the first rotating member 32; conversely, when the second rotating member 33 and the housing 22 of the driving assembly 2 move, When the magnetic force weakens or disappears, the first rotating member 32 and the second rotating member 33 move synchronously.
其中,第二转动件33和驱动组件2的壳体22之间的磁力为非接触力,相当于直接设置机械结构以对第二转动件33产生旋转阻力,采用磁力的方式减少或避免了零件磨损,提升了零件的使用寿命,同时也消除了运转过程中的异音。Among them, the magnetic force between the second rotating member 33 and the housing 22 of the driving assembly 2 is a non-contact force, which is equivalent to directly setting up a mechanical structure to generate rotational resistance to the second rotating member 33. The magnetic force is used to reduce or avoid parts. wear and tear, extending the service life of parts and eliminating abnormal noise during operation.
在一种具体的实现方式中,清洁设备包括安装件31,安装件31具有容置腔,螺纹机构30设置于所述容置腔内,所述驱动组件2的壳体22形成为所述安装件31,第二磁吸结构330设置于安装件31上;在另一种具体的实现方式中,清洁设备不设置安装件31,清洁装置100自身结构形成腔体,清洁装置100具有至少部分形成所述腔体的壳体,第二磁吸结构330设置于清洁装置100自身结构形成的壳体上。In a specific implementation, the cleaning device includes a mounting part 31 having a receiving cavity, a threaded mechanism 30 is disposed in the receiving cavity, and the housing 22 of the driving assembly 2 is formed into the mounting cavity. 31, the second magnetic structure 330 is disposed on the mounting member 31; in another specific implementation, the cleaning device is not provided with the mounting member 31, the cleaning device 100 itself forms a cavity, and the cleaning device 100 has at least a partially formed In the housing of the cavity, the second magnetic structure 330 is disposed on the housing formed by the structure of the cleaning device 100 itself.
具体的,当清洁组件1处于工作位置时,清洁组件1对待清洁面进行清洁工作,此时驱动组件2沿第一方向旋转,第一转动件32和第二转动件33之间处于螺纹锁紧状态,以使得第一转动件32和第二转动件33同步运动,带动清洁组件20进行清洁工作,此时,第一转动件32和第二转动件33不产生相对转动,驱动组件2沿第一方向旋转可带动第二转动件33沿第一方向同步旋转,进一步带动清洁组件20清洁待清洁面。此时,第二转动件33和驱动组件2的壳体22之间的连接磁力减弱或消失,以减少磁力对第二转动件33的转动阻力。Specifically, when the cleaning assembly 1 is in the working position, the cleaning assembly 1 performs cleaning work on the surface to be cleaned. At this time, the driving assembly 2 rotates in the first direction, and the first rotating member 32 and the second rotating member 33 are threadedly locked. state, so that the first rotating member 32 and the second rotating member 33 move synchronously, driving the cleaning assembly 20 to perform cleaning work. At this time, the first rotating member 32 and the second rotating member 33 do not rotate relative to each other, and the driving assembly 2 moves along the first rotating member 32 and the second rotating member 33. Rotating in one direction can drive the second rotating member 33 to rotate synchronously in the first direction, further driving the cleaning assembly 20 to clean the surface to be cleaned. At this time, the connection magnetic force between the second rotating member 33 and the housing 22 of the driving assembly 2 weakens or disappears, so as to reduce the rotational resistance of the magnetic force on the second rotating member 33 .
当清洁组件20从工作位置向非工作位置切换,或从非工作位置向工作位置切换时,也即清洁组件20需要进行抬升或下降时,驱动组件2驱动第一转动件32旋转,第二转动件33和驱动组件2的壳体22的磁力作用阻碍第二转动件33和第一转动件32同步转动,第一转动件32和第二转动件33处于差速转动状态,此时第二转动件33和第一转动件32之间产生螺纹转动,第二转动件33相对于第一转动件32转动,进而使得第二转动件33带动清洁组件20抬升或下降。When the cleaning assembly 20 switches from the working position to the non-working position, or from the non-working position to the working position, that is, when the cleaning assembly 20 needs to be lifted or lowered, the driving assembly 2 drives the first rotating member 32 to rotate, and the second rotating member 32 rotates. The magnetic force of the member 33 and the housing 22 of the drive assembly 2 prevents the second rotating member 33 and the first rotating member 32 from rotating synchronously. The first rotating member 32 and the second rotating member 33 are in a differential rotation state. At this time, the second rotating member 33 and the first rotating member 32 are in a differential rotation state. Thread rotation is generated between the member 33 and the first rotating member 32, and the second rotating member 33 rotates relative to the first rotating member 32, thereby causing the second rotating member 33 to drive the cleaning assembly 20 to rise or fall.
在一个具体的实现方式中,所述第二转动件33套设于第一转动件32的内部,第一转动件32和第二转动件33内螺纹连接,可从第一转动件32的外侧实现外部动力的输入,外部动力无需从端部输入,进而节约高度方向的空间。In a specific implementation, the second rotating member 33 is sleeved inside the first rotating member 32 , and the first rotating member 32 and the second rotating member 33 are internally threaded, and can be accessed from the outside of the first rotating member 32 Realizing the input of external power, the external power does not need to be input from the end, thereby saving space in the height direction.
在一个具体的实现方式中,第二转动件33上设置第一磁吸结构314,驱动组件2的壳体22上设置第二磁吸结构330,第一磁吸结构314和第二磁吸结构330磁性连接,以实现第二转动件33和驱动组件2的壳体22的磁性配合。具体的,所述第一磁吸结构314和第二磁吸结构330的其中之一为磁性件,其中另一位磁吸件,从而实现二者之间的磁性连接;或者,第一磁吸结构314和第二磁吸结构330均可包括磁性件,也可实现二者之间的磁性连接。示例性的,所述磁性件可设为永磁体或电磁线圈,磁吸件设为磁吸金属块,所述电磁线圈通电是带磁,断电时失去磁性。示例性的,第二转动件33上设置永磁体或磁吸金属块,驱动组件2的壳体22上设置电磁线圈,当清洁组件20在工作位置执行清洁工作时,电磁线圈为开路,此时第二转动件33内部的永磁体或磁吸金属块的阻力很小;当需要抬升或下降清洁组件20时,电磁线圈闭合成回路,闭合的电磁线圈内部产生反向电动势阻碍永磁体或磁吸金属块的转动,从而使得第二转动件33和外部连接的第一转动件32之间形成转速差,以使得清洁组件20能够抬升或下降。In a specific implementation, a first magnetic attraction structure 314 is provided on the second rotating member 33, and a second magnetic attraction structure 330 is provided on the housing 22 of the driving assembly 2. The first magnetic attraction structure 314 and the second magnetic attraction structure 330 is magnetically connected to achieve magnetic cooperation between the second rotating member 33 and the housing 22 of the driving assembly 2 . Specifically, one of the first magnetic attraction structure 314 and the second magnetic attraction structure 330 is a magnetic component, and the other is a magnetic component, thereby achieving a magnetic connection between the two; or, the first magnetic attraction Both the structure 314 and the second magnetic attraction structure 330 may include magnetic components, and a magnetic connection between the two may also be achieved. For example, the magnetic component can be a permanent magnet or an electromagnetic coil, and the magnetic component can be a magnetic metal block. The electromagnetic coil is magnetized when it is powered on, and loses its magnetism when it is powered off. For example, the second rotating member 33 is provided with a permanent magnet or a magnetic metal block, and the housing 22 of the driving assembly 2 is provided with an electromagnetic coil. When the cleaning assembly 20 performs cleaning work in the working position, the electromagnetic coil is open circuit, and at this time The resistance of the permanent magnet or magnetic metal block inside the second rotating member 33 is very small; when the cleaning assembly 20 needs to be raised or lowered, the electromagnetic coil is closed into a loop, and the reverse electromotive force generated inside the closed electromagnetic coil hinders the permanent magnet or magnetic attraction. The rotation of the metal block causes a rotational speed difference to be formed between the second rotating member 33 and the externally connected first rotating member 32 so that the cleaning assembly 20 can be raised or lowered.
具体的,可在第二转动件33上设置至少一个第一安装槽,并在第一安装槽中对应设置一个第一磁吸结构314;同时,可在驱动组件2的壳体22上设置至少一个第二安装槽,在每个第二安装槽中对应设置一个第二磁吸结构330。所述第一安装槽或第二安装槽可设为环形槽或矩形槽(或类似的直槽),第一磁吸结构314或第二磁吸结构330可对应 设为环形磁吸结构或矩形磁吸结构。Specifically, at least one first installation groove can be provided on the second rotating member 33, and a first magnetic attraction structure 314 can be provided correspondingly in the first installation groove; at the same time, at least one first installation groove can be provided on the housing 22 of the driving assembly 2. A second installation slot, and a second magnetic attraction structure 330 is provided in each second installation slot. The first installation groove or the second installation groove can be set as an annular groove or a rectangular groove (or a similar straight groove), and the first magnetic attraction structure 314 or the second magnetic attraction structure 330 can correspond to Set to ring magnetic structure or rectangular magnetic structure.
进一步的,第二转动件33和清洁组件20磁性连接,以使得第二转动件33沿清洁设备高度方向抬升或下降时,带动清洁组件20抬升或下降。第二转动件33和清洁组件20磁性连接,方便对二者进行分离或结合。示例性的,第二转动件33设置第三磁吸结构316,清洁组件20设置第四磁吸结构14,第三磁吸结构316和第四磁吸结构14配合实现清洁组件20的连接和分离。清洁组件20具有拖地位置、抬升位置和分离位置,所述拖地位置为清洁组件20的工作位置,清洁组件20在拖地位置执行对待清洁面的清洁工作;非工作位置至少包括抬升位置和分离位置,当清洁组件20在抬升位置时,清洁组件20和待清洁面分离;当清洁组件20到达分离位置时,清洁组件20和升降传动组件3分离,也即清洁组件20和第二转动件33分离。具体的,当第二转动件33带动清洁组件20由抬升位置向分离位置运动时,清洁组件20与第一转动件32的端部接触,随着第二转动件33持续向上抬升,第一转动件32的端部对清洁组件20产生向下的作用力,当该作用力大于第三磁吸结构316和第四磁吸结构14之间的磁力时,清洁组件20和第二转动件33分离以实现清洁组件20的自动拆卸。类似的,第三磁吸结构316和第四磁吸结构14其中之一可包括磁性件,其中另一包括磁吸件;或者,第三磁吸结构316和第四磁吸结构14均可包括磁性件。Furthermore, the second rotating member 33 and the cleaning assembly 20 are magnetically connected, so that when the second rotating member 33 is raised or lowered along the height direction of the cleaning equipment, it drives the cleaning assembly 20 to be raised or lowered. The second rotating member 33 and the cleaning component 20 are magnetically connected to facilitate separation or combination of the two. Exemplarily, the second rotating member 33 is provided with a third magnetic suction structure 316, and the cleaning component 20 is provided with a fourth magnetic suction structure 14. The third magnetic suction structure 316 and the fourth magnetic suction structure 14 cooperate to realize the connection and separation of the cleaning component 20. . The cleaning component 20 has a mopping position, a lifting position and a separation position. The mopping position is the working position of the cleaning component 20. The cleaning component 20 performs cleaning work on the surface to be cleaned in the mopping position; the non-working position at least includes a lifting position and a separation position. In the separation position, when the cleaning assembly 20 is in the raised position, the cleaning assembly 20 is separated from the surface to be cleaned; when the cleaning assembly 20 reaches the separation position, the cleaning assembly 20 is separated from the lifting transmission assembly 3, that is, the cleaning assembly 20 is separated from the second rotating member 33 separation. Specifically, when the second rotating member 33 drives the cleaning assembly 20 to move from the lifting position to the separation position, the cleaning assembly 20 contacts the end of the first rotating member 32. As the second rotating member 33 continues to lift upward, the first rotating member The end of the member 32 exerts a downward force on the cleaning component 20. When the force is greater than the magnetic force between the third magnetic structure 316 and the fourth magnetic structure 14, the cleaning component 20 and the second rotating member 33 separate. To realize automatic disassembly of the cleaning component 20. Similarly, one of the third magnetic attraction structure 316 and the fourth magnetic attraction structure 14 may include a magnetic component, and the other may include a magnetic attraction component; or, both the third magnetic attraction structure 316 and the fourth magnetic attraction structure 14 may include Magnetic pieces.
示例性的,第一磁吸结构314和第三磁吸结构316分别设置于第二转动件33的两端,具体的,第一磁吸结构314设置于第二转动件33的上端,第三磁吸结构316设置于第二转动件33的下端,清洁组件20通过第三磁吸结构316和第四磁吸结构14的磁力连接于第二转动件33的下端。Exemplarily, the first magnetic attraction structure 314 and the third magnetic attraction structure 316 are respectively provided at both ends of the second rotating member 33. Specifically, the first magnetic attraction structure 314 is provided at the upper end of the second rotating member 33, and the third magnetic attraction structure 316 is provided at the upper end of the second rotating member 33. The magnetic attraction structure 316 is disposed at the lower end of the second rotating member 33 , and the cleaning component 20 is connected to the lower end of the second rotating member 33 through the magnetic force of the third magnetic attraction structure 316 and the fourth magnetic attraction structure 14 .
此外,升降传动组件3可包括设于壳体22的两侧的各一个转动轴承318,第一转动件32的两端可分别设于两个转动轴承318上。这样,可使得第一转动件32在升降传动组件3的驱动下,转动更稳定可靠,对清洁组件1的驱动也更稳定可靠。In addition, the lifting transmission assembly 3 may include a rotating bearing 318 provided on both sides of the housing 22 , and both ends of the first rotating member 32 may be respectively provided on two rotating bearings 318 . In this way, the first rotating member 32 can rotate more stably and reliably under the drive of the lifting transmission assembly 3, and the driving of the cleaning assembly 1 can also be more stable and reliable.
具体的,清洁组件1包括盘体11、设置于盘体11上的连接轴15,以及设置于盘体11底部的清洁体12,连接轴15包括设置于盘体顶部的轴体16,以及设置于轴体16顶端的第四磁吸结构14。具体的,所述清洁组件1可以形成为抹布盘,所述清洁体形成为清洁抹布。Specifically, the cleaning assembly 1 includes a disk body 11, a connecting shaft 15 provided on the disk body 11, and a cleaning body 12 provided at the bottom of the disk body 11. The connecting shaft 15 includes a shaft body 16 provided at the top of the disk body, and a cleaning body 12 provided on the bottom of the disk body 11. The fourth magnetic attraction structure 14 is on the top of the shaft 16 . Specifically, the cleaning component 1 may be formed as a rag tray, and the cleaning body may be formed as a cleaning rag.
同时,为了方便清洁组件1的拆卸以对清洁组件1进行清洁或对清洁组件1的清洁体12进行更换还包括限位部,且第一转动件32具有第一位置和第二位置,第一位置相对于第二位置更靠近清洁设备200。即,在本实施例中,沿清洁设备200的高度方向上,第一位置位于第二位置的下方,且第二位置(即分离位置)位于非工作位置的最高位置的上方。At the same time, in order to facilitate the disassembly of the cleaning assembly 1 to clean the cleaning assembly 1 or to replace the cleaning body 12 of the cleaning assembly 1, a limiting portion is also included, and the first rotating member 32 has a first position and a second position. The position is closer to the cleaning device 200 relative to the second position. That is, in this embodiment, along the height direction of the cleaning device 200, the first position is located below the second position, and the second position (ie, the separation position) is located above the highest position of the non-working position.
第一转动件32位于第一位置时,清洁组件1与限位部相抵。当第一转动件32从第一位置向第二位置运动时,清洁组件1在限位部的作用下与第一转动件32分离。其中,上述的运动为:第一转动件32在转动的过程中,于高度方向上也产生了位移。When the first rotating member 32 is located at the first position, the cleaning assembly 1 resists the limiting portion. When the first rotating member 32 moves from the first position to the second position, the cleaning assembly 1 is separated from the first rotating member 32 under the action of the limiting portion. Among them, the above-mentioned movement is: during the rotation process, the first rotating member 32 also generates displacement in the height direction.
清洁装置100还包括连接组件4。连接组件4分别连接第一转动件32和清洁组件1,且在外力作用下使得第一转动件32和清洁组件1脱落,从而实现清洁组件1的拆卸。The cleaning device 100 also includes a connection assembly 4 . The connecting component 4 connects the first rotating component 32 and the cleaning component 1 respectively, and causes the first rotating component 32 and the cleaning component 1 to fall off under the action of external force, thereby realizing the disassembly of the cleaning component 1 .
具体的,第一转动件32具有容置空间324,连接组件4包括设置于容置空间324内的第一连接件41及与清洁组件1连接的第二连接件42,第一连接件41和第二连接件42相配合以实现第一转动件32和清洁组件1的连接。其中,容置空间324由第一转动件32的第二壁体322围设形成,第一连接件41固定设置于容置空间324内,且随第一转动件32的运动而运动。同样的,第一连接件41的运动为:于水平方向上转动,同时于竖直方向上移动以产生位移。Specifically, the first rotating member 32 has an accommodating space 324, and the connecting component 4 includes a first connecting component 41 disposed in the accommodating space 324 and a second connecting component 42 connected to the cleaning component 1. The first connecting component 41 and The second connecting member 42 cooperates to realize the connection between the first rotating member 32 and the cleaning assembly 1 . The accommodating space 324 is surrounded by the second wall 322 of the first rotating member 32 . The first connecting member 41 is fixedly installed in the accommodating space 324 and moves with the movement of the first rotating member 32 . Similarly, the movement of the first connecting member 41 is: rotating in the horizontal direction and moving in the vertical direction to generate displacement.
第一转动件32位于第一位置时,第一连接件41与第二连接件42连接配合,清洁组件1与第一转动件32连接。当第一转动件32自第一位置运动至第二位置时,第一连接件41与第二连接件42脱离,以使清洁组件1和第一转动件32拆卸。When the first rotating member 32 is in the first position, the first connecting member 41 and the second connecting member 42 are connected and matched, and the cleaning component 1 is connected to the first rotating member 32 . When the first rotating member 32 moves from the first position to the second position, the first connecting member 41 is disengaged from the second connecting member 42 so that the cleaning assembly 1 and the first rotating member 32 can be disassembled.
清洁组件1的盘体11具有凸起13,凸起13位于盘体11的中心部,从而使得清洁组件1的各处受力均匀。在本实施例中,容置空间324具与朝向凸起设置的开口,该开口的形状与凸起的形状相适配。第一转动件位于第一位置时,凸起通过开口被容置在容置空间内;当第一转动件自第一位置运动至第二位置时,凸起通过开口脱离容置空间。其中,上述的限位部为开口的外边沿。The disk body 11 of the cleaning assembly 1 has a protrusion 13 , and the protrusion 13 is located at the center of the disk body 11 , so that the cleaning assembly 1 receives uniform force everywhere. In this embodiment, the accommodating space 324 has an opening disposed toward the protrusion, and the shape of the opening is adapted to the shape of the protrusion. When the first rotating member is in the first position, the protrusion is accommodated in the accommodation space through the opening; when the first rotating member moves from the first position to the second position, the protrusion is separated from the accommodation space through the opening. Wherein, the above-mentioned limiting part is an outer edge of the opening.
在其中一个实施例中,第一连接件41和第二连接件42之间的连接配合方式为吸附。当第一连接件41随第一转动件32的运动而运动时,第一连接件41自初始位置运动至脱离位置时,第一连接件41和第二连接件42之间的吸附力逐渐变小,以使第一连接件41和第二连接件42脱离,从而实现清洁组件1的拆卸。In one embodiment, the connection and cooperation mode between the first connecting member 41 and the second connecting member 42 is suction. When the first connecting member 41 moves with the movement of the first rotating member 32 and the first connecting member 41 moves from the initial position to the disengaged position, the adsorption force between the first connecting member 41 and the second connecting member 42 gradually changes. Small, so that the first connecting member 41 and the second connecting member 42 are disengaged, thereby realizing the disassembly of the cleaning assembly 1 .
此时,第一连接件41和第二连接件42中的一个为磁性件,第一连接件41和第二连接件42中的另一个为与磁性件吸附的金属件。该金属件可以为铁、镍等。或者,第一连接件41和第二连接件42中的一个为第一吸盘,第一连接件41和第二连接件42中的另一个为与第一吸盘吸附的第二吸盘。在本实施例中,第一连接件41为磁性件,即磁体,第二连接件42为与磁性件吸附的金属件。At this time, one of the first connecting piece 41 and the second connecting piece 42 is a magnetic piece, and the other of the first connecting piece 41 and the second connecting piece 42 is a metal piece that is attracted to the magnetic piece. The metal piece can be iron, nickel, etc. Alternatively, one of the first connecting member 41 and the second connecting member 42 is a first suction cup, and the other of the first connecting member 41 and the second connecting member 42 is a second suction cup adsorbed to the first suction cup. In this embodiment, the first connecting piece 41 is a magnetic piece, that is, a magnet, and the second connecting piece 42 is a metal piece that is attracted to the magnetic piece.
在另一个实施例中,第一连接件41和第二连接件42之间的连接配合方式为卡合。相应的,第一连接件41和第二连接件42中的一个为卡槽,第一连接件41和第二连接件42中的另一个为与卡槽卡合的卡扣。In another embodiment, the connection and cooperation mode between the first connecting member 41 and the second connecting member 42 is snapping. Correspondingly, one of the first connecting piece 41 and the second connecting piece 42 is a slot, and the other of the first connecting piece 41 and the second connecting piece 42 is a buckle that engages with the slot.
清洁组件1还包括检测件,该检测件适于检测清洁组件1与第一转动件32的连接状态。其中,清洁组件1与第一转动件32的连接状态包括安装状态和拆卸状态,驱动组件2基于该检测件检测到的拆卸状态停止运行。该检测件与清洁 设备200的控制机构电性连接,同样的,驱动组件2与控制机构也电性连接。当检测件检测到清洁组件1与第一转动件32拆卸时,发送信号给控制机构,控制机构基于该信号控制驱动组件2停止运动。或者,当检测件检测到清洁组件1与第一转动件32拆卸时,控制机构不再接收到检测件发送的信号,控制机构控制驱动组件2停止运行。在本实施例中,控制机构可以为控制芯片、控制电路等,其为常规结构,在此不做赘述。The cleaning component 1 also includes a detection component, which is suitable for detecting the connection state between the cleaning component 1 and the first rotating member 32 . The connection state between the cleaning component 1 and the first rotating member 32 includes an installation state and a disassembly state, and the driving component 2 stops running based on the disassembly state detected by the detection component. The test piece and cleaning The control mechanism of the device 200 is electrically connected, and similarly, the driving component 2 and the control mechanism are also electrically connected. When the detection component detects that the cleaning component 1 and the first rotating component 32 are disassembled, a signal is sent to the control mechanism, and the control mechanism controls the driving component 2 to stop moving based on the signal. Or, when the detection component detects that the cleaning component 1 and the first rotating member 32 are disassembled, the control mechanism no longer receives the signal sent by the detection component, and the control mechanism controls the driving component 2 to stop running. In this embodiment, the control mechanism may be a control chip, a control circuit, etc., which are conventional structures and will not be described in detail here.
在其中一个实施例中,该检测件可以为霍尔传感器。当清洁组件1与第一转动件32连接时,该霍尔传感器与设置在第一转动件32内的磁性件配合以产生信号,其配合方式为常规,在此不做赘述。当清洁组件1与第一转动件32脱离后,霍尔传感器与磁性件之间无法配合,继而不产生信号。In one embodiment, the detection component may be a Hall sensor. When the cleaning assembly 1 is connected to the first rotating member 32, the Hall sensor cooperates with the magnetic member disposed in the first rotating member 32 to generate a signal. The cooperation method is conventional and will not be described again here. When the cleaning component 1 is separated from the first rotating member 32, the Hall sensor and the magnetic member cannot cooperate, and no signal is generated.
在另一个实施例中,该检测件也可以为压力传感器。当清洁组件1与第一转动件32连接时,第一连接件41和第二连接件42之间连接以给压力传感器施加压力以产生压力信号。当清洁组件1与第一转动件32脱离后,压力传感器受到的外界压力消失,继而不产生信号。In another embodiment, the detection component may also be a pressure sensor. When the cleaning assembly 1 is connected to the first rotating member 32, the first connecting member 41 and the second connecting member 42 are connected to apply pressure to the pressure sensor to generate a pressure signal. When the cleaning component 1 is separated from the first rotating member 32, the external pressure received by the pressure sensor disappears, and no signal is generated.
在其他实施例中,该检测件也可为接近传感器等,在此不做具体限定,根据实际情况而定。In other embodiments, the detection component may also be a proximity sensor, etc., which is not specifically limited here and depends on the actual situation.
通过设置有驱动组件2及螺纹机构,螺纹机构连接驱动组件2及清洁组件1,当清洁装置100在面对不同的清洁场景时,驱动组件2通过螺纹机构驱动清洁组件1在工作位置和非工作位置之间切换,从而带动清洁组件1能够于高度方向上产生位移,以实现对清洁组件1的升降,以应对不同的清洁场景,从而保证清洁装置100的清洁效率;The driving component 2 and the threaded mechanism are provided, and the threaded mechanism connects the driving component 2 and the cleaning component 1. When the cleaning device 100 faces different cleaning scenarios, the driving component 2 drives the cleaning component 1 in the working position and the non-working position through the threading mechanism. Switch between positions, thereby driving the cleaning component 1 to be displaced in the height direction to realize the lifting and lowering of the cleaning component 1 to cope with different cleaning scenarios, thereby ensuring the cleaning efficiency of the cleaning device 100;
进一步地,升降传动组件3还包括与螺纹机构的外表面相抵的转动体311,当清洁组件1位于工作位置并转动时,转动体311与螺纹机构之间转动抵接,避免转动体311与第一转动件32之间出现滑动摩擦,降低转动体311与第一转动件32之间的磨损的可能性,从而提高清洁组件1升降的可靠性。Furthermore, the lifting transmission assembly 3 also includes a rotating body 311 that abuts against the outer surface of the threaded mechanism. When the cleaning assembly 1 is in the working position and rotates, the rotating body 311 is in rotational contact with the threaded mechanism to prevent the rotating body 311 from being in contact with the third threaded mechanism. Sliding friction occurs between the first rotating member 32 , which reduces the possibility of wear between the rotating member 311 and the first rotating member 32 , thus improving the reliability of the lifting of the cleaning assembly 1 .
请参见图10,本实施例提供一种清洁设备200,其可在自身程序的控制下在待清洁面上移动从而对待清洁面进行清洁。其中,清洁设备200包括机体10、及与机体10连接的清洁装置100,该清洁装置100适于对待清洁面进行清洁。其中,清洁装置100为如上述实施例1中的清洁装置100。Referring to FIG. 10 , this embodiment provides a cleaning device 200 that can move on the surface to be cleaned under the control of its own program to clean the surface to be cleaned. The cleaning equipment 200 includes a body 10 and a cleaning device 100 connected to the body 10. The cleaning device 100 is suitable for cleaning the surface to be cleaned. Wherein, the cleaning device 100 is the cleaning device 100 in the above-mentioned Embodiment 1.
此外,现有技术中的清洁设备的两个湿式清洁模组,在机体10的宽度方向W0(垂直于清洁设备行进方向)上相对于机体10固定设置,湿式清洁模组中的清洁盘90H和清洁件91H可相对于机体10转动或振动,清洁设备在障碍物进行沿边清洁时,靠近障碍物一侧的湿式清洁模组200M难以靠近障碍物的边缘对障碍物进行沿边清洁,导致障碍物边缘处存在漏扫的区域大,清洁效果不理想。In addition, the two wet cleaning modules of the cleaning equipment in the prior art are fixedly arranged relative to the body 10 in the width direction W0 of the body 10 (perpendicular to the traveling direction of the cleaning equipment). The cleaning disks 90H and 90H in the wet cleaning module are The cleaning part 91H can rotate or vibrate relative to the body 10. When the cleaning equipment performs edge cleaning on an obstacle, the wet cleaning module 200M on the side close to the obstacle cannot get close to the edge of the obstacle to clean the obstacle along the edge, causing the edge of the obstacle to be cleaned. There is a large area of missed cleaning, and the cleaning effect is not ideal.
为改善清洁设备对障碍物的沿边清洁效果,本实施例中的两个湿式清洁模组200M中的至少一个湿式清洁模组200M相对于机体10可摆动,湿式清洁模组200M的清洁组件20可朝向远离机体10方向外摆和靠近机体10方向内缩,清洁组件20外摆时具有外摆位置,对应地清洁组件20处于外摆状态;清洁组件20内摆时具有内缩位置,对应地清洁组件20处于内缩状态,外摆位置和内缩位置可以为一个固定位置,也可以为一个区间的位置。In order to improve the cleaning effect of the cleaning equipment on the edges of obstacles, at least one of the two wet cleaning modules 200M in this embodiment can swing relative to the body 10, and the cleaning component 20 of the wet cleaning module 200M can swing Swinging outward in the direction away from the body 10 and retracting in the direction approaching the body 10 , the cleaning component 20 has an outward swinging position when swinging out, and accordingly the cleaning component 20 is in an outward swinging state; when swinging inwards, the cleaning component 20 has a retracted position, correspondingly cleaning The component 20 is in a retracted state, and the swing-out position and the retracted position can be a fixed position or a range of positions.
对于清洁组件20处于内缩位置或外摆位置时,清洁组件20相对于机体10的位置有多种方式,以使得清洁组件20处于外摆位置时,清洁组件20的至少部分能够伸出机体10外进行沿边清洁,以减少漏扫的区域。具体地:When the cleaning component 20 is in the retracted position or the swing-out position, there are many ways to position the cleaning component 20 relative to the body 10 , so that when the cleaning component 20 is in the swing-out position, at least part of the cleaning component 20 can extend out of the body 10 Clean along the edges to reduce missed areas. specifically:
第一种方式:当清洁组件20处于内缩位置时,清洁组件20的一部分位于机体10的周侧的外部;当清洁组件20移动至外摆位置时,清洁组件20位于机体10的周侧的外部的部分大于清洁组件20处于内缩位置时,清洁组件20位于机体10的周侧的外部的部分。The first way: when the cleaning component 20 is in the retracted position, a part of the cleaning component 20 is located on the outside of the peripheral side of the body 10; when the cleaning component 20 moves to the swing-out position, a part of the cleaning component 20 is located on the peripheral side of the body 10. The outer part is larger than the outer part of the cleaning assembly 20 located on the peripheral side of the body 10 when the cleaning assembly 20 is in the retracted position.
第二种方式:当清洁组件20处于内缩位置时,清洁组件20的边缘位于机体10边缘的范围内;清洁组件20处于外摆位置时,清洁组件20的至少部分边缘超出机体10行走范围的边缘。The second way: when the cleaning component 20 is in the retracted position, the edge of the cleaning component 20 is within the range of the edge of the body 10; when the cleaning component 20 is in the swing-out position, at least part of the edge of the cleaning component 20 exceeds the walking range of the body 10. edge.
第三种方式:当清洁组件20处于内缩位置时,清洁组件20的边缘位于机体10的最大边缘内,清洁组件20处于外摆位置时,清洁组件20的的至少部分边缘位于机体10最大边缘外。The third way: when the cleaning component 20 is in the retracted position, the edge of the cleaning component 20 is located within the maximum edge of the body 10; when the cleaning component 20 is in the swing-out position, at least part of the edge of the cleaning component 20 is located within the maximum edge of the body 10 outside.
第四种方式:当清洁组件20处于内缩位置时,清洁组件20的边缘位于机体10的最宽边缘投影区域内;清洁组件20处于外摆位置时,清洁组件20的至少部分边缘位于机体10的最宽边缘投影区域外。The fourth way: when the cleaning component 20 is in the retracted position, the edge of the cleaning component 20 is located within the widest edge projection area of the body 10; when the cleaning component 20 is in the swing-out position, at least part of the edge of the cleaning component 20 is located on the body 10 outside the widest edge projection area.
或者,清洁组件处于内缩位置时,清洁组件的边缘可以位于机体边缘的范围内,或者清洁组件20的一部分位于机体10的周侧的外部,对应地,清洁组件处于外摆位置时,清洁组件的边缘位于机体的最宽边缘的投影区域内;或者清洁组件处于外摆位置时,清洁组件的最宽边缘与机体的最宽边缘对齐。Alternatively, when the cleaning component is in the retracted position, the edge of the cleaning component can be located within the range of the edge of the body, or a part of the cleaning component 20 is located outside the peripheral side of the body 10. Correspondingly, when the cleaning component is in the swing-out position, the cleaning component The edge is located within the projected area of the widest edge of the machine body; or when the cleaning assembly is in the swing-out position, the widest edge of the cleaning assembly is aligned with the widest edge of the machine body.
上述多种方式是以清洁组件20而言的,鉴于清洁组件20包括清洁盘90H和清洁件91H,清洁件91H一般为抹布,抹布具有一定变形量,当清洁组件20处于内缩位置或外摆位置时,可以采用清洁盘90H与机体10的位置来表述,即将上述多种方式中的清洁组件20替换为清洁盘90H,清洁盘与机体存在上述对应的多种关系。The above various methods are based on the cleaning assembly 20. Since the cleaning assembly 20 includes a cleaning plate 90H and a cleaning piece 91H, the cleaning piece 91H is generally a rag. The rag has a certain amount of deformation. When the cleaning assembly 20 is in the retracted position or swings out, The position can be expressed by the position of the cleaning disk 90H and the machine body 10 , that is, the cleaning assembly 20 in the above various methods is replaced by the cleaning disk 90H. The cleaning disk and the machine body have the above-mentioned corresponding relationships.
例如,当清洁盘90H处于内缩位置时,清洁盘90H的一部分位于机体10的周侧的外部;当清洁盘90H处于外 摆位置时,清洁盘90H位于机体10的周侧的外部的部分,大于清洁盘90H处于内缩位置时清洁盘90H位于机体10的周侧的外部的部分。For example, when the cleaning disk 90H is in the retracted position, a part of the cleaning disk 90H is located outside the peripheral side of the body 10; when the cleaning disk 90H is in the outer position, When the cleaning disk 90H is in the retracted position, the portion of the cleaning disk 90H located outside the circumference of the body 10 is larger than the portion of the cleaning disk 90H located outside the circumference of the body 10 when the cleaning disk 90H is in the retracted position.
如图49所示,机体10上还设有第二驱动结构50M,第二驱动结构50M可以直接驱动清洁组件20摆动,也可以通过驱动整个湿式清洁模组200M,来间接驱动清洁组件20摆动。为便于表述,暂时以第二驱动结构50M驱动清洁组件20摆动为例来说明,第二驱动结构50M可以驱动清洁组件20做直线移动或弧形移动,以使清洁组件20在外摆位置与内缩位置之间切换。As shown in Figure 49, the body 10 is also provided with a second driving structure 50M. The second driving structure 50M can directly drive the cleaning component 20 to swing, or indirectly drive the cleaning component 20 to swing by driving the entire wet cleaning module 200M. For ease of explanation, the second driving structure 50M driving the cleaning component 20 to swing is taken as an example for explanation. The second driving structure 50M can drive the cleaning component 20 to move linearly or in an arc, so that the cleaning component 20 moves between the swing position and the retracted position. Switch between locations.
清洁组件20设在清洁设备的机体10的底部上,为实现清洁组件20在机体10上外摆及内缩,机体10上需要设避让空间,以供清洁组件20外摆及内缩。如图31所示,机体10的底部设有移动通道300H,清洁组件20位于机体10的底部,湿式清洁模组200M还包括连接在第一驱动结构40M上的安装部2001H,安装部2001H在移动通道300H内摆动;清洁组件20安装在安装部2001H上,并位于移动通道300H的下方,第一驱动结构40M位于机体10的安装腔内。如图22所示,移动通道300H可以为长条形孔,安装部2001H在长条孔110内做直线摆动;或者,如图31所示,移动通道300H为弧形孔110R,安装部2001H在弧形孔110R内做弧形摆动,移动通道300H的长度或弧度决定清洁组件20外摆及内缩的最大行程,也对清洁组件20的外摆及内缩起到导向作用,即此移动通道为摆动轨道。The cleaning component 20 is located at the bottom of the body 10 of the cleaning equipment. In order to realize the swinging out and retracting of the cleaning component 20 on the body 10, an avoidance space needs to be provided on the body 10 for the cleaning component 20 to swing outward and retract. As shown in Figure 31, the bottom of the body 10 is provided with a moving channel 300H. The cleaning component 20 is located at the bottom of the body 10. The wet cleaning module 200M also includes a mounting part 2001H connected to the first driving structure 40M. The mounting part 2001H is moving. Swing in the channel 300H; the cleaning component 20 is installed on the mounting part 2001H and located below the moving channel 300H, and the first driving structure 40M is located in the installation cavity of the body 10 . As shown in Figure 22, the moving channel 300H can be a long hole, and the mounting part 2001H swings linearly in the long hole 110; or, as shown in Figure 31, the moving channel 300H can be an arc hole 110R, and the mounting part 2001H is in An arc-shaped swing is made in the arc hole 110R. The length or curvature of the moving channel 300H determines the maximum stroke of the outward swing and inward retraction of the cleaning component 20, and also plays a guiding role in the outward swing and inward retraction of the cleaning component 20, that is, this moving channel for the swing track.
当第一驱动结构即可以驱动清洁组件20做升降运动,又能驱动清洁组件20转动进行拖地工作。即第一驱动结构和升降结构共用一个电机,第一驱动结构为升降结构。When the first driving structure is used, it can drive the cleaning component 20 to move up and down, and also drive the cleaning component 20 to rotate to perform mopping work. That is, the first driving structure and the lifting structure share a motor, and the first driving structure is a lifting structure.
一种优选的方式,如图39、图43和图44所示,第一驱动结构40M包括旋转电机2011M或者第一电机203M,升降结构包括外壳2016M、第一固定体2012M和第二固定体2013M,第一固定体2012M与第二固定体2013M螺纹配合;外壳2016M具有容纳腔,第一固定体2012M和第二固定体2013M位于容纳腔内,第二固定体2013M的外壁面与外壳2016M之间通过配合件形成过盈抵接,或者可以不设置配合件,二者之间过盈抵接,以形成摩擦力,使得当第一固定体2012M转动时,第二固定体2013M相对于外壳2016M和配合件,在第一固定体2012M上螺纹旋转升降,以带动清洁组件20做升降运动。In a preferred way, as shown in Figures 39, 43 and 44, the first driving structure 40M includes a rotating motor 2011M or a first motor 203M, and the lifting structure includes a housing 2016M, a first fixed body 2012M and a second fixed body 2013M. , the first fixed body 2012M and the second fixed body 2013M are threadedly matched; the outer shell 2016M has an accommodation cavity, the first fixed body 2012M and the second fixed body 2013M are located in the accommodation cavity, between the outer wall surface of the second fixed body 2013M and the outer shell 2016M An interference abutment is formed by a matching piece, or the fitting piece may not be provided, and the interference abutment between the two forms a friction force, so that when the first fixed body 2012M rotates, the second fixed body 2013M moves relative to the outer shell 2016M and the outer shell 2016M. The matching piece is threaded on the first fixed body 2012M to rotate and lift, so as to drive the cleaning assembly 20 to perform lifting movements.
例如,第一固定体2012M和第二固定体2013M上的一个设有螺纹槽,另一个设有与螺纹槽配合的凸筋或者螺纹牙2011M,以使二者形成螺纹配合。For example, one of the first fixed body 2012M and the second fixed body 2013M is provided with a threaded groove, and the other is provided with a rib or threaded thread 2011M that matches the threaded groove, so that the two form a threaded fit.
优选地,第二固定体2013M具有环形腔,第一固定体2012M设在环形腔内。一种实施方式中,第一固定体为前述的第二转动件,第二固定体为前述的第一转动件,则环形腔由前述的第一壁体321和第二壁体322,及将第一壁体321和第二壁体322的底部连接的连接壁体327围成;第一壁体321上设螺纹槽,第二壁体322上具有前述的容置空间324。当升降结构设配合件时,配合件可以为前述的任意一种实施方式。Preferably, the second fixed body 2013M has an annular cavity, and the first fixed body 2012M is located in the annular cavity. In one embodiment, the first fixed body is the aforementioned second rotating member, and the second fixed body is the aforementioned first rotating member, then the annular cavity consists of the aforementioned first wall 321 and the second wall 322, and The first wall 321 and the second wall 322 are surrounded by a connecting wall 327 connected at the bottom; the first wall 321 is provided with a threaded groove, and the second wall 322 is provided with the aforementioned accommodation space 324. When the lifting structure is provided with a fitting piece, the fitting piece can be any of the aforementioned embodiments.
一种实施方式,如图43和图44所示,第一驱动结构40M还包括设在第一电机203M的输出轴上的第一传动机构201M;第一传动机构201M的输出轴与第一固定体2012M连接。通过第一电机203M旋转,带动第一传动机构201M转动,进而第一传动机构201M的输出轴带动第一固定体2012M转动,进而使得第二固定体2013M相对于外壳2016M做螺纹升降运动。In one embodiment, as shown in Figures 43 and 44, the first drive structure 40M also includes a first transmission mechanism 201M provided on the output shaft of the first motor 203M; the output shaft of the first transmission mechanism 201M is connected to the first fixed Body 2012M connection. The rotation of the first motor 203M drives the first transmission mechanism 201M to rotate, and then the output shaft of the first transmission mechanism 201M drives the first fixed body 2012M to rotate, thereby causing the second fixed body 2013M to perform a threaded lifting movement relative to the housing 2016M.
一种优选的实施方式,第二固定体2013M的底部设有安装部2001H,清洁盘90H的顶部与安装部2001H连接。例如插接固定或者磁吸固定,安装部2001H设上第一磁体2014M,清洁盘90H上设第二磁体2015M,通过第一磁体和第二磁体2015M的磁吸作用,将清洁盘90H固定在安装部2001H上。In a preferred embodiment, the bottom of the second fixed body 2013M is provided with a mounting part 2001H, and the top of the cleaning disk 90H is connected to the mounting part 2001H. For example, plug fixation or magnetic fixation, the installation part 2001H is provided with a first magnet 2014M, and the cleaning disk 90H is provided with a second magnet 2015M. Through the magnetic attraction of the first magnet and the second magnet 2015M, the cleaning disk 90H is fixed on the installation part. Department 2001H.
例如,如图46所示,清洁盘90H的顶部上设向上凸出的安装凸起321,第二磁体2015M装设在安装凸起321上。例如,安装凸起322的顶部设安装槽,第二磁体2015M嵌入在安装槽内。如图46所示,第二壁体322围成开口朝向下的容置空间,第一磁体2014M嵌装在容置空间内,清洁盘90H的安装凸起通过开口伸入容置空间内,第一磁体2014M和第二磁体2015M磁吸,以将清洁盘90H磁吸固定在第二固定体2013M上。当然,也可以不设置磁吸结构,直接通过安装凸起与容置空间的插接方式固定。For example, as shown in FIG. 46 , an upwardly protruding mounting protrusion 321 is provided on the top of the cleaning plate 90H, and the second magnet 2015M is mounted on the mounting protrusion 321 . For example, a mounting groove is provided on the top of the mounting protrusion 322, and the second magnet 2015M is embedded in the mounting groove. As shown in Figure 46, the second wall 322 surrounds an accommodating space with the opening facing downwards. The first magnet 2014M is embedded in the accommodating space. The mounting protrusion of the cleaning tray 90H extends into the accommodating space through the opening. A magnet 2014M and a second magnet 2015M are magnetically attracted to magnetically fix the cleaning disk 90H on the second fixed body 2013M. Of course, it is also possible not to provide a magnetic suction structure, but to directly fix it by plugging the mounting protrusion into the accommodating space.
如图43、图44和图50所示,第二驱动结构的一种实施方式,第二驱动结构50M包括第二电机204M,及设在第二电机204M的输出轴上的第二传动机构202M,第一传动机构201M与第二传动机构202M通过摆臂205M或摆动件连接,第二传动机构202M摆动时,用过摆臂205M以带动第一驱动结构整体摆动。As shown in Figures 43, 44 and 50, in one embodiment of the second driving structure, the second driving structure 50M includes a second motor 204M and a second transmission mechanism 202M provided on the output shaft of the second motor 204M. , the first transmission mechanism 201M and the second transmission mechanism 202M are connected through a swing arm 205M or a swing member. When the second transmission mechanism 202M swings, the swing arm 205M is used to drive the first driving structure to swing as a whole.
一种实施方式中,如图38所示,第一驱动结构还包括上壳326,摆臂205M的一端与第二传动机构连接,另一端呈中壳,中壳的顶部与上壳326固定,以供第一传动机构201M安装;中壳的下部与前述的外壳2016M(即安装件)固定连接,以使第一传动机构201M的输出轴与第一固定体2012M的上端连接。作为变形,中壳和上壳可以为一体,形成安装壳,摆臂与安装壳连接。或者其他形式,在此不做限定。 In one embodiment, as shown in Figure 38, the first driving structure also includes an upper shell 326. One end of the swing arm 205M is connected to the second transmission mechanism, and the other end is a middle shell. The top of the middle shell is fixed to the upper shell 326. For installation of the first transmission mechanism 201M; the lower part of the middle shell is fixedly connected to the aforementioned outer shell 2016M (i.e., the installation piece), so that the output shaft of the first transmission mechanism 201M is connected to the upper end of the first fixed body 2012M. As a modification, the middle shell and the upper shell can be integrated to form a mounting shell, and the swing arm is connected to the mounting shell. or other forms, which are not limited here.
如图42所示,第二固定体还包括设在第一壁体上的上盖,上盖的底端设有向下凸出的至少一个第一限位部2022M,每个第一限位部2022M分布在对应的一个螺纹槽的上端部处,沿第二固定体2013M的周向或者螺旋方向,第一限位部2022M阻挡凸筋或螺纹牙继续旋转,对第二固定体2013M的下降位置限定。假设第二固定体2013M下降时,第一电机203M沿第二方向旋转;第二固定体2013M上升时,第一电机203M沿第一方向旋转,第一方向和第二方向相反。As shown in Figure 42, the second fixed body also includes an upper cover provided on the first wall. The bottom end of the upper cover is provided with at least one first limiting portion 2022M protruding downward. Each first limiting portion The portion 2022M is distributed at the upper end of a corresponding thread groove. Along the circumferential or spiral direction of the second fixed body 2013M, the first limiting portion 2022M blocks the rib or thread from continuing to rotate and prevents the second fixed body 2013M from descending. Location limited. Assume that when the second fixed body 2013M descends, the first motor 203M rotates in the second direction; when the second fixed body 2013M rises, the first motor 203M rotates in the first direction, and the first direction and the second direction are opposite.
例如,第一限位部2022M的第一限位面通过抵接在凸筋或螺纹牙的第一面上,以阻挡第二固定体2013M继续向下旋转,此时,若第一电机203M继续沿第二方向转动时,第二固定体2013M和第一固定体2012M之间无相对转动,以进行拖地旋转。For example, the first limiting surface of the first limiting part 2022M abuts against the first surface of the rib or thread to prevent the second fixed body 2013M from continuing to rotate downward. At this time, if the first motor 203M continues to rotate When rotating in the second direction, there is no relative rotation between the second fixed body 2013M and the first fixed body 2012M, so as to perform mopping rotation.
同样地,如图42所示,每个螺纹槽的下端处设第二限位部2023M,第二限位部2023M设在对应的一个螺纹槽的下端部处,沿第二固定体2013M的周向或螺旋方向,第二限位部2023M阻挡凸筋或螺纹牙继续旋转,对第二固定体2013M的上升位置限定。Similarly, as shown in Figure 42, a second limiting portion 2023M is provided at the lower end of each threaded groove, and the second limiting portion 2023M is provided at the lower end of a corresponding threaded groove, along the circumference of the second fixed body 2013M. In the spiral or spiral direction, the second limiting portion 2023M blocks the ribs or threads from continuing to rotate, and limits the rising position of the second fixed body 2013M.
例如,第二限位部2023M的第二限位面通过抵接在凸筋或螺纹牙2011M的第二面上,以阻挡第二固定体2013M继续向上旋转,此时,若第一电机203M继续沿第一方向转动时,第二固定体2013M和第一固定体2012M之间无相对转动。第一面和第二面分布在凸筋或螺纹牙2011M沿第二固定体的螺纹旋转方向的两端的端面上。For example, the second limiting surface of the second limiting part 2023M abuts against the second surface of the rib or thread 2011M to prevent the second fixed body 2013M from continuing to rotate upward. At this time, if the first motor 203M continues to rotate upward, When rotating along the first direction, there is no relative rotation between the second fixed body 2013M and the first fixed body 2012M. The first surface and the second surface are distributed on the end surfaces of both ends of the rib or thread 2011M along the thread rotation direction of the second fixed body.
作为可替换的实施方式,上述的第一限位部和第二限位部还可以为其他结构,只需设在螺纹槽的端部上的其他形式的结构,沿第二固定体的螺旋方向,对凸筋或螺纹牙2011M的两端的端面进行限位即可。例如,第一限位部和第二限位部为凸起,或者卡块等。As an alternative embodiment, the above-mentioned first limiting part and the second limiting part can also be of other structures. They only need to be provided with other forms of structures on the ends of the threaded grooves, along the spiral direction of the second fixed body. , just limit the end faces of the two ends of the rib or thread thread 2011M. For example, the first limiting part and the second limiting part are protrusions, or blocks.
当机体10的底部设有移动通道300H时,由于第一驱动结构40M的安装部2001H在移动通道300H内摆动,移动通道300H将外界的环境与机体10的安装腔连通,为了防止外界的灰尘和液体经移动通道300H进入机体10的安装腔内,影响安装腔内的结构,例如电子器件或电气元件。为此,机体10上还设有用于防水防尘、以密封或遮挡移动通道300H的密封结构。When the moving channel 300H is provided at the bottom of the body 10, since the mounting portion 2001H of the first driving structure 40M swings in the moving channel 300H, the moving channel 300H connects the external environment with the installation cavity of the body 10. In order to prevent external dust and The liquid enters the installation cavity of the body 10 through the moving channel 300H and affects the structures in the installation cavity, such as electronic devices or electrical components. To this end, the body 10 is also provided with a sealing structure for waterproofing and dustproofing to seal or block the moving channel 300H.
密封结构能够随着清洁组件20在移动通道300H内的移动或摆动而运动,以遮挡住或密封移动通道300H。当第一驱动结构40M受第二驱动结构50M的驱动下摆动,第一驱动结构带动清洁组件20摆动,同时带动密封结构运动,以使清洁组件20处于内缩位置、外摆位置或者位于内缩位置与外摆位置之间的摆动位置时,密封结构能够密封或遮挡住所述移动通道300H。The sealing structure can move as the cleaning assembly 20 moves or swings in the moving channel 300H to block or seal the moving channel 300H. When the first driving structure 40M is driven by the second driving structure 50M to swing, the first driving structure drives the cleaning assembly 20 to swing and at the same time drives the sealing structure to move, so that the cleaning assembly 20 is in the retracted position, the outward swinging position, or the retracted position. In the swing position between the swing position and the swing-out position, the sealing structure can seal or block the moving channel 300H.
密封结构有多种实施方式,现在以两种情况为例展开,具体地:There are many ways to implement the sealing structure. Now we will take two cases as examples, specifically:
第一种情况:密封结构包括第一止挡部和第二止挡部,清洁组件20移动以带动第一止挡部和第二止挡部移动,清洁组件20在内缩位置时,第二止挡部密封或遮挡住移动通道;清洁组件20在外摆位置时,第一止挡部密封或遮挡住移动通道;清洁组件20位于内缩位置与外摆位置之间的摆动位置时,第一止挡部和第二止挡部配合下密封或遮挡所述移动通道300H。The first situation: the sealing structure includes a first stopper and a second stopper. The cleaning component 20 moves to drive the first stopper and the second stopper to move. When the cleaning component 20 is in the retracted position, the second stopper moves. The stopper seals or blocks the moving channel; when the cleaning assembly 20 is in the swing-out position, the first stopper seals or blocks the moving channel; when the cleaning assembly 20 is in the swing position between the retracted position and the swing-out position, the first stopper seals or blocks the moving channel. The stopper part and the second stopper part cooperate to seal or block the moving channel 300H.
密封结构的第一种实施方式,密封结构设在机体10上,假设清洁组件20在移动通道300H内移动的方向为第一方向,与第一方向垂直或相交的方向为第二方向,机体10上设置有沿第二方向延伸的轨道槽120。In the first embodiment of the sealing structure, the sealing structure is provided on the body 10. Assume that the direction in which the cleaning assembly 20 moves in the moving channel 300H is the first direction, and the direction perpendicular to or intersecting with the first direction is the second direction. The body 10 There is a track groove 120 extending along the second direction.
如图22、图23、图24和图51所示,密封结构包括第一密封件810,第一密封件810包括第一止挡部8101、第二止挡部8102和导向凸起8103,第一止挡部8101和第二止挡部8102呈角度设置,导向凸起8103的至少一部分伸入到轨道槽120的内部,清洁组件20在第一位置和第二位置之间切换时,清洁组件20挤压第一止挡部8101或者第二止挡部8102时,导向凸起8103自转且沿轨道槽120的延伸方向移动,当清洁组件20处于第一位置(即内缩位置)时,第二止挡部8102止挡长条孔110的一部分,即第二止挡部8102遮挡住移动通道300H,对应第一止挡部8101与移动通道300H错开,如图22所示;当清洁组件20处于第二位置(即外摆位置)时,第一止挡部8101止挡长条孔110的另一部分。即第一止挡部8101遮挡住移动通道300H,对应第二止挡部8102与移动通道300H错开,如图23所示。As shown in Figures 22, 23, 24 and 51, the sealing structure includes a first seal 810. The first seal 810 includes a first stopper 8101, a second stopper 8102 and a guide protrusion 8103. A stop part 8101 and a second stop part 8102 are arranged at an angle, and at least part of the guide protrusion 8103 extends into the interior of the track groove 120. When the cleaning assembly 20 switches between the first position and the second position, the cleaning assembly 20 20 When the first stopper 8101 or the second stopper 8102 is squeezed, the guide protrusion 8103 rotates and moves along the extension direction of the track groove 120. When the cleaning assembly 20 is in the first position (ie, the retracted position), the The second stopper 8102 blocks a part of the elongated hole 110, that is, the second stopper 8102 blocks the moving channel 300H, and the corresponding first stopper 8101 is staggered with the moving channel 300H, as shown in Figure 22; when the cleaning assembly 20 When in the second position (ie, the swing-out position), the first stopper 8101 blocks another part of the elongated hole 110 . That is, the first stopper 8101 blocks the movement channel 300H, and the corresponding second stopper 8102 is offset from the movement channel 300H, as shown in FIG. 23 .
具体地,第一止挡部8101与第二止挡部8102联动设置,以当清洁组件20在第一位置和第二位置之间切换时,清洁组件20挤压第一止挡部8101或者第二止挡部8102时,第一止挡部8101与第二止挡部8102同时转动。其中,如图22所示,清洁组件20处于第一位置时,清洁组件20与第一止挡部8101挤压,以使第二止挡部8102处于止挡长条孔110一部分,清洁组件20由第一位置切换至第二位置时,清洁组件20挤压第二止挡部8102,以使第一止挡部8101和第二止挡部8102在图中逆时针转动,清洁组件20处于第二位置时,如图23所示,第一止挡部8101止挡长条孔110的另一部分。 Specifically, the first stopper 8101 and the second stopper 8102 are provided in conjunction, so that when the cleaning assembly 20 switches between the first position and the second position, the cleaning assembly 20 squeezes the first stopper 8101 or the second stopper 8102 . When there are two stop parts 8102, the first stop part 8101 and the second stop part 8102 rotate simultaneously. As shown in FIG. 22 , when the cleaning component 20 is in the first position, the cleaning component 20 is squeezed with the first stopper 8101 so that the second stopper 8102 is located in a part of the stopper elongated hole 110 , and the cleaning component 20 When switching from the first position to the second position, the cleaning assembly 20 squeezes the second stopper 8102 so that the first stopper 8101 and the second stopper 8102 rotate counterclockwise in the figure, and the cleaning assembly 20 is in the third position. In the second position, as shown in FIG. 23 , the first stopper 8101 blocks another part of the elongated hole 110 .
在第一位置朝向第二位置切换的过程中,清洁组件20挤压第一止挡部8101和第二止挡部8102在图中逆时针转动,由于安装部2001H在移动通道300H内移动,以第一驱动结构或清洁组件20的安装部2001H为界,第一止挡部8101和第二止挡部8102分别遮挡位于安装部2001H两侧的移动通道300H,以使第一止挡部812H8101和第二止挡部813H8102配合下。图22和图23中移动通道300H外露的圆形孔区,第一驱动结构或清洁组件20的安装部2001H呈与此圆形孔区匹配或对应的圆形柱状,图中显示出当清洁组件20处于第一位置和第二位置时,安装部2001H在移动通道300H内对应的位置的状态。During the switching process from the first position to the second position, the cleaning assembly 20 squeezes the first stopper 8101 and the second stopper 8102 to rotate counterclockwise in the figure. Since the installation part 2001H moves in the moving channel 300H, The first driving structure or the mounting part 2001H of the cleaning assembly 20 is bounded by the first stop part 8101 and the second stop part 8102 respectively blocking the moving channels 300H located on both sides of the installation part 2001H, so that the first stop parts 812H8101 and 8102 The second stopper 813H8102 cooperates. In the circular hole area exposed in the moving channel 300H in Figures 22 and 23, the first driving structure or the mounting part 2001H of the cleaning component 20 is in the shape of a circular column that matches or corresponds to this circular hole area. The figures show that when the cleaning component 20 When in the first position and the second position, the mounting part 2001H is in the corresponding position in the movement channel 300H.
上述的清洁组件20挤压第一止挡部8101或第二止挡部8102,优选地,安装部2001H在移动通道300H内挤压第一止挡部8101或第二止挡部8102。The above-mentioned cleaning assembly 20 presses the first stopper part 8101 or the second stopper part 8102. Preferably, the mounting part 2001H presses the first stopper part 8101 or the second stopper part 8102 in the moving channel 300H.
进一步地,在第一止挡部8101与第二止挡部8102旋转的过程中,由于清洁组件20移动,清洁组件20挤压第一止挡部8101的位置会随着清洁组件20的移动进行变化,因此导向凸起8103不仅需要跟随第一止挡部8101和第二止挡部8102旋转,同时导向凸起8103还需要在轨道槽120的内部沿第二方向移动。Furthermore, during the rotation of the first stop part 8101 and the second stop part 8102, due to the movement of the cleaning component 20, the position at which the cleaning component 20 squeezes the first stop part 8101 will change with the movement of the cleaning component 20. change, therefore the guide protrusion 8103 not only needs to follow the rotation of the first stopper 8101 and the second stopper 8102 , but also needs to move in the second direction inside the track groove 120 .
需要说明的是,第一止挡部8101与第二止挡部8102之间的角度以及第一止挡部8101与第二止挡部8102的形状可以根据需要进行适应性调整。It should be noted that the angle between the first stopper 8101 and the second stopper 8102 and the shapes of the first stopper 8101 and the second stopper 8102 can be adaptively adjusted as needed.
在本实施例中,第一方向与第二方向呈90°夹角设置,以方便在清洁组件20由第一位置和第二位置切换过程中,方便导向凸起8103在轨道槽120的内部移动。In this embodiment, the first direction and the second direction are set at an angle of 90° to facilitate the movement of the guide protrusion 8103 inside the track groove 120 when the cleaning assembly 20 is switched from the first position to the second position. .
在本实施例中,第一密封件810为刚性密封件,以方便在清洁组件20的挤压作用下进行转动,第一密封件810可以是不锈钢或者软钢的材质。另一个实施方式中,第一密封件可以为柔性或者可变形的材料制成。In this embodiment, the first sealing member 810 is a rigid sealing member to facilitate rotation under the extrusion of the cleaning assembly 20. The first sealing member 810 may be made of stainless steel or mild steel. In another embodiment, the first seal may be made of a flexible or deformable material.
进一步地,如图22、图23所示,清洁设备还包括第二密封件820,第二密封件820垫设在机体10与第一密封件810之间,其中第二密封件820为柔性密封件,第二密封件820可以是橡胶或者硅胶等材质。当然,若安装空间充足,也可不设置第二密封件820,即仅通过第一密封件810密封长条孔110或弧形孔110R。Further, as shown in Figures 22 and 23, the cleaning equipment also includes a second seal 820. The second seal 820 is cushioned between the body 10 and the first seal 810, wherein the second seal 820 is a flexible seal. The second sealing member 820 may be made of rubber, silicone, or other materials. Of course, if the installation space is sufficient, the second sealing member 820 may not be provided, that is, the elongated hole 110 or the arc-shaped hole 110R may be sealed only by the first sealing member 810 .
第一种情况下,密封结构的第二种实施方式,长条孔110或弧形孔110R上可采用密封结构进行密封,如图26、图30至图35所示,第一密封件810还可以为滑动密封板810H,其包括安装通孔811H、以及设置在安装通孔811H的两侧的第一止挡部812H和第二止挡部813H,如图27所示,滑到密封板通过安装通孔811H与前述的第一驱动结构(或升降结构)的外壳(或安装件),在第一驱动结构摆动过程中,能够带动滑动密封板810H同步在机体10上摆动,从而起到密封作用。In the first case, in the second implementation of the sealing structure, a sealing structure can be used for sealing the elongated hole 110 or the arc-shaped hole 110R, as shown in Figures 26, 30 to 35, the first seal 810 also It can be a sliding sealing plate 810H, which includes a mounting through hole 811H, and a first stopper 812H and a second stopper 813H provided on both sides of the mounting through hole 811H. As shown in Figure 27, the sealing plate slides through The mounting through hole 811H and the housing (or mounting piece) of the aforementioned first driving structure (or lifting structure) can drive the sliding sealing plate 810H to swing synchronously on the body 10 during the swing of the first driving structure, thereby achieving sealing effect.
其中,滑动密封板810H通过安装通孔811H能够套设在第一驱动结构的外壳2016M的外周上。设计人员可根据使用需要确定外壳与滑动密封板810H之间的连接方式,例如采用卡扣815H进行连接,或采用螺丝进行连接或使用其他类型的紧固件进行连接,在此不作具体限制。Among them, the sliding sealing plate 810H can be sleeved on the outer periphery of the housing 2016M of the first driving structure through the mounting through hole 811H. The designer can determine the connection method between the shell and the sliding sealing plate 810H according to the needs of use, such as using buckles 815H to connect, or using screws to connect, or using other types of fasteners to connect, and there are no specific restrictions here.
具体地,如图27、图28、图36、图37、图39、图40、图41、图56和图57所示,滑动密封板810H通过安装通孔811H能够套设在外壳2016M的外周上,外壳2016M的外壁和安装通孔811H的内壁中的一个上设有卡槽814H,另一个上设有卡扣815H,通过卡扣815H与卡槽814H的卡接实现连接。例如,卡槽设在安装通孔上,卡扣设在外壳2016M的外壁上。Specifically, as shown in Figures 27, 28, 36, 37, 39, 40, 41, 56 and 57, the sliding sealing plate 810H can be sleeved on the outer periphery of the housing 2016M through the mounting through hole 811H. On one of the outer wall of the housing 2016M and the inner wall of the mounting through hole 811H, a card slot 814H is provided, and the other is provided with a buckle 815H, and the connection is achieved through the snap connection between the buckle 815H and the card slot 814H. For example, the card slot is provided on the installation through hole, and the buckle is provided on the outer wall of the housing 2016M.
优选地,如图27和图28所示,滑动密封板810H的安装通孔811H设有朝向上凸出的环形凸缘816H,上述的卡槽814H或卡扣815H设在环形凸缘816H的内壁上。进一步优选地,为便于安装,在环形凸缘816H上设有向上的至少一个凸耳817H,每个凸耳817H的内壁上设上述的卡槽814H或卡扣815H,便于将滑动密封板810H安装在外壳2016M上。Preferably, as shown in Figures 27 and 28, the mounting through hole 811H of the sliding sealing plate 810H is provided with an annular flange 816H protruding upward, and the above-mentioned latching groove 814H or buckle 815H is provided on the inner wall of the annular flange 816H. superior. Further preferably, in order to facilitate installation, at least one upward lug 817H is provided on the annular flange 816H, and the above-mentioned slot 814H or buckle 815H is provided on the inner wall of each lug 817H to facilitate the installation of the sliding sealing plate 810H. On shell 2016M.
进一步,为了便于滑动密封板810H在外壳2016M上安装的定位,如图27、图28、图37、图40所示,安装通孔811H的内壁和外壳2016M的外壁中的一个上设定位凸起2017M,另一个设定位槽2018M。例如,定为凸起2017M设在安装通孔的内壁,定位槽设在外壳的外壁上。Further, in order to facilitate the positioning of the sliding sealing plate 810H when installed on the housing 2016M, as shown in Figures 27, 28, 37, and 40, a positioning protrusion is set on one of the inner wall of the installation through hole 811H and the outer wall of the housing 2016M. Starting from 2017M, another setting slot is 2018M. For example, the protrusion 2017M is provided on the inner wall of the mounting through hole, and the positioning groove is provided on the outer wall of the housing.
当滑动密封板810H从第二固定体2013M的底部向上套在外壳2016M的外壁上时,通过定位凸起2017M沿竖向滑入定位槽2018M内,以对滑动密封板810H进行定位,确保前述的卡扣815H与卡槽814H的卡接连接。外壳2016M与滑动密封板810H的固定方式除了上述的卡扣815H与卡槽814H的卡接方式外,还可以为其他固定方式,例如紧固件固定,或者螺纹固定等。When the sliding sealing plate 810H is placed upwardly on the outer wall of the housing 2016M from the bottom of the second fixed body 2013M, it slides vertically into the positioning groove 2018M through the positioning protrusion 2017M to position the sliding sealing plate 810H to ensure the aforementioned The buckle 815H is snap-connected to the card slot 814H. The housing 2016M and the sliding sealing plate 810H can be fixed in a manner other than the above-mentioned clamping method between the buckle 815H and the slot 814H, but can also be fixed by other methods, such as fasteners or threads.
如图37和图40、图41、图56和图57所示,可选地,外壳2016M的外壁上还设有一组限位凸起,每组限位凸起包括两个间隔设置的限位凸起818H,两个限位凸起分布位于一个卡扣815H的两侧,防止卡扣沿外壳2016M的周向有运动趋势。 As shown in Figure 37 and Figure 40, Figure 41, Figure 56 and Figure 57, optionally, a set of limit protrusions are also provided on the outer wall of the housing 2016M, and each set of limit protrusions includes two spaced apart limit protrusions. Protrusion 818H, two limiting protrusions are located on both sides of a buckle 815H to prevent the buckle from moving along the circumferential direction of the housing 2016M.
进一步的,如图30所示,图中展示了设置在机体10上的摆动空间30H,用于驱动清洁组件20转动的第一驱动结构能够在摆动空间30H内运动,从而切换内缩位置和外摆位置。Further, as shown in Figure 30, the figure shows a swing space 30H provided on the body 10. The first driving structure used to drive the cleaning assembly 20 to rotate can move within the swing space 30H, thereby switching the retracted position and the outward position. Position.
具体的,如图31所示的实施例,机体10还包括覆盖设置在摆动空间30H上的遮挡板301H,遮挡板301H上设有移动通道300H,移动通道300H的垂直投影覆盖摆动空间30H或位于摆动空间30H内。其中,移动通道300H为设置在遮挡板301H上的长条孔110或弧形孔110R,在此不作具体限制。Specifically, as shown in the embodiment of Figure 31, the body 10 also includes a shielding plate 301H covering the swing space 30H. The shielding plate 301H is provided with a moving channel 300H. The vertical projection of the moving channel 300H covers the swinging space 30H or is located on the swinging space 30H. The swing space is within 30H. Among them, the moving channel 300H is a long hole 110 or an arc hole 110R provided on the shielding plate 301H, which is not specifically limited here.
进一步地,还可在遮挡板301H上设置避让通孔302H,在遮挡板301H安装在机体10上时,至少一个出水口900H设置在机体10上并置于避让通孔302H所在的空间内,使得出水口900H能够外露,从而避免对出水口900H的使用造成干涉。Furthermore, an escape through hole 302H can also be provided on the shielding plate 301H. When the shielding plate 301H is installed on the body 10, at least one water outlet 900H is provided on the body 10 and placed in the space where the escape through hole 302H is located, so that The water outlet 900H can be exposed to avoid interference with the use of the water outlet 900H.
设计人员可根据使用需要调整遮挡板301H的形状构造,例如将遮挡板301H设置为半圆形或半椭圆形或矩形等形状,在此不作具体限制。Designers can adjust the shape and structure of the shielding plate 301H according to usage requirements, for example, setting the shielding plate 301H into a semicircular, semielliptical, rectangular, etc. shape, which is not specifically limited here.
其中,安装部2001H能够伸出遮挡板301H上的移动通道300H与清洁盘90H上的固定部9003H相连接。Among them, the mounting part 2001H can extend out of the moving channel 300H on the shielding plate 301H and connect with the fixed part 9003H on the cleaning tray 90H.
在本实施例中,如图32、图33和图34所示的实施例,图中示出了清洁组件20在使用过程中的三种状态,即清洁组件20处于内缩位置状态、清洁组件20处于内缩位置与外摆位置的中间状态(即摆动状态)、以及清洁组件20处于外摆位置状态。In this embodiment, as shown in Figure 32, Figure 33 and Figure 34, the figures show three states of the cleaning component 20 during use, that is, the cleaning component 20 is in the retracted position, the cleaning component 20 is in the retracted position, and the cleaning component 20 is in the retracted position. 20 is in an intermediate state (ie, a swinging state) between the retracted position and the outward swinging position, and the cleaning assembly 20 is in the outward swinging position.
在这三种状态下,滑动密封板810H均能够随第一驱动结构或清洁组件或者清洁组件的安装部同步运动,并密封遮挡板301H上的移动通道300H。例如,滑动密封板810H能够动态地密封弧形孔110R;或滑动密封板810H能够动态地密封长条孔110。In these three states, the sliding sealing plate 810H can move synchronously with the first driving structure or the cleaning assembly or the installation part of the cleaning assembly, and seal the moving channel 300H on the shielding plate 301H. For example, the sliding sealing plate 810H can dynamically seal the arc hole 110R; or the sliding sealing plate 810H can dynamically seal the elongated hole 110.
具体的:当清洁组件20处于内缩位置状态时,如图32所示的实施例,通过滑动密封板810H的第二止挡部813H能够遮挡外露的移动通道300H,从而起到密封或阻挡作用,而滑动密封板810H的第一止挡部812H则移动至遮挡板301H的内侧。Specifically: when the cleaning assembly 20 is in the retracted position, as shown in the embodiment of FIG. 32 , the exposed moving channel 300H can be blocked by the second stopper 813H of the sliding sealing plate 810H, thereby playing a sealing or blocking role. , and the first stopper 812H of the sliding sealing plate 810H moves to the inside of the shielding plate 301H.
当清洁组件20处于内缩位置与外摆位置的中间状态(或摆动位置)时,如图33所示的实施例,通过滑动密封板810H的第一止挡部812H能够遮挡部分的移动通道300H,通过滑动密封板810H的第二止挡部813H能够遮挡其余的移动通道300H,从而起到密封作用。When the cleaning assembly 20 is in the intermediate state (or swing position) between the retracted position and the outward swing position, as shown in the embodiment shown in FIG. 33 , part of the moving channel 300H can be blocked by the first stopper 812H of the sliding sealing plate 810H. , the second stopper portion 813H of the sliding sealing plate 810H can block the remaining moving channel 300H, thus achieving a sealing effect.
当清洁组件20处于外摆位置状态时,如图34所示的实施例,通过滑动密封板810H的第一止挡部812H能够遮挡外露的移动通道300H,而滑动密封板810H的第二止挡部813H则移动至遮挡板301H的内侧,从而起到密封作用。When the cleaning assembly 20 is in the swing-out position, as shown in the embodiment shown in FIG. 34 , the exposed moving channel 300H can be blocked by the first stop 812H of the sliding sealing plate 810H, and the second stopper of the sliding sealing plate 810H The portion 813H moves to the inside of the shielding plate 301H, thereby performing a sealing effect.
由上可知,滑动密封板810H的第一止挡部812H和第二止挡部813H均能够用于密封移动通道300H,从而滑动密封板810H的面积大小应当至少大于移动通道300H的面积的2倍。需要说明的是:第一止挡部812H和第二止挡部813H共用安装通孔811H所在区域。It can be seen from the above that both the first stop portion 812H and the second stop portion 813H of the sliding sealing plate 810H can be used to seal the moving channel 300H, so the area of the sliding sealing plate 810H should be at least twice larger than the area of the moving channel 300H. . It should be noted that the first stopper 812H and the second stopper 813H share the area where the mounting through hole 811H is located.
优选地,第一止挡部812H的面积和第二止挡部813H的面积均大于移动通道300H的面积。例如第一止挡部812H的面积和第二止挡部813H的面积均为移动通道300H的面积的1.05倍、1.1倍、1.2倍、1.5倍等;第一止挡部812H的面积和第二止挡部813H的面积可以相等,也可以不相等。Preferably, the area of the first stopper 812H and the second stopper 813H are both larger than the area of the moving channel 300H. For example, the area of the first stopper 812H and the second stopper 813H are both 1.05 times, 1.1 times, 1.2 times, 1.5 times, etc. of the area of the moving channel 300H; The areas of the stoppers 813H may be equal or unequal.
在本实施例的另一可行实施例中,机体10可不设置遮挡板301H,将移动通道300H直接设置在机体10的底部,从而也能够达到与前述相同的效果。In another feasible embodiment of this embodiment, the body 10 may not be provided with the shielding plate 301H, and the moving channel 300H may be directly provided at the bottom of the body 10, thereby achieving the same effect as mentioned above.
并且,如图31所示的实施例,还可在机体10上设置多个限位块101H,利用限位块101H限制滑动密封板810H的运动行程,从而控制清洁组件20的外摆或内缩的位置。Moreover, as shown in the embodiment of FIG. 31 , multiple limit blocks 101H can also be provided on the body 10 , and the limit blocks 101H are used to limit the movement stroke of the sliding sealing plate 810H, thereby controlling the outward swing or inward retraction of the cleaning assembly 20 . s position.
例如,在机体10上设置两个限位块101H,两个限位块101H分别位于滑动密封板810H的两端,并置于滑动密封板810H的运动路径上,从而当滑动密封板810H抵接在一端的限位块101H上时,限位块101H对滑动密封板810H起到限位作用。For example, two limiting blocks 101H are provided on the body 10. The two limiting blocks 101H are respectively located at both ends of the sliding sealing plate 810H and are placed on the movement path of the sliding sealing plate 810H. Therefore, when the sliding sealing plate 810H abuts When on the limiting block 101H at one end, the limiting block 101H plays a limiting role on the sliding sealing plate 810H.
进一步地,在滑动密封板810H与机体10之间还可设置滑动导向结构,从而使滑动密封板810H能够更好地沿机体10进行滑动。例如,可在滑动密封板810H与机体10之间设置滑槽和滑块结构,在此不作具体限制。Furthermore, a sliding guide structure may be provided between the sliding sealing plate 810H and the body 10 so that the sliding sealing plate 810H can slide along the body 10 better. For example, a chute and slider structure may be provided between the sliding sealing plate 810H and the body 10, and there is no specific limitation here.
上述的在移动通道300H内移动的安装部2001H,可以是第一驱动结构的安装部2001H,也可以是清洁组件20的安装部2001H,此安装部2001H所起的作用,可以将清洁组件20与第一驱动结构连接。此实施方式中,密封滑动板810H位于机体的安装腔内,清洁组件位于机体的底部下方。The above-mentioned mounting part 2001H moving in the moving channel 300H can be the mounting part 2001H of the first driving structure, or the mounting part 2001H of the cleaning component 20. The function of this mounting part 2001H can connect the cleaning component 20 and the cleaning component 20. The first drive structure is connected. In this embodiment, the sealing sliding plate 810H is located in the installation cavity of the body, and the cleaning assembly is located under the bottom of the body.
密封结构的第二种情况:密封结构可以为一端固定在机体10上,另一端能够随着清洁组件20的摆动而变形的柔性部件,在清洁组件20的摆动的过程中,密封结构的另一端随着清洁组件20的摆动而运动,以动态遮挡住移动通道300H。 The second case of the sealing structure: the sealing structure can be a flexible component with one end fixed on the body 10 and the other end capable of deforming as the cleaning assembly 20 swings. During the swing of the cleaning assembly 20, the other end of the sealing structure The cleaning component 20 moves as it swings to dynamically block the moving channel 300H.
密封结构的第三种实施方式,密封结构为密封结构件,密封结构件遮挡住长条孔110或弧形孔110R,密封结构件的周边缘与机体10连接,密封结构件具有安装口,且安装口位于长条孔110或弧形孔110R的区域范围内,清洁组件20的一部分穿过安装口,安装口的周边缘与第一驱动结构的外壳2016M连接。清洁组件20在第一位置和第二位置间切换时,安装口相对于长条孔110的位置改变。In the third embodiment of the sealing structure, the sealing structure is a sealing structure member. The sealing structure member blocks the elongated hole 110 or the arc hole 110R. The peripheral edge of the sealing structure member is connected to the body 10. The sealing structure member has an installation opening, and The installation opening is located within the area of the elongated hole 110 or the arc-shaped hole 110R, a part of the cleaning assembly 20 passes through the installation opening, and the peripheral edge of the installation opening is connected to the housing 2016M of the first driving structure. When the cleaning assembly 20 switches between the first position and the second position, the position of the installation opening relative to the elongated hole 110 changes.
具体地,密封结构件的周边缘与机体10连接,安装口的周边缘与第一驱动结构的外壳2016M连接,以实现在不影响清洁组件20移动的同时实现遮挡长条孔110或弧形孔110R,清洁组件20在第一位置和第二位置之间切换的过程中,清洁组件20会带动着密封结构件移动以使安装口跟随清洁组件20移动,以始终保持密封状态,以防止灰尘等由长条孔110进入到机体10内部。如图29所示,密封结构件为包胶层820H或者橡胶,以包胶层820H为例,包胶层820H的一端固定在机体10上,另一端固定在前述第一驱动结构的外壳2016M上,包胶层820H具有一定的弹性,清洁组件20在摆动过程中,带动包胶层820H固定在外壳2016M上的一端摆动,包胶层820H发生形变,从而实现对长条孔110或弧形孔110R的密封。进一步地,密封结构件为弹性橡胶材质。Specifically, the peripheral edge of the sealing structure is connected to the body 10 , and the peripheral edge of the installation port is connected to the housing 2016M of the first driving structure, so as to achieve blocking of the long hole 110 or the arc hole without affecting the movement of the cleaning assembly 20 . 110R, when the cleaning component 20 is switching between the first position and the second position, the cleaning component 20 will drive the sealing structure to move so that the installation port moves with the cleaning component 20 to always maintain a sealed state to prevent dust, etc. It enters the inside of the body 10 through the long hole 110 . As shown in Figure 29, the sealing structural member is a rubber coating 820H or rubber. Taking the rubber coating 820H as an example, one end of the rubber coating 820H is fixed on the body 10, and the other end is fixed on the housing 2016M of the first driving structure. , the rubber coating layer 820H has a certain elasticity. During the swing process, the cleaning component 20 drives one end of the rubber coating layer 820H fixed on the housing 2016M to swing, and the rubber coating layer 820H deforms, thereby realizing the long hole 110 or the arc hole. 110R seal. Further, the sealing structural member is made of elastic rubber.
密封结构的第四种实施方式,如图25所示,长条孔110或弧形孔110R上可通过可伸缩的波纹板830H进行密封。通过在机体10上的长条孔110或弧形孔110R处设置波纹板830H,并使波纹板830H与第一驱动结构的外壳2016M连接,波纹板830H的四周与移动通道300H的边缘固定连接,当清洁组件20摆动时,带动波纹板830H位于清洁组件20一侧的部分压缩,即位于安装部2001H的一侧的部分压缩,位于清洁组件20另一侧的部分伸展开,即位于安装部2001H的另一侧的部分伸展开,以密封移动通道300H,从而当清洁组件20在第一位置和第二位置切换过程中,波纹板830H能够进行伸缩调节以密封长条孔110或弧形孔110R。In the fourth embodiment of the sealing structure, as shown in Figure 25, the elongated hole 110 or the arc-shaped hole 110R can be sealed by a retractable corrugated plate 830H. By arranging the corrugated plate 830H at the long hole 110 or the arc hole 110R on the body 10, and connecting the corrugated plate 830H with the shell 2016M of the first driving structure, the surroundings of the corrugated plate 830H are fixedly connected to the edge of the moving channel 300H, When the cleaning assembly 20 swings, the part of the corrugated plate 830H located on one side of the cleaning assembly 20 is compressed, that is, the part located on one side of the mounting part 2001H is compressed, and the part located on the other side of the cleaning assembly 20 is stretched, that is, the part located on the mounting part 2001H The part on the other side is stretched to seal the moving channel 300H, so that when the cleaning assembly 20 is switched between the first position and the second position, the corrugated plate 830H can be telescopically adjusted to seal the long hole 110 or the arc hole 110R. .
当密封结构设在第一驱动结构的外壳2016M上,此时不管清洁组件20处于拖地位置、抬升位置或者其他位置,密封结构均不会跟随清洁组件20做升降运动,密封结构都能够密封住或遮挡住移动通道300H。即,密封结构只跟随清洁组件20或第一驱动结构的移动或摆动而运动,但不跟随第一驱动结构或清洁组件20做抬升或下降运动。此种情况下,密封结构可以位于机体10的安装腔中,即位于移动通道300H的内侧,清洁组件20位于机体10的底部外,密封结构位于清洁组件20的上方;密封结构也可以位于机体10的底部外,即位于移动通道300H的外侧,但位于清洁组件20的上方。此外,由于密封结构设在第一驱动结构的外壳2016M上,当第一驱动结构驱动清洁组件20转动进行拖地工作时,密封结构不会随着清洁组件20转动。When the sealing structure is disposed on the housing 2016M of the first driving structure, no matter whether the cleaning assembly 20 is in the mopping position, the lifting position or other positions, the sealing structure will not follow the cleaning assembly 20 to move up and down, and the sealing structure can seal Or block the moving channel 300H. That is, the sealing structure only moves following the movement or swing of the cleaning component 20 or the first driving structure, but does not follow the lifting or descending movement of the first driving structure or the cleaning component 20 . In this case, the sealing structure can be located in the installation cavity of the body 10 , that is, located inside the moving channel 300H. The cleaning assembly 20 is located outside the bottom of the body 10 , and the sealing structure is located above the cleaning assembly 20 ; the sealing structure can also be located on the body 10 outside the bottom of the moving channel 300H, that is, located outside the moving channel 300H but above the cleaning assembly 20 . In addition, since the sealing structure is provided on the housing 2016M of the first driving structure, when the first driving structure drives the cleaning assembly 20 to rotate to perform mopping work, the sealing structure will not rotate along with the cleaning assembly 20 .
需要说明的是,当密封滑动板如图27、图40、图41、图64、图65、图56、图57所示的结构,其与第一驱动结构的安装部卡扣连接时,即密封滑动板和第一驱动结构的安装部之间无相对转动时,此时,密封滑动板毫无意义地只能设在第一驱动结构的外壳2016M上,即第一驱动结构的外壳2016M作为其安装部(为便于区分,简写为第二安装部),用于安装密封结构。It should be noted that when the sealing sliding plate has the structure shown in Figures 27, 40, 41, 64, 65, 56, and 57, and is snap-connected to the mounting portion of the first driving structure, that is, When there is no relative rotation between the sealing sliding plate and the mounting portion of the first driving structure, at this time, the sealing sliding plate can only be disposed on the housing 2016M of the first driving structure, that is, the housing 2016M of the first driving structure serves as Its mounting part (for ease of distinction, abbreviated as the second mounting part) is used to install the sealing structure.
作为上述的密封结构设在第一驱动结构上的第二种、第三种方式、第四种实施方式的可替换实施方式:上述的密封滑动板810H、密封结构件及波纹板还可以不与第一驱动结构的外壳2016M固定,而是与第一驱动结构上用于安装清洁组件的安装部,此安装部可以设在清洁组件上,也可以设在第一驱动结构上(为便于区分,简写为第一安装部)。As an alternative embodiment of the second, third and fourth embodiments in which the above-mentioned sealing structure is provided on the first driving structure: the above-mentioned sealing sliding plate 810H, sealing structural member and corrugated plate may also be used separately. The housing 2016M of the first driving structure is fixed, but is connected to the mounting portion of the first driving structure for installing the cleaning component. This mounting portion can be provided on the cleaning component or on the first driving structure (for ease of distinction, Abbreviated as the first installation department).
对应地,密封滑动板的安装通孔811H,或者波纹板830H的安装口,或者密封结构件的安装口,均可转动地套设在第一安装部2001H上,或者采用其他可转动方式套设在第一安装部2001H的外壁上。可选地,密封结构位于机体10的安装腔中,清洁组件20位于机体10的底部外,密封结构位于清洁组件20的上方,由于第二固定体2013M相对外壳2016M或机体10做升降运动,则密封结构随着第二固定体2013M或清洁组件20同步做升降运动。当清洁组件20处于拖地位置时,密封结构处于最低位置,以密封住或遮挡住移动通道300H;当清洁组件20从拖地位置抬升到非工作位置的过程中,由于非工作位置高于拖地位置,则第二固定体2013M和清洁组件20、密封结构同步做上升运动。但密封结构与第一安装部为可转动连接,即,当清洁组件20在拖地位置时,第二固定体2013M带动清洁组件20转动拖地时,密封结构不会随着第二固定体2013M和清洁组件20转动。Correspondingly, the installation through hole 811H of the seal sliding plate, or the installation opening of the corrugated plate 830H, or the installation opening of the sealing structural member can be rotatably sleeved on the first mounting part 2001H, or it can be sleeved in other rotatable ways. On the outer wall of the first mounting part 2001H. Optionally, the sealing structure is located in the installation cavity of the body 10, the cleaning component 20 is located outside the bottom of the body 10, and the sealing structure is located above the cleaning component 20. Since the second fixed body 2013M moves up and down relative to the shell 2016M or the body 10, then The sealing structure moves up and down simultaneously with the second fixed body 2013M or the cleaning component 20 . When the cleaning assembly 20 is in the mopping position, the sealing structure is in the lowest position to seal or block the moving channel 300H; when the cleaning assembly 20 is lifted from the mopping position to the non-working position, since the non-working position is higher than the mopping position, At the ground position, the second fixed body 2013M, the cleaning component 20, and the sealing structure move upward simultaneously. However, the sealing structure is rotatably connected to the first mounting part. That is, when the cleaning assembly 20 is in the mopping position and the second fixed body 2013M drives the cleaning assembly 20 to rotate and mop the floor, the sealing structure will not follow the second fixed body 2013M. and the cleaning assembly 20 rotates.
例如,一种实施方式中,波纹板830H的一端固定在机体10上,另一端设安装口,安装口套设并固定在第一安装部的外壁上。For example, in one embodiment, one end of the corrugated plate 830H is fixed on the body 10, and the other end is provided with an installation opening. The installation opening is sleeved and fixed on the outer wall of the first installation part.
对于密封结构为前述的滑动密封板810H时,清洁组件20处于非工作位置(例如,抬升位置)时,滑动密封板810H与移动通道300H在机体10的高度方向上存在缝隙,此缝隙的大小主要取决于拖地位置与非工作位置之间的高度差,若拖地位置与非工作位置之间的高度差少,则缝隙小,此时密封结构也能够对移动通道300H起到遮挡作用。When the sealing structure is the aforementioned sliding sealing plate 810H, when the cleaning assembly 20 is in the non-working position (for example, the raised position), there is a gap between the sliding sealing plate 810H and the moving channel 300H in the height direction of the body 10. The size of this gap mainly It depends on the height difference between the mopping position and the non-working position. If the height difference between the mopping position and the non-working position is small, the gap will be small. At this time, the sealing structure can also block the moving channel 300H.
对于密封结构为前述的波纹板830H或密封结构件时,因为波纹板830H和密封结构件具有一定变形量,当随着 清洁组件20或第二固定体2013M做升降运动时,波纹板830H和密封结构件发生变形,波纹板830H和密封结构件不会与移动通道300H之间产生缝隙,均能够密封移动通道300H。即此密封结构能够通过变形,跟随第一驱动结构或清洁组件20做升降运动、摆动,密封结构能够始终密封移动通道300H。When the sealing structure is the aforementioned corrugated plate 830H or the sealing structural member, because the corrugated plate 830H and the sealing structural member have a certain amount of deformation, when the When the cleaning assembly 20 or the second fixed body 2013M moves up and down, the corrugated plate 830H and the sealing structure are deformed. The corrugated plate 830H and the sealing structure will not create a gap with the moving channel 300H, and can seal the moving channel 300H. That is, the sealing structure can deform and follow the first driving structure or the cleaning component 20 to perform lifting and swinging movements, and the sealing structure can always seal the moving channel 300H.
此外,需要说明的是,不管密封结构与第一驱动结构40M的连接方式采用前述任一方式时,用于将第一驱动结构和清洁组件20连接的第一安装部均位于移动通道内,在移动通道内摆动,以实现清洁组件在内缩位置和外摆位置之间的切换。In addition, it should be noted that regardless of the connection method between the sealing structure and the first driving structure 40M, the first mounting portion used to connect the first driving structure and the cleaning assembly 20 is located in the moving channel. Swing in the moving channel to switch the cleaning component between the retracted position and the outward swing position.
对于前述的第一驱动结构而言,第一安装部包括前述的第一壁体的下部、连接壁体及第二壁体,密封结构套设在第一壁体的外壁上,且位于第一驱动结构的外壳2016M的底部的下方,密封结构的顶部与外壳2016M的底部之间预留所需的升降间隙,以使密封滑动板套设在第一壁体外,能够随着第二固定体做上升或下降运动。For the aforementioned first driving structure, the first mounting part includes the lower part of the aforementioned first wall, the connecting wall and the second wall. The sealing structure is sleeved on the outer wall of the first wall and is located on the first wall. Below the bottom of the housing 2016M of the driving structure, a required lifting gap is reserved between the top of the sealing structure and the bottom of the housing 2016M, so that the sealing sliding plate is sleeved outside the first wall and can follow the movement of the second fixed body. Ascending or descending movement.
第一安装部的可替换实施方式,若清洁盘的顶部上的安装凸起套在第二固定体的第一壁体的外壁,实现与第二固定体连接时,对应地,此时的第一安装体为安装凸起的外壁,密封结构套设在安装凸起的外壁上。In an alternative embodiment of the first mounting part, if the mounting protrusion on the top of the cleaning plate is sleeved on the outer wall of the first wall of the second fixed body to achieve connection with the second fixed body, correspondingly, the third The first mounting body is an outer wall with a mounting protrusion, and the sealing structure is sleeved on the outer wall of the mounting protrusion.
作为密封结构与第一驱动结构的安装部的可替换方式,当前述第一驱动结构或者升降结构不设置外壳2016M但设置配合件时,密封结构可以设在配合件的外壁上。具体而言:As an alternative to the installation part of the sealing structure and the first driving structure, when the first driving structure or the lifting structure does not have a housing 2016M but a fitting part, the sealing structure can be provided on the outer wall of the fitting part. in particular:
当配合件为转动体时,密封滑动板的安装通孔、波纹板的安装口、密封结构件的安装口可转动地套设在转动体的外壁上,由于拖地过程中,在第二固定体的转动下,转动体旋转,则此过程中密封结构不转动。当第二固定体做升降运动时,转动体不做升降运动,故不会带动密封结构做升降运动。When the mating part is a rotating body, the installation through hole of the sealing sliding plate, the installation opening of the corrugated plate, and the installation opening of the sealing structural member are rotatably sleeved on the outer wall of the rotating body. When the rotating body rotates, the sealing structure does not rotate during this process. When the second fixed body moves up and down, the rotating body does not move up and down, so it does not drive the sealing structure to move up and down.
当配合件为相对于机体固定的配合件时,例如配合件为前述的阻尼、胶条等,阻尼或胶条本身不随着第一驱动结构的升降而运动,不随着清洁组件的转动而转动,密封滑动板的安装通孔、波纹板的安装口、密封结构件的安装口固定套在配合件的外壁上即可。例如,当配合件设有安装支架时,优选地,将密封结构套设在安装支架上固定。When the fitting part is a fitting part that is fixed relative to the machine body, for example, the fitting part is the aforementioned damping, rubber strip, etc., the damping or rubber strip itself does not move with the lifting and lowering of the first driving structure, and does not rotate with the rotation of the cleaning assembly. The installation through hole of the sealing sliding plate, the installation opening of the corrugated plate, and the installation opening of the sealing structural member can be fixedly placed on the outer wall of the mating part. For example, when the fitting part is provided with a mounting bracket, preferably, the sealing structure is sleeved on the mounting bracket and fixed.
可见,将密封结构设在第一驱动结构的安装部上,随着第一驱动结构的摆动而运动,实现当清洁组件在内缩位置、外摆位置、处于内缩位置与外摆位置之间的摆动位置时,密封结构能够密封或遮挡住移动通道,且不会影响第一驱动结构驱动清洁组件做升降运动和拖地的旋转运动(或者振动的拖地运动),第一驱动结构的安装部可以是用于与清洁组件直接固定的第二固定体的第一安装部,也可以为与清洁组件间接连接的外壳2016M(即第二安装部)或者为前述的第一驱动结构的配合件(即第三安装部);即第一驱动结构的安装部用于安装密封结构时,应当做广义解释而不是仅仅局限于附图的示意图。It can be seen that the sealing structure is provided on the mounting part of the first driving structure and moves with the swing of the first driving structure, so that when the cleaning assembly is in the retracted position, the outward swinging position, or between the retracted position and the outward swinging position, In the swing position, the sealing structure can seal or block the moving channel, and will not affect the first driving structure to drive the cleaning component to perform lifting movements and mopping rotations (or vibrating mopping movements). The installation of the first driving structure The part may be the first mounting part of the second fixed body that is directly fixed to the cleaning component, or it may be the housing 2016M (i.e., the second mounting part) indirectly connected to the cleaning component, or it may be a matching piece of the aforementioned first driving structure. (i.e., the third mounting portion); that is, when the mounting portion of the first driving structure is used to install the sealing structure, it should be interpreted broadly rather than just limited to the schematic diagram of the accompanying drawings.
此外,当第一驱动结构和升降结构分别用一个电机驱动时。例如,升降结构驱动第一驱动结构整体升降,第二驱动结构50M驱动升降结构整体摆动,以带动第一驱动结构和清洁组件20整体摆动。优选地,上述设在第一驱动结构上的密封结构,可以设在升降结构的外壳上,或者第一驱动结构的外壳2016M上,只需密封结构不随着升降结构升降,不随着第一驱动结构做旋转或振动的运动,密封结构相对于机体只随着第一驱动结构做摆动即可。In addition, when the first driving structure and the lifting structure are driven by one motor respectively. For example, the lifting structure drives the first driving structure to lift as a whole, and the second driving structure 50M drives the lifting structure to swing as a whole, so as to drive the first driving structure and the cleaning assembly 20 to swing as a whole. Preferably, the above-mentioned sealing structure provided on the first driving structure can be provided on the housing of the lifting structure, or on the housing 2016M of the first driving structure, as long as the sealing structure does not rise or fall with the lifting structure or with the first driving structure. To perform rotational or vibrating motion, the sealing structure only oscillates with the first driving structure relative to the body.
此外,当清洁设备的湿式清洁模组200M具有上述摆动功能时,上述的第一驱动结构均可以采用前述实施例记载的任意一个采用第一转动件与第二转动件配合的实施方式。In addition, when the wet cleaning module 200M of the cleaning equipment has the above-mentioned swing function, the above-mentioned first driving structure can adopt any of the embodiments described in the previous embodiments in which the first rotating member cooperates with the second rotating member.
清洁设备除了上述的湿式清洁模组200M具有外摆及内缩的功能,以实现沿边清洁,清洁设备还有自动拆卸和安装上述的清洁组件20的功能,无需用户手动更换清洁组件20。In addition to the above-mentioned wet cleaning module 200M, the cleaning equipment has the function of swinging out and retracting to achieve edge cleaning. The cleaning equipment also has the function of automatically disassembling and installing the above-mentioned cleaning component 20, eliminating the need for the user to manually replace the cleaning component 20.
清洁组件20在升降结构的驱动下可以做升降运动。例如,升降结构以上述的第一驱动结构为例来展开,为了便于自动拆卸和安装清洁组件20,第一驱动结构的第二固定体2013M的安装部2001H与清洁盘90H的顶部磁吸连接;或者第二固定体2013M的安装部2001H与清洁盘90H的顶部插接连接;或者第二固定体2013M的安装部2001H与清洁盘90H的顶部之间采用第二卡扣连接,或者其他连接方式,只需在第二固定体2013M做上升运动的过程中,清洁盘90H受到一个阻挡件的阻挡力或者受到一个向下作用力,使清洁盘90H不能随着第二固定体2013M继续上升,从而第二固定体2013M在不断地上升过程中,清洁盘90H与第二固定体2013M分离;相反,当清洁盘90H与第二固定体2013M处于分离状态时,需要将清洁盘90H自动安装在第二固定体2013M的安装部2001H上时,先将清洁盘90H的顶部与安装部2001H对准,之后第二固定体2013M做下降运动,随着第二固定体2013M的安装部2001H的下降,安装部2001H可以与清洁盘90H的顶部磁吸,或者插接配合,或者卡扣连接。The cleaning component 20 can move up and down driven by the lifting structure. For example, the lifting structure takes the above-mentioned first driving structure as an example to unfold. In order to facilitate automatic disassembly and installation of the cleaning assembly 20, the mounting portion 2001H of the second fixed body 2013M of the first driving structure is magnetically connected to the top of the cleaning disk 90H; Or the mounting part 2001H of the second fixed body 2013M is plugged into the top of the cleaning tray 90H; or the mounting part 2001H of the second fixed body 2013M and the top of the cleaning tray 90H are connected using a second buckle connection, or other connection methods, Only during the upward movement of the second fixed body 2013M, the cleaning disk 90H is blocked by a blocking member or receives a downward force, so that the cleaning disk 90H cannot continue to rise with the second fixed body 2013M, so that the second fixed body 2013M is blocked. During the continuous rising process of the two fixed bodies 2013M, the cleaning disk 90H is separated from the second fixed body 2013M; on the contrary, when the cleaning disk 90H and the second fixed body 2013M are in a separated state, the cleaning disk 90H needs to be automatically installed on the second fixed body 2013M. When the mounting part 2001H of the body 2013M is on, first align the top of the cleaning plate 90H with the mounting part 2001H, and then the second fixed body 2013M makes a descending movement. As the mounting part 2001H of the second fixed body 2013M descends, the mounting part 2001H It can be magnetically attached to the top of the cleaning tray 90H, or plug-fitted, or snap-fitted.
对于第二卡扣连接而言,例如,安装部2001H和清洁盘90H的顶部中的一个上设第二卡槽,另一个上设第二卡扣,沿第二固定体2013M的升降方向,第二卡扣或者第二卡槽上设于倾斜的导向坡面,便于第二卡扣卡入第二卡槽内,或者从第二卡槽脱出。第二卡槽可以替换为凸台,第二卡扣卡在凸台上。机体10包括底盘103和顶盖,底盘和顶盖可拆卸连接,机体10的底部也就是底盘的底部。 For the second buckle connection, for example, one of the tops of the mounting part 2001H and the cleaning tray 90H is provided with a second buckle, and the other is provided with a second buckle. Along the lifting direction of the second fixed body 2013M, the The second buckle or the second buckle is provided on an inclined guide slope to facilitate the second buckle to be inserted into the second buckle or to be disengaged from the second buckle. The second slot can be replaced by a boss, and the second buckle is locked on the boss. The body 10 includes a chassis 103 and a top cover. The chassis and the top cover are detachably connected. The bottom of the body 10 is also the bottom of the chassis.
第二固定体2013M相对于机体10具有拖地位置、抬升位置和分离位置,抬升位置高于拖地位置,分离位置高于抬升位置;对应地清洁组件20具有拖地位置、抬升位置和分离位置,下文以第二固定体2013M为例来展开。The second fixed body 2013M has a mopping position, a lifting position and a separation position relative to the body 10. The lifting position is higher than the mopping position, and the separation position is higher than the lifting position; correspondingly, the cleaning assembly 20 has a mopping position, a lifting position and a separation position. , the following takes the second fixed body 2013M as an example to expand.
如图45所示,第二固定体2013M位于拖地位置,清洁组件20的清洁件91H能够与待清洁面接触,此时第一限位部2022M的第一限位面与凸筋或螺纹牙的第一面抵接,若第一电机203M继续沿第二方向转动时,第二固定体2013M不会相对于第一固定体2012M转动,第一固定体2012M和第二固定体2013M同步转动,以带动清洁组件20旋转,清洁组件20的清洁件91H对待清洁表面进行拖地或擦拭,对应地,清洁盘90H的顶部表面与机体10的底部表面之间存在第一间距。As shown in Figure 45, the second fixed body 2013M is in the mopping position, and the cleaning piece 91H of the cleaning assembly 20 can contact the surface to be cleaned. At this time, the first limiting surface of the first limiting part 2022M is in contact with the ribs or threads. If the first motor 203M continues to rotate in the second direction, the second fixed body 2013M will not rotate relative to the first fixed body 2012M, and the first fixed body 2012M and the second fixed body 2013M will rotate synchronously. To drive the cleaning assembly 20 to rotate, the cleaning member 91H of the cleaning assembly 20 mops or wipes the surface to be cleaned. Correspondingly, there is a first distance between the top surface of the cleaning disk 90H and the bottom surface of the body 10 .
若需从第二固定体2013M从拖地位置上升到抬升位置,第一电机203M沿第一方向转动,第二固定体2013M相对第一固定体2012M向上转动,清洁组件20随着第二固定体2013M向上抬升,使得第二固定体2013M到达抬升位置,到达如图46所示位置,清洁组件20的清洁件91H与待清洁表面分离,此时第一磁体2014M和第二磁体2015M保持磁吸固定,对应的清洁盘90H的顶部表面与机体10的底部表面之间存在第二间距,第二间距小于第一间距,理论上清洁盘90H的顶部与机体10的底部之间不接触,防止在抬升位置,机体10的底部磨损清洁盘90H的顶部表面。但在实际使用过程中,当检测装置检测到第二固定体2013M处于抬升位置时,控制器控制第一电机203M停止旋转,第一电机203M可能会存在滞后,不排除此时清洁盘90H的顶部表面与机体10的底部表面接触的可能性,通常或正常情况下,清洁盘90H的顶部表面不会与机体10的底部表面接触。If the second fixed body 2013M needs to be raised from the mopping position to the lifting position, the first motor 203M rotates in the first direction, the second fixed body 2013M rotates upward relative to the first fixed body 2012M, and the cleaning assembly 20 follows the second fixed body 2013M. 2013M is lifted upward so that the second fixed body 2013M reaches the lifted position and reaches the position shown in Figure 46. The cleaning part 91H of the cleaning assembly 20 is separated from the surface to be cleaned. At this time, the first magnet 2014M and the second magnet 2015M remain magnetically fixed. , there is a second distance between the top surface of the corresponding cleaning plate 90H and the bottom surface of the body 10, and the second distance is smaller than the first distance. Theoretically, there is no contact between the top surface of the cleaning plate 90H and the bottom surface of the body 10 to prevent lifting. position, the bottom of the body 10 wears the top surface of the cleaning disk 90H. However, in actual use, when the detection device detects that the second fixed body 2013M is in the raised position, the controller controls the first motor 203M to stop rotating. The first motor 203M may lag, and it is not ruled out that the top of the cleaning disk 90H at this time Possibility of surface contact with the bottom surface of the body 10. Normally or normally, the top surface of the cleaning disk 90H will not come into contact with the bottom surface of the body 10.
若需要拆卸清洁组件20时,第一电机203M继续沿第一方向转动,第二固定体2013M带动清洁组件20向上运动,当清洁盘90H的顶部表面与机体10的底部表面接触时,受机体10的底部对清洁盘90H的顶部产生向下的阻挡力,第一电机203M继续驱动第二固定体2013M上升,但清洁盘90H受机体10的底部的阻挡力,不再继续随着第二固定体2013M上升,则第一磁体2014M与第二磁体2015M逐渐远离,并磁吸作用降低,当第二固定体2013M上升到如图47所示的位置时,第二固定体2013M与清洁组件20分离,以实现清洁组件20的自动拆卸,第二固定体2013M处于分离位置,对应地清洁组件20也处于分离位置,相应地,前述的第二限位部2023M的第二限位面通过抵接在凸筋或螺纹牙的第二面上,阻挡第二固定体2013M继续向上转动,若第一电机203M继续沿第一方向转动,则第一固体和第二固体之间无相对运动。If the cleaning assembly 20 needs to be disassembled, the first motor 203M continues to rotate in the first direction, and the second fixed body 2013M drives the cleaning assembly 20 to move upward. When the top surface of the cleaning disk 90H contacts the bottom surface of the body 10, the body 10 The bottom of the cleaning plate 90H exerts a downward blocking force on the top of the cleaning disk 90H. The first motor 203M continues to drive the second fixed body 2013M to rise, but the cleaning disk 90H is blocked by the bottom of the machine body 10 and no longer continues to follow the second fixed body. When 2013M rises, the first magnet 2014M and the second magnet 2015M gradually move away, and the magnetic attraction decreases. When the second fixed body 2013M rises to the position shown in Figure 47, the second fixed body 2013M separates from the cleaning assembly 20. In order to realize automatic disassembly of the cleaning assembly 20, the second fixed body 2013M is in the separated position, and the cleaning assembly 20 is also in the separated position. Correspondingly, the second limiting surface of the aforementioned second limiting portion 2023M is abutted on the convex position. The second surface of the rib or thread prevents the second fixed body 2013M from continuing to rotate upward. If the first motor 203M continues to rotate in the first direction, there will be no relative movement between the first solid body and the second solid body.
相反,若需要安装清洁组件20时,假设第二固定体2013M处于分离位置,一般安装和拆卸清洁组件20均需清洁设备回基站,基站上预先装放好新的清洁组件20;当清洁设备回到基站对准后,新的清洁组件20的抹布盘的安装凸起处于第二固定体2013M的容置空间的正下方,此时需第二固定体2013M从分离位置下降到拖地位置,安装凸起伸入到容置空间内,第一磁体2014M和第二磁体2015M磁吸,即可将第二固定体2013M与清洁组件20连接到位。On the contrary, if the cleaning component 20 needs to be installed, assuming that the second fixed body 2013M is in the separated position, generally the cleaning device 20 needs to be returned to the base station to install and disassemble the cleaning component 20, and the new cleaning component 20 is pre-installed on the base station; when the cleaning device returns After aligning to the base station, the installation protrusion of the rag tray of the new cleaning component 20 is directly below the accommodation space of the second fixed body 2013M. At this time, the second fixed body 2013M needs to be lowered from the separation position to the mopping position, and the installation The protrusion extends into the accommodation space, and the first magnet 2014M and the second magnet 2015M are magnetically attracted to connect the second fixed body 2013M and the cleaning assembly 20 in place.
其中,第二固定体2013M下降时,第一电机203M沿第二方向转动,第二固定体2013M螺纹向下转动,从分离位置下降到抬升位置,再下降到拖地位置,实现清洁组件20与第二固定体2013M的自动安装。当第二固定体2013M处于拖地位置时,前述的第一限位部2022M的第一限位面与第一固定体2012M的螺纹牙或凸筋的第一面抵接,阻挡第二固定体2013M相对于第一固定体2012M转动,此时若第一电机203M继续沿第二方向转动时,第一固定体2012M和第二固定体2013M之间无相对运动,第一固定体2012M和第二固体同步转动,以带动清洁组件20转动,清洁件91H对待清洁面清洁。当然第二固定体2013M也可以从抬升位置下降到拖地位置,其下降过程与前述相同,不在此赘述。When the second fixed body 2013M descends, the first motor 203M rotates in the second direction, and the second fixed body 2013M threads rotate downward, descending from the separation position to the lifting position, and then descending to the mopping position, so that the cleaning assembly 20 and Automatic installation of the second fixed body 2013M. When the second fixed body 2013M is in the mopping position, the first limiting surface of the aforementioned first limiting portion 2022M contacts the threaded teeth or the first surface of the rib of the first fixed body 2012M, blocking the second fixed body. 2013M rotates relative to the first fixed body 2012M. At this time, if the first motor 203M continues to rotate in the second direction, there will be no relative movement between the first fixed body 2012M and the second fixed body 2013M. The solid body rotates synchronously to drive the cleaning component 20 to rotate, and the cleaning member 91H cleans the surface to be cleaned. Of course, the second fixed body 2013M can also be lowered from the lifting position to the mopping position. The lowering process is the same as the above and will not be described again here.
此外,第二固定体2013M还具有手动安装位置,优选地,手动安装位置位于抬升位置和拖地位置之间,为使清洁设备不但具有自动拆卸的功能,还具备供用户手动安装清洁组件20的功能,以供用户自行选取。In addition, the second fixed body 2013M also has a manual installation position. Preferably, the manual installation position is between the lifting position and the mopping position. In order to make the cleaning device not only have the function of automatic disassembly, but also have a position for the user to manually install the cleaning component 20 functions for users to choose.
例如,清洁设备上不安装清洁组件20时,第二固定体2013M通常处于分离位置,当用户需要手动安装时,用户抬起清洁设备,清洁设备的行走系统的驱动轮或行走轮悬空,检测装置检测到此信号,控制器根据此信号,将控制第一电机203M沿第二方向转动,第二固定体2013M向下到手动安装位置,以供用户安装清洁组件20。当然,清洁设备上不设清洁组件20时,第二固定体2013M也可以处于抬升位置,从抬升位置下降到手动安装位置。此外,手动安装位置还可以为其他位置,只要不是分离位置即可,例如抬升位置、拖地位置。For example, when the cleaning assembly 20 is not installed on the cleaning equipment, the second fixed body 2013M is usually in a separated position. When the user needs to install it manually, the user lifts the cleaning equipment, and the driving wheel or walking wheel of the walking system of the cleaning equipment is suspended, and the detection device Upon detecting this signal, the controller will control the first motor 203M to rotate in the second direction according to this signal, and the second fixed body 2013M moves downward to the manual installation position for the user to install the cleaning assembly 20 . Of course, when the cleaning component 20 is not provided on the cleaning equipment, the second fixed body 2013M can also be in a raised position and lowered from the raised position to the manual installation position. In addition, the manual installation position can also be other positions, as long as it is not a separated position, such as a lifting position or a mopping position.
清洁设备拆装清洁组件20时,通常需回基站,如图48所示,基站包括底座101,及设在底座101上的本体,本体与底座101之间形成容纳空间,以容纳清洁设备。底座101的顶部表面设有与清洁件91H一一对应的清洗结构,以对清洁件91H清洗。其中,清洗结构包括设在底座101上的清洗腔,清洗腔内设有至少一个或者多个清洗肋条105H,清洗肋条上设凸点,以供清洁件91H摩擦接触。多个清洗肋条的一端围成一个中心区域,中心区域上设第一定位件101H,如图47所示,对应地清洁盘90H的底部设有定位凹槽92H,定位凹槽92H与第一定位件插接配合。优选地,定位凹槽92H和第一定位件呈多边形或者圆锥凸台。例如,如图47所示,定位凹槽92H的纵向截面大体呈梯形。优 选地,第一定位件为第三磁体,第三磁体对清洁盘90H顶部上的第二磁体2015M产生磁吸力,以将清洁组件20定位在基站上。When the cleaning equipment disassembles and installs the cleaning component 20, it usually needs to return to the base station. As shown in Figure 48, the base station includes a base 101 and a body located on the base 101. A receiving space is formed between the body and the base 101 to accommodate the cleaning equipment. The top surface of the base 101 is provided with a cleaning structure corresponding to the cleaning member 91H to clean the cleaning member 91H. Among them, the cleaning structure includes a cleaning cavity provided on the base 101. At least one or more cleaning ribs 105H are provided in the cleaning cavity. Protrusions are provided on the cleaning ribs for frictional contact of the cleaning parts 91H. One end of the plurality of cleaning ribs surrounds a central area, and a first positioning member 101H is provided on the central area. As shown in Figure 47, correspondingly, a positioning groove 92H is provided at the bottom of the cleaning plate 90H. The positioning groove 92H is in contact with the first positioning member 101H. The parts plug together. Preferably, the positioning groove 92H and the first positioning member are in the shape of a polygon or a conical boss. For example, as shown in FIG. 47 , the longitudinal cross section of the positioning groove 92H is generally trapezoidal. excellent Optionally, the first positioning member is a third magnet that generates magnetic attraction to the second magnet 2015M on top of the cleaning tray 90H to position the cleaning assembly 20 on the base station.
例如,干净的清洁组件20通过第三磁体与清洁盘90H上的第二磁体2015M磁吸固定,以将清洁组件20定位在基站上,当需要清洁设备回基站安装新的清洁组件20时,清洁设备的第二固定体2013M优选处于分离位置回基站,防止第二固定体2013M上的第一磁体2014M对第二磁体2015M产生磁吸,引起基站上清洁组件20的位置偏移。当清洁设备回到基站对准位置后,第二固定体2013M的容置空间位于清洁盘90H的顶部的正上方,通过第二固定体2013M下降到拖地位置,第一磁体2014M对第二磁体2015M产生的磁吸力,大于第三磁体对第二磁体2015M产生的磁吸力和清洁组件的重力之和,以使清洁组件20安装到第二固定体2013M上。For example, the clean cleaning component 20 is magnetically fixed by the third magnet and the second magnet 2015M on the cleaning tray 90H to position the cleaning component 20 on the base station. When the cleaning equipment needs to be returned to the base station to install a new cleaning component 20, the cleaning The second fixed body 2013M of the device is preferably returned to the base station in a separated position to prevent the first magnet 2014M on the second fixed body 2013M from magnetically attracting the second magnet 2015M, causing the position of the cleaning assembly 20 on the base station to shift. When the cleaning equipment returns to the base station alignment position, the accommodation space of the second fixed body 2013M is located directly above the top of the cleaning tray 90H. The second fixed body 2013M is lowered to the mopping position, and the first magnet 2014M aligns with the second magnet. The magnetic attraction force generated by 2015M is greater than the sum of the magnetic attraction force generated by the third magnet on the second magnet 2015M and the gravity of the cleaning component, so that the cleaning component 20 is installed on the second fixed body 2013M.
为便于清洁设备回到基站上准确的安装清洁组件,基站上设有对准装置,以使得清洁设备回基站后,第二固定体的容置空间处于清洁盘的安装凸起的正上方。如图49所示,对准装置包括设在底座的侧壁上的至少一个第二定位件102H,相应清洁设备的机体的侧壁上设与第二定位件插接配合的限位件。例如,第一定位件为凸起,限位件为凹槽。对准装置还包括至少一个第三定位件103H,第三定位件103在弹性件的作用下,趋于向上伸出;机体的底部上设限位槽,当清洁设备后退进入回基站时,机体的底部先压缩第三定位件,第三定位件处于缩回状态;当清洁设备继续在基站上后退时,第三定位件正对限位槽时,机体的底部对第三定位件无挤压力时,第三定位件在弹性件的复位力作用下,弹出并插入限位槽内。第三定位件可以是柱塞结构,或者其他可伸缩的弹性结构。In order to facilitate the accurate installation of cleaning components when the cleaning equipment returns to the base station, an alignment device is provided on the base station, so that after the cleaning equipment returns to the base station, the accommodation space of the second fixed body is directly above the installation protrusion of the cleaning tray. As shown in Figure 49, the alignment device includes at least one second positioning member 102H provided on the side wall of the base, and the side wall of the body of the corresponding cleaning device is provided with a limiting member that plug-fits with the second positioning member. For example, the first positioning member is a protrusion, and the limiting member is a groove. The alignment device also includes at least one third positioning member 103H. The third positioning member 103 tends to extend upward under the action of the elastic member; a limiting groove is provided on the bottom of the body. When the cleaning equipment retreats and returns to the base station, the body The bottom of the machine first compresses the third positioning member, and the third positioning member is in a retracted state; when the cleaning equipment continues to retreat on the base station, when the third positioning member is facing the limiting groove, the bottom of the body does not squeeze the third positioning member. When the force is applied, the third positioning member pops up and is inserted into the limiting groove under the action of the restoring force of the elastic member. The third positioning member may be a plunger structure or other telescopic elastic structure.
进一步,对准装置还包括第四定位件104H,第四定位件104H为设在底座上的两个凹槽,两个凹槽分别供一个驱动轮嵌入,对驱动轮限位;同时,凹槽的内壁上设多个防滑凸点,防止驱动轮在凹槽内滑动。对准装置通过设置多个定位件,确保清洁设备回基站对准后,第二固定体的容置空间处于清洁盘的安装凸起的正上方。Further, the alignment device also includes a fourth positioning member 104H. The fourth positioning member 104H is two grooves provided on the base. The two grooves are for a driving wheel to be inserted into to limit the position of the driving wheel; at the same time, the grooves There are multiple anti-skid bumps on the inner wall to prevent the drive wheel from sliding in the groove. The alignment device is provided with a plurality of positioning members to ensure that after the cleaning equipment is aligned back to the base station, the accommodation space of the second fixed body is directly above the installation protrusion of the cleaning disk.
需要说明书的是:实现自动拆卸时,升降结构除了上述的结构外,还可以为其他结构,只需升降结构具有升降部件,升降部件与清洁组件连接,在清洁盘上升的路径上设置阻挡件,阻挡件可以为机体的底部,也可以为设在机体上的其他结构,只需能够给清洁盘一个阻挡力,使升降部件继续抬升过程中,升降部件与清洁盘分开即可。What needs a description is: when realizing automatic disassembly, in addition to the above-mentioned structure, the lifting structure can also be other structures. It only needs that the lifting structure has a lifting component, the lifting component is connected to the cleaning component, and a blocking member is provided on the rising path of the cleaning disk. The blocking member can be the bottom of the machine body or other structures provided on the machine body. It only needs to be able to provide a blocking force to the cleaning disk so that the lifting part can be separated from the cleaning disk while the lifting part continues to rise.
此外,升降结构驱动清洁组件20做升降运动时,清洁组件20处于内缩位置;清洁组件20处于拖地位置时,清洁组件20在移动通道300H上摆动,以在内缩和外摆位置之间切换。清洁设备回基站拆卸或安装清洁组件20时,清洁组件20均处于内缩位置。清洁组件20具有内缩位置、外摆位置及摆动位置,对应地,与清洁组件20连接的第一升降结构也具有内缩位置、外摆位置及摆动位置。若需要清洁组件20处于内缩位置时,例如,在清洁设备回基站之前,可以先检测清洁组件20的位置,若清洁组件20未处于内缩位置,控制系统控制第二驱动结构50M开启,驱动清洁组件20内缩直至到达内缩位置。或者,在清洁设备设置回基站之前,不检测清洁组件20是否位于内缩位置,控制系统控制第二驱动结构50M驱动清洁组件20强制内缩,之后再检测清洁组件20是否处于内缩位置,若清洁组件20处于内缩位置,第二驱动结构50M的电机停转;否则第二驱动结构50M的电机继续转动,直至清洁组件20处于内缩位置。In addition, when the lifting structure drives the cleaning component 20 to perform lifting movements, the cleaning component 20 is in the retracted position; when the cleaning component 20 is in the mopping position, the cleaning component 20 swings on the moving channel 300H to move between the retracted and outward swing positions. switch. When the cleaning equipment returns to the base station to disassemble or install the cleaning component 20, the cleaning component 20 is always in the retracted position. The cleaning component 20 has a retracted position, an outward swinging position, and a swinging position. Correspondingly, the first lifting structure connected to the cleaning component 20 also has a retracted position, an outward swinging position, and a swinging position. If the cleaning component 20 needs to be in the retracted position, for example, before the cleaning equipment returns to the base station, the position of the cleaning component 20 can be detected first. If the cleaning component 20 is not in the retracted position, the control system controls the second driving structure 50M to open and drive. The cleaning assembly 20 is retracted until it reaches the retracted position. Alternatively, before the cleaning equipment is set back to the base station, it is not detected whether the cleaning component 20 is in the retracted position. The control system controls the second driving structure 50M to drive the cleaning component 20 to forcefully retract, and then detects whether the cleaning component 20 is in the retracted position. If When the cleaning component 20 is in the retracted position, the motor of the second driving structure 50M stops rotating; otherwise, the motor of the second driving structure 50M continues to rotate until the cleaning component 20 is in the retracted position.
湿式清洁模组200M的清洁件91H在执行清洁任务时需要保持湿润状态,机体10上的补水机构对清洁件91H进行补水,以湿润清洁件91H。由于湿式清洁模组200M的清洁组件20能够相对机体10外摆及内缩,清洁组件20能够处于外摆位置、内缩位置、外摆位置与内缩位置之间切换过程中的动态位置(即摆动位置),因此补水机构的出水口900H的位置也相应的发生变化。The cleaning part 91H of the wet cleaning module 200M needs to be kept moist when performing cleaning tasks. The water replenishing mechanism on the body 10 replenishes the cleaning part 91H to moisten the cleaning part 91H. Since the cleaning component 20 of the wet cleaning module 200M can swing outward and retract relative to the body 10, the cleaning component 20 can be in the swing-out position, the retracted position, and the dynamic position during the switching process between the swing-out position and the retracted position (i.e., swing position), so the position of the water outlet 900H of the water replenishing mechanism also changes accordingly.
一种实施方式,如图53和图54所示,出水口900H设在机体10上,出水口900H不会随清洁组件20的摆动而相对机体10运动,清洁盘90H上设置镂空区902H;出水口流出的溶液通过镂空区,为清洁件91H提供溶液。出水口900H为至少一个,例如,出水口为一个、两个、三个、四个等,具体设置数量根据需求选取。In one embodiment, as shown in Figures 53 and 54, the water outlet 900H is provided on the body 10. The water outlet 900H will not move relative to the body 10 with the swing of the cleaning assembly 20. A hollow area 902H is provided on the cleaning plate 90H; The solution flowing out of the water outlet passes through the hollow area and provides solution to the cleaning part 91H. There is at least one water outlet 900H, for example, one, two, three, four, etc. The specific number of water outlets is selected according to requirements.
清洁组件20处于内缩位置、外摆位置、摆动位置中的任意一个位置时,至少一个出水口900H的至少部分始终与镂空区连通。出水口900H可以部分与镂空区始终连通,例如,二分之一面积或者四分之三面积的出水口900H始终与镂空区连通,当然出水口900H的面积还可以为其他值,根据需求来确定;或者,整个出水口900H与镂空区始终连通,则不管清洁组件20是否摆动,出水口900H流出的溶液穿过所述镂空区都可以为给清洁件91H提供溶液,以湿润清洁件91H。When the cleaning assembly 20 is in any one of the retracted position, the outward swinging position, and the swinging position, at least part of the at least one water outlet 900H is always connected to the hollow area. The water outlet 900H can be partially connected to the hollow area. For example, the water outlet 900H with one-half or three-quarters of the area is always connected to the hollow area. Of course, the area of the water outlet 900H can also be other values, which can be determined according to needs. Or, if the entire water outlet 900H is always connected to the hollow area, no matter whether the cleaning component 20 swings or not, the solution flowing out of the water outlet 900H through the hollow area can provide solution for the cleaning part 91H to moisten the cleaning part 91H.
例如,清洁组件20的清洁盘90H上设环形的镂空区,清洁组件20处于内缩位置、外摆位置及摆动位置时,对应地镂空区在机体10底部上的垂直投影分别为内缩垂直投影区904H、外摆垂直投影区905H及摆动垂直投影区;至少部分出水口900H位于内缩垂直投影区、外摆垂直投影区及摆动垂直投影区的始终重合区域内,从而实现清洁组件20不管在摆动过程中,还是处于内缩位置、外摆位置,出水口900H始终与镂空区连通,出水口900H可以给清洁件 91H补水。For example, the cleaning plate 90H of the cleaning assembly 20 is provided with an annular hollow area. When the cleaning assembly 20 is in the retracted position, the outward swing position and the swing position, the corresponding vertical projections of the hollow area on the bottom of the body 10 are respectively the retracted vertical projections. Area 904H, swing-out vertical projection area 905H and swing vertical projection area; at least part of the water outlet 900H is located in the overlapping area of the inward vertical projection area, the swing-out vertical projection area and the swing vertical projection area, thereby realizing the cleaning component 20 no matter where it is. During the swing process, it is still in the retracted position and the outward swing position. The water outlet 900H is always connected to the hollow area. The water outlet 900H can provide cleaning parts. 91H hydration.
可选地,还可以使得至少部分出水口900H位于内缩垂直投影区内904H,实现清洁组件20在内缩位置,出水口900H与镂空区的始终连通,对清洁件91H补水;或者,至少部分出水口900H位于所述外摆垂直投影区内,实现清洁组件20在外摆位置,出水口900H与镂空区的始终连通,对清洁件91H补水;或者,至少部分出水口900H位于所述摆动垂直投影区内,实现清洁组件20在摆动过程中,出水口900H与镂空区的始终连通,对清洁件91H补水。Optionally, at least part of the water outlet 900H can also be located in the retracted vertical projection area 904H , so that the cleaning component 20 is in the retracted position, and the water outlet 900H is always connected to the hollow area to replenish the cleaning member 91H; or, at least part of it can be The water outlet 900H is located in the swing vertical projection area, so that the cleaning component 20 can be in the swing position, and the water outlet 900H is always connected to the hollow area to replenish water for the cleaning part 91H; or, at least part of the water outlet 900H is located in the swing vertical projection. In the area, the water outlet 900H is always connected to the hollow area during the swing process of the cleaning component 20, and the cleaning part 91H is replenished with water.
或者,至少部分出水口900H位于内缩垂直投影区和外摆垂直投影区的重合区域906H内,实现清洁组件20不管处于外摆位置或内缩位置时,出水口900H始终与镂空区连通,对清洁件91H补水。Alternatively, at least part of the water outlet 900H is located in the overlapping area 906H of the retracted vertical projection area and the outward swing vertical projection area, so that the water outlet 900H is always connected to the hollow area regardless of whether the cleaning assembly 20 is in the outward swing position or the retracted position. Cleaning piece 91H replenishes water.
清洁设备一般设置两个湿式清洁模组200M,清洁设备在沿边清洁时,可以采用单侧沿边,例如清洁设备采用右沿边,则位于清洁设备右侧的湿式清洁模组200M相对于机体10可摆动,位于清洁设备左侧的湿式清洁模组200M相对于机体10不可摆动,机体10的安装腔需要为右侧的湿式清洁模组200M的摆动预留空间,从而使湿式清洁模组200M与其相邻结构在整机上的排布略不同。The cleaning equipment is generally equipped with two wet cleaning modules 200M. When the cleaning equipment is cleaning along the edge, it can use one side edge. For example, the cleaning equipment uses the right edge, then the wet cleaning module 200M located on the right side of the cleaning equipment can swing relative to the body 10 , the wet cleaning module 200M located on the left side of the cleaning equipment cannot swing relative to the body 10. The installation cavity of the body 10 needs to reserve space for the swing of the wet cleaning module 200M on the right side, so that the wet cleaning module 200M is adjacent to it. The structure is arranged slightly differently on the whole machine.
一个实施方式中,如图49和图50,尘盒102M设在机体10的安装腔内,为了给右侧湿式清洁模组预留安装空间,或者预留移动空间或摆动空间,尘盒102M的一壁面上设有至少一个第一避让面1024M,以增大尘盒102M的该壁面与机体10的内壁或侧壁之间的空间,或者以预留安装空间,该安装空间供前述的第二驱动结构50M,或者第一驱动结构40M,或者第一驱动结构40M和第二驱动结构50M安装。In one embodiment, as shown in Figures 49 and 50, the dust box 102M is located in the installation cavity of the body 10. In order to reserve installation space for the right wet cleaning module, or to reserve moving space or swing space, the dust box 102M is At least one first escape surface 1024M is provided on a wall to increase the space between the wall of the dust box 102M and the inner wall or side wall of the body 10, or to reserve an installation space for the aforementioned second The drive structure 50M, or the first drive structure 40M, or the first drive structure 40M and the second drive structure 50M are installed.
一种实施方式,尘盒102M具有至少一个第一避让面1024M,第一避让面1024M至少与机体10的内壁之间形成移动空间,移动空间供至少一个清洁组件20在内缩位置和外摆位置之间移动,以实现清洁组件20在内缩位置与外摆位置之间的切换,第二驱动结构50M40M用于驱动第一驱动结构在移动空间内移动,以带动所述清洁组件20移动。可选地,第一驱动结构和第二驱动结构均设在移动空即内;或者,第一驱动结构的至少部分设在移动空间内,第一驱动结构的至少部分在移动空间内移动,以带动清洁组件20移动。上述的移动空间也可以为摆动空间30H,或者安装空间。第一避让面1024M至少部分设在尘盒102M的侧壁上,或者整个第一避让面1024M设在尘盒102M的侧壁上,或者部分设在尘盒102M的侧壁上,部分设在尘盒102M的顶面或者底面上。In one embodiment, the dust box 102M has at least one first escape surface 1024M. The first escape surface 1024M forms a moving space with at least the inner wall of the body 10. The moving space is for at least one cleaning assembly 20 to be in a retracted position and an outward swing position. The second driving structure 50M and 40M are used to drive the first driving structure to move in the movement space to drive the cleaning assembly 20 to move. Optionally, both the first driving structure and the second driving structure are provided in the moving space; or, at least part of the first driving structure is provided in the moving space, and at least part of the first driving structure moves in the moving space, so as to The cleaning component 20 is driven to move. The above-mentioned moving space may also be a swing space 30H or an installation space. The first escape surface 1024M is at least partially provided on the side wall of the dust box 102M, or the entire first escape surface 1024M is provided on the side wall of the dust box 102M, or is partially provided on the side wall of the dust box 102M, and is partially provided on the side wall of the dust box 102M. The top or bottom surface of the box 102M.
如图49所示,尘盒102M还设至少一个第二避让面1025M,第二避让面1025M与尘盒102M的内壁之间围成移动空间或者安装空间或摆动空间。例如,当两个湿式清洁模组200M均能够摆动时,即清洁设备具有左沿边和右沿边,则第二避让面1025M与尘盒102M的内壁之间围成的移动空间,供另一个湿式清洁模组200M的清洁组件20在机体10上摆动,进一步地,此湿式清洁模组200M中的第一驱动结构的至少部分在移动空间内摆动。最佳地,第一驱动结构的至少部分和第二驱动结构的至少部分均位于此移动空间内。优选地,尘盒102M的第一避让面1024M和第二避让面1025M不相邻分布在尘盒102M的侧壁上,或者分布在尘盒102M的相对侧壁上。As shown in Figure 49, the dust box 102M is also provided with at least one second escape surface 1025M, and a moving space, installation space or swing space is enclosed between the second escape surface 1025M and the inner wall of the dust box 102M. For example, when both wet cleaning modules 200M can swing, that is, the cleaning equipment has a left edge and a right edge, the moving space enclosed between the second avoidance surface 1025M and the inner wall of the dust box 102M is used for another wet cleaning module. The cleaning component 20 of the module 200M swings on the body 10. Furthermore, at least part of the first driving structure in the wet cleaning module 200M swings in the moving space. Optimally, at least part of the first drive structure and at least part of the second drive structure are located within this movement space. Preferably, the first escape surface 1024M and the second escape surface 1025M of the dust box 102M are not adjacently distributed on the side wall of the dust box 102M, or are distributed on the opposite side walls of the dust box 102M.
如图55所示,一种可选实施方式,尘盒102M的进尘口设在远离风机103M一侧的尘盒102M壁面上,排风口1022M上设过滤组件1023M,例如过滤组件1023M为海帕,或者其他的过滤网。优先地,过滤组件1023M的一端可固定在第一避让面1024M上。As shown in Figure 55, in an optional embodiment, the dust inlet of the dust box 102M is located on the wall of the dust box 102M on the side away from the fan 103M, and a filter assembly 1023M is provided on the exhaust outlet 1022M. For example, the filter assembly 1023M is a sea filter assembly. Pa, or other filter. Preferably, one end of the filter assembly 1023M can be fixed on the first escape surface 1024M.
或者,第二避让面1025M与机体10内壁之间形成的移动空间供其他结构安装,例如,假设只有右侧的湿式清洁模组可摆动,左侧的湿式清洁模组不可摆动,如图55所示,第一避让面1024M上设进风口1028M,第二避让面1025M上设排尘口1027M,排尘口1027M上设排尘风道1026M,排尘风道分布在第二避让面1025M与机体10的内壁之间形成的移动空间内;进风口1028M上不设置进风通道,以不占用第一避让面1024M与机体10之间形成的移动空间。该进风口1028M和排尘风道可以与基站上集尘风机的吹风端与进风口1028M连通,集尘风机的吸风端与排尘口1027M连通,基站上的集尘风机通过一吹一吸将尘盒102M内的垃圾集尘到基站的尘仓或尘袋内。当然,进风口1028M还可以不与基站上的集尘风机的吹风端连通,只需排尘风道与集尘风机的吸风端连接,在集尘风机工作时,机体10的安装腔内的空气可以经进风口1028M进入尘盒102M内,在集尘风机作用下形成抽吸作用,将尘盒102M内的垃圾集尘到基站的尘仓或尘袋内。Alternatively, the moving space formed between the second avoidance surface 1025M and the inner wall of the body 10 is used for the installation of other structures. For example, assume that only the wet cleaning module on the right side can swing, and the wet cleaning module on the left side cannot swing, as shown in Figure 55 As shown, the first avoidance surface 1024M is provided with an air inlet 1028M, the second avoidance surface 1025M is provided with a dust exhaust outlet 1027M, and the dust exhaust outlet 1027M is provided with a dust exhaust duct 1026M. The dust exhaust duct is distributed between the second avoidance surface 1025M and the machine body. The air inlet 1028M is not provided with an air inlet channel so as not to occupy the movement space formed between the first avoidance surface 1024M and the body 10 . The air inlet 1028M and the dust exhaust air duct can be connected to the blowing end of the dust collecting fan on the base station and the air inlet 1028M. The suction end of the dust collecting fan is connected to the dust exhaust outlet 1027M. The dust collecting fan on the base station blows and sucks Collect the garbage in the dust box 102M into the dust bin or dust bag of the base station. Of course, the air inlet 1028M does not need to be connected to the blowing end of the dust collecting fan on the base station. The dust exhaust duct only needs to be connected to the suction end of the dust collecting fan. When the dust collecting fan is working, the installation cavity of the body 10 The air can enter the dust box 102M through the air inlet 1028M and form a suction effect under the action of the dust collecting fan to collect the dust in the dust box 102M into the dust bin or dust bag of the base station.
优选地,第一避让面1024M或第二避让面1025M可以为平面、可以为弧面、也可以为凹凸不平的表面、或者有棱角的面,至于第一避让面1024M的形状不限定,只要能够避让出更大的空间即可。Preferably, the first escape surface 1024M or the second escape surface 1025M can be a flat surface, a curved surface, an uneven surface, or an angular surface. The shape of the first escape surface 1024M is not limited, as long as it can Just make way for more space.
一个实施方式中,干式清洁模组100M的风机103M位于不可摆动的湿式清洁模组2001M与可摆动的湿式清洁模组2002M之间,尘盒102M的排风口1022M设在朝向风机103M一端的壁面上;尘盒102M的进尘口1021M设在远离风机103M一侧的尘盒102M壁面上。In one embodiment, the fan 103M of the dry cleaning module 100M is located between the non-swingable wet cleaning module 2001M and the swingable wet cleaning module 2002M, and the air outlet 1022M of the dust box 102M is located at one end facing the fan 103M. The dust inlet 1021M of the dust box 102M is located on the wall of the dust box 102M on the side away from the fan 103M.
对于清洁组件20而言,清洁组件20可以为前述的转动的清洁组件20,或者第一驱动结构驱动振动的清洁组 件20,或者为拖地滚刷。例如,振动的清洁组件包括振动板,设在振动板底部上的抹布。对于转动的清洁组件20而言,清洁盘的底部设有凸出部,抹布的安装口套设在凸出部上,抹布的顶部与清洁盘的底部之间采用磁吸或者粘接固定For the cleaning component 20, the cleaning component 20 may be the aforementioned rotating cleaning component 20, or a first driving structure driven vibrating cleaning group. Item 20, or a mopping roller brush. For example, a vibrating cleaning assembly includes a vibrating plate and a rag located on the bottom of the vibrating plate. For the rotating cleaning assembly 20, the bottom of the cleaning disk is provided with a protruding part, and the installation opening of the rag is set on the protruding part. The top of the rag and the bottom of the cleaning disk are fixed by magnetic attraction or adhesive.
上述以湿式清洁模组200M实现外摆及内缩功能来展开,同样地,湿式清洁模组200M可以替换为边刷,以实现边刷400M的外摆及内缩,改善边刷400M的沿边清洁功能;或者湿式清洁模组200M也可以替换为主刷,实现主刷的外摆及内缩,增大主刷清洁的区域,具体内容参见前述内容,在此不再赘述。在一个实施方式中,边刷400M可以在前述的驱动结构下相对于机体10外摆和内缩,边刷400M具有外摆位置和内缩位置,当边刷400M外摆时,边刷400M伸出机体10外以到达外摆位置;当边刷400M内缩摆动到达内缩位置时,边刷400M可以位于机体10的范围内,也可以有部分位于机体10的周侧的外部。当边刷400M处于外摆位置时,边刷400M对障碍物的沿边效果更好。The above is implemented by using the wet cleaning module 200M to achieve the swing-out and retraction functions. Similarly, the wet cleaning module 200M can be replaced with a side brush to achieve the swing-out and retraction of the side brush 400M, improving the edge cleaning of the side brush 400M. function; or the wet cleaning module 200M can also be replaced as the main brush to realize the outward swing and inward contraction of the main brush to increase the cleaning area of the main brush. For details, please refer to the above content and will not be repeated here. In one embodiment, the side brush 400M can swing outward and retract relative to the body 10 under the aforementioned driving structure. The side brush 400M has an outward swing position and a retracted position. When the side brush 400M swings outward, the side brush 400M extends. When the side brush 400M retracts and swings inward to reach the retracted position, the side brush 400M can be located within the range of the body 10 or partially outside the circumference of the body 10 . When the side brush 400M is in the outward swing position, the side brush 400M has a better edge edge effect on obstacles.
实施例2Example 2
随着科技的发展,越来越多的人开始在日常生活中使用智能设备进行卫生清扫工作,如扫地机器人(相当于上述自移动设备)等,其中,扫地机器人能够通过不同的工作模式对家庭进行清扫,包括单扫、扫拖和拖地模式等。With the development of science and technology, more and more people are beginning to use smart devices for cleaning work in their daily lives, such as sweeping robots (equivalent to the above-mentioned autonomous devices). Among them, sweeping robots can use different working modes to perform household cleaning tasks. Carry out cleaning, including single sweep, sweeping and mopping modes.
现有的扫地机器人仅能通过人工实现扫地机器人的拖布的安装和拆卸,扫地机器人在完成拖地工作后,通常通过拖布升降技术来避免脏污的拖布对干净的地面造成污染。但由于拖布一直安装在扫地机器人上,而扫地机器人在安装了拖布后导致离地间隙变小,即使对拖布进行抬升,仍然会对扫地机器人的越障能力产生影响,例如,拖布也会使主机碰撞、剐蹭概率增加,甚至可能出现尖锐物体钩住拖布导致扫地机器人被困、以及抬升不到位污染地毯等问题。Existing sweeping robots can only install and disassemble the sweeping robot's mop manually. After the sweeping robot completes the mopping work, it usually uses mop lifting technology to prevent the dirty mop from contaminating the clean ground. However, since the mop has always been installed on the sweeping robot, and the ground clearance of the sweeping robot becomes smaller after the mop is installed, even if the mop is raised, it will still have an impact on the obstacle surmounting ability of the sweeping robot. For example, the mop will also cause the host to The probability of collisions and scratches increases, and there may even be problems such as sharp objects hooking on the mop, causing the sweeping robot to be trapped, or insufficient lifting to contaminate the carpet.
为解决前述技术问题,本发明实施例中所提供的方法实施例可以在扫地机器人或者类似的运算装置中执行。以运行在扫地机器人上为例,图58是本发明实施例的拖布组件的安装方法的扫地机器人的硬件结构框图。如图58所示,扫地机器人可以包括一个或多个(图58中仅示出一个)处理器102(处理器102可以包括但不限于微处理器(Microprocessor Unit,简称是MPU)或可编程逻辑器件(Programmable logic device,简称是PLD))和用于存储数据的存储器104,在一个示例性实施例中,上述扫地机器人还可以包括用于通信功能的传输设备106以及输入输出设备108。本领域普通技术人员可以理解,图58所示的结构仅为示意,其并不对上述扫地机器人的结构造成限定。例如,扫地机器人还可包括比图58中所示更多或者更少的组件,或者具有与图58所示等同功能或比图58所示功能更多的不同的配置。In order to solve the foregoing technical problems, the method embodiments provided in the embodiments of the present invention can be executed in a sweeping robot or a similar computing device. Taking running on a sweeping robot as an example, FIG. 58 is a hardware structural block diagram of the sweeping robot according to the installation method of the mop assembly according to the embodiment of the present invention. As shown in Figure 58, the sweeping robot may include one or more (only one is shown in Figure 58) processors 102 (the processor 102 may include but is not limited to a microprocessor unit (MPU for short) or programmable logic. Device (Programmable logic device, PLD for short) and a memory 104 for storing data. In an exemplary embodiment, the above-mentioned sweeping robot may also include a transmission device 106 for communication functions and an input and output device 108. Persons of ordinary skill in the art can understand that the structure shown in Figure 58 is only illustrative, and it does not limit the structure of the above-mentioned sweeping robot. For example, the sweeping robot may also include more or fewer components than shown in FIG. 58 , or may have a different configuration with equivalent functions or more functions than those shown in FIG. 58 .
存储器104可用于存储计算机程序,例如,应用软件的软件程序以及模块,如本发明实施例中的拖布组件的安装方法对应的计算机程序,处理器102通过运行存储在存储器104内的计算机程序,从而执行各种功能应用以及数据处理,即实现上述的方法。存储器104可包括高速随机存储器,还可包括非易失性存储器,如一个或者多个磁性存储装置、闪存、或者其他非易失性固态存储器。在一些实例中,存储器104可进一步包括相对于处理器102远程设置的存储器,这些远程存储器可以通过网络连接至扫地机器人。上述网络的实例包括但不限于互联网、企业内部网、局域网、移动通信网及其组合。The memory 104 can be used to store computer programs, for example, software programs and modules of application software, such as the computer program corresponding to the installation method of the mop component in the embodiment of the present invention. The processor 102 runs the computer program stored in the memory 104, thereby Execute various functional applications and data processing, that is, implement the above methods. Memory 104 may include high-speed random access memory, and may also include non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic storage devices, flash memory, or other non-volatile solid-state memory. In some examples, the memory 104 may further include memory located remotely relative to the processor 102, and these remote memories may be connected to the cleaning robot through a network. Examples of the above-mentioned networks include but are not limited to the Internet, intranets, local area networks, mobile communication networks and combinations thereof.
传输设备106用于经由一个网络接收或者发送数据。上述的网络具体实例可包括扫地机器人的通信供应商提供的无线网络。在一个实例中,传输设备106包括一个网络适配器(Network Interface Controller,简称为NIC),其可通过基站与其他网络设备相连从而可与互联网进行通讯。在一个实例中,传输设备106可以为射频(Radio Frequency,简称为RF)模块,其用于通过无线方式与互联网进行通讯。Transmission device 106 is used to receive or send data via a network. Specific examples of the above-mentioned network may include a wireless network provided by the communication provider of the cleaning robot. In one example, the transmission device 106 includes a network adapter (Network Interface Controller, NIC for short), which can be connected to other network devices through a base station to communicate with the Internet. In one example, the transmission device 106 may be a radio frequency (Radio Frequency, RF for short) module, which is used to communicate with the Internet wirelessly.
在本实施例中提供了一种拖布组件的安装方法,图59是根据本发明实施例的拖布组件的安装方法的流程图,该流程包括如下步骤:This embodiment provides a method for installing a mop component. Figure 59 is a flow chart of a method for installing a mop component according to an embodiment of the present invention. The process includes the following steps:
步骤S202,确定自移动设备的待清洁任务是否使用拖布组件;Step S202, determine whether the cleaning task from the mobile device uses the mop component;
上述待清洁任务至少可以包括以下几类:单清扫任务、扫拖任务、拖地任务;其中,扫拖任务和拖地任务需要使用拖布组件,而单清扫任务不需要使用拖布组件。The above-mentioned tasks to be cleaned may at least include the following categories: single cleaning tasks, sweeping and mopping tasks, and mopping tasks; wherein sweeping and mopping tasks require the use of mop components, while single cleaning tasks do not require the use of mop components.
步骤S204,在所述待清洁任务使用所述拖布组件的情况下,确定所述自移动设备对应的清洁基站中是否存在所述拖布组件,以及确定所述自移动设备是否设置有所述拖布组件;Step S204: When the task to be cleaned uses the mop component, determine whether the mop component exists in the cleaning base station corresponding to the self-mobile device, and determine whether the self-mobile device is equipped with the mop component. ;
自移动设备、清洁组件可以利用预设的检测方式分别进行拖布组件检测,以确定自移动设备、清洁组件上是否存在拖布组件。拖布组件的检测方式此处不做限定。The self-moving device and the cleaning component can respectively detect the mop component using a preset detection method to determine whether there is a mop component on the self-moving device and the cleaning component. The detection method of the mop component is not limited here.
自移动设备与清洁基站之间可以通过建立网络通信来传递信息,从而使自移动设备可以获知清洁基站中是 否存在拖布组件。可选的,也可以通过建立蓝牙、WIFI等连接的方式进行通信,还可以是其他方式,本申请对此不作限制。Information can be transferred between the self-mobile device and the cleaning base station by establishing network communication, so that the self-mobile device can learn whether the cleaning base station is Whether the mop component exists. Optionally, communication can also be carried out by establishing a Bluetooth, WIFI, etc. connection, or other methods, which are not limited by this application.
需要说明的是,在拖布组件的安装方法的执行主体为自移动设备之外的其他设备的情况下,例如,手机等智能终端,手机可以与自移动设备、清洁基站分别建立通信连接,以传递信息,从而使手机可以获知清洁基站、自移动设备中是否存在拖布组件。It should be noted that when the execution subject of the installation method of the mop component is a device other than the mobile device, for example, a smart terminal such as a mobile phone, the mobile phone can establish communication connections with the mobile device and the cleaning base station respectively to deliver the information. information, so that the mobile phone can learn whether there is a mop component in the cleaning base station and the mobile device.
步骤S206,在所述清洁基站中存在所述拖布组件、且所述自移动设备未设置有所述拖布组件的情况下,控制所述自移动设备移动至所述清洁基站中的第一位置,以将所述清洁基站中的所述拖布组件安装在自移动设备上,其中,所述第一位置至少为所述自移动设备在所述清洁基站中进行拖布组件的安装的位置。Step S206, when the mop assembly is present in the cleaning base station and the mop assembly is not provided on the self-mobile device, control the self-mobile device to move to the first position in the cleaning base station, To install the mop assembly in the cleaning base station on a self-moving device, wherein the first position is at least a position where the self-moving device installs the mop assembly in the cleaning base station.
自移动设备可以基于当前位置以及清洁基站的位置进行路径规划,并基于规划的路径前往清洁基站。自移动设备可以移动至所述清洁基站中的第一位置,清洁基站在确定自移动设备移动至第一位置的情况下,可以利用预设的拖布组件安装方式,将所述清洁基站中的所述拖布组件安装在自移动设备上。拖布组件安装方式此处不做限定。The mobile device can perform path planning based on the current location and the location of the cleaning base station, and go to the cleaning base station based on the planned path. The mobile device can move to the first position in the cleaning base station. When the cleaning base station determines that the mobile device has moved to the first position, the cleaning base station can use the preset mop assembly installation method to move all the mop components in the cleaning base station. The mop assembly is installed on the mobile device. The installation method of the mop component is not limited here.
通过上述步骤,通过确定自移动设备的待清洁任务是否使用拖布组件;在所述待清洁任务使用所述拖布组件的情况下,确定所述自移动设备对应的清洁基站中是否存在所述拖布组件,以及确定所述自移动设备是否设置有所述拖布组件;从而确定自移动设备是否需要前往清洁基站安装拖布组件,在所述清洁基站中存在所述拖布组件、且所述自移动设备未设置有所述拖布组件的情况下,控制所述自移动设备移动至所述清洁基站中的第一位置,以将所述清洁基站中的所述拖布组件安装到所述自移动设备上,其中,所述第一位置至少为所述自移动设备在所述清洁基站中进行拖布组件的安装的位置。采用上述技术方案,解决了现有技术中,由于扫地机器人无法自动安装拖布,导致用户需要手动安装拖布,用户体验差的问题;实现了可以随时根据任务需求,自动安装拖布组件;从而更好地完成清扫的技术效果。Through the above steps, it is determined whether the to-be-cleaned task of the self-mobile device uses the mop component; in the case where the to-be-cleaned task uses the mop component, it is determined whether the mop component exists in the cleaning base station corresponding to the self-mobile device. , and determine whether the self-mobile device is equipped with the mop component; thereby determining whether the self-mobile device needs to go to the cleaning base station to install the mop component, where the mop component exists in the cleaning base station and the self-mobile device is not configured In the case where the mop assembly is present, the self-moving device is controlled to move to a first position in the cleaning base station to install the mop assembly in the cleaning base station onto the self-moving device, wherein, The first position is at least a position where the mobile device installs the mop assembly in the cleaning base station. Adopting the above technical solution solves the problem in the existing technology that the sweeping robot cannot automatically install the mop, causing the user to manually install the mop, resulting in poor user experience; it realizes that the mop component can be automatically installed at any time according to task requirements; thereby better Complete technical effects of cleaning.
其中,上述步骤S204,确定所述自移动设备对应的清洁基站中是否存在所述拖布组件,可以通过以下步骤来实现,具体包括:接收所述清洁基站的第一感知信息,其中,所述第一感知信息用于指示所述清洁基站上的第一传感器对来自所述第一位置的第一目标信号的感知结果,所述第一目标信号为设置于所述拖布组件的电子元件所发出的;在所述第一感知信息指示在所述第一位置感知到所述第一目标信号的情况下,确定所述清洁基站中存在所述拖布组件。Wherein, the above-mentioned step S204, determining whether the mop assembly exists in the cleaning base station corresponding to the mobile device, can be implemented through the following steps, specifically including: receiving the first sensing information of the cleaning base station, wherein the third A sensing information is used to indicate the sensing result of the first sensor on the cleaning base station to the first target signal from the first position. The first target signal is emitted by the electronic component provided in the mop assembly. ; In the case where the first sensing information indicates that the first target signal is sensed at the first location, determine that the mop assembly is present in the cleaning base station.
清洁基站可以通过第一传感器对第一位置进行感知,确定是否能感知到设置于拖布组件中的电子元件发出的第一目标信号,若能感知到,则说明清洁基站中存在该拖布组件;若感知不到该第一目标信号,则说明清洁基站中不存在该拖布组件;并将感知结果发送给自移动设备,以告知自移动设备结果;通过上述步骤,通过传感器感知第一目标信号的方式使得自移动设备可以简单快速地获知基站中是否存在拖布组件,以帮助自移动设备完成是否前往清洁基站进行拖布组件的安装决策。The cleaning base station can sense the first position through the first sensor and determine whether it can sense the first target signal emitted by the electronic component provided in the mop assembly. If it can sense it, it means that the mop assembly exists in the cleaning base station; if If the first target signal cannot be sensed, it means that the mop component does not exist in the cleaning base station; and the sensing result is sent to the self-mobile device to inform the self-mobile device of the result; through the above steps, the first target signal is sensed through the sensor. The self-mobile device can simply and quickly learn whether there is a mop component in the base station, so as to help the self-mobile device complete the decision of whether to go to the cleaning base station to install the mop component.
需要说明的是,上述第一传感器可以是霍尔传感器,其中,霍尔传感器可以分为线型霍尔传感器和开关型霍尔传感器两种;还可以是温度传感器等其他传感器;与之对应的,霍尔传感器对应感知的电子元件可以为磁感应开关元件;温度传感器对应感知的电子元件可以为易发热的电子元件,如功率二极管、稳压管等。It should be noted that the above-mentioned first sensor can be a Hall sensor, wherein the Hall sensor can be divided into two types: a linear Hall sensor and a switch Hall sensor; it can also be other sensors such as a temperature sensor; correspondingly , the electronic components corresponding to the Hall sensor can be magnetic induction switching components; the electronic components corresponding to the temperature sensor can be electronic components that are prone to heat, such as power diodes, voltage regulator tubes, etc.
需要说明的是,上述确定清洁基站中是否存在拖布组件的感知过程还可以通过其他可选的方法来实现,例如通过图像采集装置对清洁基站中的第一位置进行图像采集,并对采集的图像进行图像识别,以确定清洁基站中是否存在拖布组件;还可以通过其他方式,本申请对此不作限制。It should be noted that the above-mentioned sensing process of determining whether there is a mop component in the cleaning base station can also be implemented through other optional methods, such as collecting images of the first position in the cleaning base station through an image acquisition device, and collecting the collected images. Image recognition is performed to determine whether there is a mop component in the cleaning base station; other methods can also be used, and this application is not limited to this.
可选的,上述步骤S204,确定所述自移动设备是否设置有所述拖布组件,可以通过以下步骤来实现,具体包括:接收所述自移动设备的第二感知信息,其中,所述第二感知信息用于指示所述自移动设备的第二传感器对来自所述第二位置的第二目标信号的感知结果,所述第二目标信号为设置于所述拖布组件的电子元件所发出的,所述第二位置为所述自移动设备安装所述拖布组件的安装位置;在所述第二感知信息指示在所述第二位置未感知到所述第二目标信号的情况下,确定所述自移动设备未设置有所述拖布组件。Optionally, the above-mentioned step S204, determining whether the self-mobile device is equipped with the mop component can be implemented through the following steps, specifically including: receiving second sensing information of the self-mobile device, wherein the second The sensing information is used to indicate the sensing result of the second sensor of the self-mobile device to the second target signal from the second location, where the second target signal is emitted by the electronic component provided in the mop assembly, The second position is the installation position where the mop assembly is installed on the mobile device; when the second sensing information indicates that the second target signal is not sensed at the second position, it is determined that the The mobile device is not provided with the mop component.
自移动设备可以通过自身的第二传感器对自移动设备的拖布组件的安装位置进行感知,在该第二位置感知到拖布组件发出的第二目标信号的情况下,确定自移动设备设置有该拖布组件;在该第二位置未感知到该拖布组件发出的第二目标信号的情况下,确定该自移动设备未设置有该拖布组件;通过上述步骤,可以让自移动设备清楚地感知到自身是否安装有拖布组件,且通过感知第二目标信号的方式可以更加简便地实现该效果,无需为自移动设备设置复杂的电路、组件等;从而在需要拖布组件而未安装的时候,前往清洁基站进行自动安装, 在不需要拖布组件而已安装的时候,前往清洁基站进行自动拆卸。The self-mobile device can sense the installation position of the mop component of the self-mobile device through its own second sensor. When the second position senses the second target signal sent by the mop component, it is determined that the self-mobile device is equipped with the mop. component; when the second location does not sense the second target signal sent by the mop component, it is determined that the self-mobile device is not equipped with the mop component; through the above steps, the self-mobile device can clearly sense whether it The mop component is installed, and the effect can be achieved more easily by sensing the second target signal. There is no need to set up complex circuits, components, etc. for the mobile device; thus, when the mop component is needed but not installed, go to the cleaning base station for cleaning. automatic installation, When the mop component is installed and is no longer needed, go to the cleaning base station for automatic disassembly.
需要说明的是,上述第二传感器与第一传感器可以为相同的传感器,也可以不同,本申请对此不作限制。It should be noted that the above-mentioned second sensor and the first sensor may be the same sensor or may be different, and this application does not limit this.
需要说明的是,上述确定自移动设备是否设置有拖布组件的感知方案还可以通过其他方法来实现,例如:在该第二位置设置电路,在拖布组件安装到该第二位置时,通过设置在拖布组件上的电子元件与该预先设置好的电路形成通路;从而传达电信号给自移动设备,以告知自移动设备已安装了拖布组件;还可以通过其他方式,本申请对此不作限制。It should be noted that the above-mentioned sensing scheme for determining whether the mobile device is equipped with a mop component can also be implemented by other methods, for example: setting a circuit at the second position, and when the mop component is installed at the second position, by setting the circuit at the second position. The electronic components on the mop assembly form a path with the preset circuit, thereby transmitting an electrical signal to the mobile device to inform the mobile device that the mop assembly has been installed; other methods can also be used, and this application is not limited to this.
可选的,在将所述清洁基站中的所述拖布组件安装在自移动设备之前,所述方法还包括:确定自动拆装开关是否打开;在所述自动拆装开关未打开的情况下,禁止将所述拖布组件安装在自移动设备;在所述自动拆装开关打开的情况下,将所述拖布组件安装在自移动设备。Optionally, before installing the mop assembly in the cleaning base station on the mobile device, the method further includes: determining whether the automatic disassembly and assembly switch is turned on; if the automatic disassembly and assembly switch is not turned on, It is prohibited to install the mop assembly on a self-moving device; when the automatic disassembly and assembly switch is turned on, install the mop assembly on a self-moving device.
自移动设备和/或基站上还可以设置有自动拆装的开关,在开关打开的情况下,才执行对拖布组件的自动拆装;在开关未打开的情况下,不执行对拖布组件的自动拆装。通过设置自动拆装的开关,可以由用户根据需求配置拖布组件是否执行自动拆装,进一步提高拖布组件拆装的灵活性。如在自移动设备和/或基站上的自动拆装的开关打开的情况下,自移动设备和/或基站才检测自移动设备和/或清洁组件上是否存在拖布组件。或者,在确定自移动设备未设置有拖布组件的情况下,还要确定自移动设备和/或基站的自动拆装的开关是否打开,在打开的情况下,控制自移动设备移动至清洁基站中的第一位置,以将拖布组件安装到自移动设备上。关于自动拆装的开关对拖布组件的自动拆装控制方式,此处不做限定。The mobile device and/or the base station can also be provided with an automatic disassembly and assembly switch. When the switch is turned on, the automatic disassembly and assembly of the mop assembly is performed; when the switch is not turned on, the automatic disassembly and assembly of the mop assembly is not performed. Disassembly and assembly. By setting the automatic disassembly and assembly switch, the user can configure whether to automatically disassemble and assemble the mop assembly according to needs, further improving the flexibility of disassembly and assembly of the mop assembly. For example, when the automatic disassembly and assembly switch on the self-mobile device and/or the base station is turned on, the self-mobile device and/or the base station detects whether there is a mop component on the self-mobile device and/or the cleaning component. Or, when it is determined that the mobile device is not equipped with a mop assembly, it is also determined whether the switch for automatic disassembly and assembly of the mobile device and/or the base station is turned on. If it is turned on, control the movement of the self-mobile device into the cleaning base station. first position to install the mop assembly on your mobile device. Regarding the automatic disassembly and assembly control method of the mop assembly by the automatic disassembly and assembly switch, there is no limitation here.
其中,将所述清洁基站中的所述拖布组件安装在自移动设备上,包括:控制自移动设备的连接组件下降至第一高度,其中,所述连接组件用于连接所述拖布组件;在所述连接组件下降至所述第一高度的情况下,将所述拖布组件连接到所述连接组件上;控制处于所述第一高度的连接组件上升至第二高度,并对所述拖布组件进行感知,以确定所述拖布组件是否已自移动设备上;重复上述控制连接组件下降至对拖布组件感知的步骤,直至确定所述拖布组件已自移动设备上。Wherein, installing the mop component in the cleaning base station on a mobile device includes: controlling a connection component of the self-mobile device to drop to a first height, wherein the connection component is used to connect the mop component; in When the connection component drops to the first height, connect the mop component to the connection component; control the connection component at the first height to rise to the second height, and control the mop component Perform sensing to determine whether the mop component has been removed from the mobile device; repeat the above steps of controlling the connection component to descend to sensing the mop component until it is determined that the mop component has been removed from the mobile device.
自移动设备自动安装该拖布组件的过程包括:先控制自移动设备的连接组件下降至第一高度,第一高度为自移动设备安装/卸载拖布组件的高度,下降至第一高度后,将该拖布组件连接到连接组件上;然后控制连接组件上升至第二高度,第二高度为自移动设备携带拖布组件的工作高度,也对应了令拖布组件处于第二位置的高度。然后,对所述拖布组件进行感知,以确定所述拖布组件是否已自移动设备上。例如,可以控制自移动设备的第二传感器对该第二位置进行感知,在得到的第二感知信息指示感知到了第二目标信号的情况下,确定该拖布组件已安装到该自移动设备上,具体实现方式可以参考上述实施例,此处不做赘述。当然,也可以参考上述实施例所给的其他拖布组件感知方式,确定拖布组件是否已安装到该自移动设备上。The process of automatically installing the mop component from the mobile device includes: first controlling the connection component of the mobile device to drop to a first height. The first height is the height for installing/uninstalling the mop component from the mobile device. After dropping to the first height, the mop component is automatically installed from the mobile device. The mop component is connected to the connection component; and then the connection component is controlled to rise to a second height. The second height is the working height of the mop component carried by the mobile device, and also corresponds to the height at which the mop component is in the second position. Then, the mop component is sensed to determine whether the mop component has been removed from the mobile device. For example, the second sensor of the self-mobile device can be controlled to sense the second position, and when the obtained second sensing information indicates that the second target signal is sensed, it is determined that the mop component has been installed on the self-mobile device, For specific implementation methods, reference may be made to the above embodiments and will not be described in detail here. Of course, you can also refer to other mop component sensing methods given in the above embodiments to determine whether the mop component has been installed on the mobile device.
若基于感知信息确定拖布组件未安装到该自移动设备上,则可以重复上述控制连接组件下降至对拖布组件感知的步骤,直至确定所述拖布组件已自移动设备上。当然,还可以设置重复次数阈值,若重复次数达到重复次数阈值后,拖布组件仍未安装到该自移动设备上,自移动设备可以发出提醒,以利用人工介入的方式完成拖布组件的安装。If it is determined based on the sensing information that the mop component is not installed on the mobile device, the above steps of controlling the connection component to descend to sense the mop component may be repeated until it is determined that the mop component is installed on the mobile device. Of course, you can also set a threshold for the number of repetitions. If the number of repetitions reaches the threshold, and the mop component has not been installed on the self-mobile device, the self-mobile device can issue a reminder to complete the installation of the mop component through manual intervention.
通过上述方案,实现了自动安装拖布组件的效果,且安装拖布组件后还进行了一次验证,避免未安装成功,增强了自移动设备工作的可靠性。Through the above solution, the effect of automatically installing the mop component is achieved, and a verification is performed after the mop component is installed to avoid unsuccessful installation and enhance the reliability of the work of the self-moving equipment.
需要说明的是,上述连接组件可以是拖布桶套、拖布卡接件等,还可以是其他装置,用于将拖布组件连接到自移动设备上,本申请对此不作限制。例如,上述连接组件可以设置于自移动设备的下方,是一个可伸缩或可螺旋升降的装置。It should be noted that the above-mentioned connection component may be a mop bucket sleeve, a mop clamp, etc., or may be other devices used to connect the mop component to the mobile device, which is not limited in this application. For example, the above-mentioned connecting component can be disposed below the mobile device and be a telescopic or spiral lifting device.
可选的,上述拖布组件连接到连接组件可以通过以下方案来实现:自移动设备控制为设置于连接组件内的电磁组件通电,从而使电磁组件带有磁性,同时拖布组件中也设置可被吸附的金属组件,从而使得连接组件能够吸附住拖布组件,从而使拖布组件与连接组件连接起来。Optionally, the above mop component can be connected to the connection component through the following solution: the mobile device controls to energize the electromagnetic component provided in the connection component, thereby making the electromagnetic component magnetic, and at the same time, the mop component is also configured to be adsorbed The metal component allows the connecting component to adsorb the mop component, so that the mop component and the connecting component are connected.
需要说明的是,上述电磁组件可以设置于连接组件的内部,也可以设置于连接组件的表面,本申请对此不作限制。It should be noted that the above-mentioned electromagnetic component can be disposed inside the connecting component or on the surface of the connecting component, which is not limited in this application.
可选的,连接拖布组件与连接组件还可以通过其他方案来实现:将连接组件设置为磁性装置,为拖布组件设置可被磁性装置吸引的金属;从而在连接组件下降后,可以通过磁力使连接组件与拖布组件连接;或,可以将连接组件设置为螺旋杆结构,并对应为拖布组件设置配套结构,使得连接组件与拖布组件螺旋连接;还可以通过其他方式进行连接,本申请对此不作限制。 Optionally, the connection between the mop component and the connection component can also be realized through other solutions: setting the connection component as a magnetic device, and providing the mop component with metal that can be attracted by the magnetic device; thus, after the connection component is lowered, the connection can be made by magnetic force The component is connected to the mop component; or, the connection component can be set as a spiral rod structure, and a matching structure is provided for the mop component, so that the connection component and the mop component are spirally connected; the connection can also be made in other ways, and this application does not limit this .
需要说明的是,上述第一目标信号与第二目标信号可以为相同的信号,也可以为不同的信号,本申请对此不作限制。It should be noted that the above-mentioned first target signal and second target signal may be the same signal or may be different signals, which is not limited in this application.
在一个示例性实施例中,在所述自移动设备执行完所述待清洁任务的情况下,还可以再次控制所述自移动设备移动至所述清洁基站中的第一位置,以将所述自移动设备的拖布组件从所述自移动设备中拆卸。在清洁任务完成后,及时将拖布组件进行拆除,可以避免不小心触发或者挪动自移动设备的情况下,拖布使主机发生碰撞、剐蹭,或者尖锐物体钩住拖布导致扫地机器人被困等现象的发生,进一步提高使用体验感。In an exemplary embodiment, after the self-mobile device completes the task to be cleaned, the self-mobile device can also be controlled to move to the first position in the cleaning base station again, so as to move the self-mobile device to the first position in the cleaning base station. The mop assembly of the self-moving device is detached from the self-moving device. After the cleaning task is completed, remove the mop assembly in time to avoid accidental triggering or moving of the mobile device. The mop will cause the host to collide or scratch, or sharp objects will hook the mop and cause the sweeping robot to be trapped. , to further improve the user experience.
在一个示例性实施例中,将所述自移动设备的拖布组件从所述自移动设备中拆卸,包括:控制所述自移动设备中处于第二高度的连接组件下降至第一高度,其中,所述连接组件用于连接所述拖布组件;在处于第二高度的连接组件下降至第一高度的情况下,将所述拖布组件与所述连接组件分离;控制处于所述第一高度的连接组件上升至所述第二高度,并对所述拖布组件进行感知,以确定所述拖布组件是否已从所述自移动设备上拆卸;重复上述控制连接组件下降至对拖布组件感知的步骤,直至确定所述拖布组件已从所述自移动设备上拆卸。In an exemplary embodiment, detaching the mop assembly of the self-moving device from the self-moving device includes: controlling the connection component at the second height of the self-moving device to descend to the first height, wherein, The connection component is used to connect the mop component; when the connection component at the second height drops to the first height, separate the mop component from the connection component; control the connection at the first height The assembly rises to the second height and senses the mop assembly to determine whether the mop assembly has been detached from the mobile device; repeat the above steps of controlling the connection assembly to descend to sense the mop assembly until It is determined that the mop assembly has been detached from the mobile device.
在待清洁任务不需要拖布组件的时候,或自移动设备执行完需要拖布组件的清洁任务后,就需要将拖布组件拆卸到基站中,避免脏污的拖布在自移动设备移动过程中对干净区域造成污染,甚至对地毯等自移动设备无法清扫的区域造成污染,给用户带来不好的体验。而将拖布组件从自移动设备中拆卸包括以下步骤:控制处于第二高度的连接组件下降至第一高度,将拖布组件与连接组件分离开来;然后对拖布组件进行感知,以确定拖布组件是否已拆卸成功。例如,可以控制自移动设备的第二传感器对该第二位置进行感知,在得到的第二感知信息指示未感知到第二目标信号的情况下,确定所述拖布组件已从所述自移动设备上拆卸,具体感知实现方式可以参考上述实施例,此处不做赘述。当然,也可以参考上述实施例所给的其他拖布组件感知方式,确定拖布组件是否已从所述自移动设备上拆卸。When the mop component is not required for the cleaning task, or after the mobile device has completed the cleaning task that requires the mop component, the mop component needs to be disassembled into the base station to prevent the dirty mop from damaging the clean area during the movement of the mobile device. Cause pollution, even to areas such as carpets that cannot be cleaned by mobile devices, giving users a bad experience. Detaching the mop component from the mobile device includes the following steps: controlling the connection component at the second height to drop to the first height, separating the mop component from the connection component; and then sensing the mop component to determine whether the mop component Disassembled successfully. For example, the second sensor of the self-mobile device can be controlled to sense the second position, and when the obtained second sensing information indicates that the second target signal is not sensed, it is determined that the mop component has moved from the self-mobile device. When disassembling, please refer to the above embodiment for specific sensing implementation methods, which will not be described in detail here. Of course, you can also refer to other mop component sensing methods given in the above embodiments to determine whether the mop component has been detached from the mobile device.
若基于感知信息确定拖布组件未从所述自移动设备上拆卸,则可以重复上述控制连接组件下降至对拖布组件感知的步骤,直至确定所述拖布组件已从所述自移动设备上拆卸。当然,还可以设置重复次数阈值,若重复次数达到重复次数阈值后,拖布组件仍未从所述自移动设备上拆卸,自移动设备可以发出提醒,以利用人工介入的方式完成拖布组件的拆卸。If it is determined based on the sensing information that the mop assembly has not been detached from the self-moving device, the above steps of controlling the connection component to descend to sense the mop assembly may be repeated until it is determined that the mop assembly has been detached from the self-moving device. Of course, a repetition threshold can also be set. If the mop assembly has not been disassembled from the self-moving device after the repetitions reach the repetition threshold, the self-moving device can issue a reminder to complete the disassembly of the mop assembly through manual intervention.
通过上述步骤,实现了自移动设备自动拆卸拖布组件,从而避免了对干净区域造成污染,影响用户体验。Through the above steps, the mop assembly is automatically disassembled from the mobile device, thereby avoiding contamination of the clean area and affecting the user experience.
可选的,分离连接组件与拖布组件的方法如可以包括:控制设置于连接组件中的电磁组件断电,从而失去磁性后的连接组件自然与拖布组件分离。在连接组件与拖布组件采用其他连接方式的情况下,连接组件与拖布组件的分离还可以适应性的采用其他方式,此处不做限定。Optionally, the method of separating the connection component and the mop component may include: controlling the electromagnetic component provided in the connection component to be powered off, so that the connection component after losing its magnetism is naturally separated from the mop component. In the case where the connecting component and the mopping component are connected in other ways, the connecting component and the mopping component can be separated by other adaptive methods, which are not limited here.
可选的,执行上述步骤:将所述自移动设备的拖布组件从所述自移动设备中拆卸可以包括:控制所述自移动设备中处于第二高度的连接组件上升至第四高度,其中,所述连接组件用于连接所述拖布组件;通过拆卸组件将所述拖布组件与所述连接组件分离,其中,所述拆卸组件设置于所述自移动设备,且所述拆卸组件设置于所述第四高度;控制所述连接组件下降至所述第二高度,并对所述拖布组件进行感知,以确定所述拖布组件是否已从所述自移动设备上拆卸;重复上述控制连接组件上升至对拖布组件感知的步骤,直至确定所述拖布组件已从所述自移动设备上拆卸。Optionally, performing the above step of detaching the mop component from the self-mobile device may include: controlling the connection component at the second height of the self-mobile device to rise to a fourth height, wherein, The connection component is used to connect the mop component; the mop component is separated from the connection component through a detachment component, wherein the detachment component is provided on the self-moving device, and the detachment component is provided on the The fourth height; control the connection component to descend to the second height, and sense the mop component to determine whether the mop component has been detached from the mobile device; repeat the above control of the connection component to rise to The step of sensing the mop component is until it is determined that the mop component has been detached from the mobile device.
控制处于第二高度的连接组件上升至第四高度,通过设置于第四高度的拆卸组件将该拖布组件与连接组件分离;然后对拖布组件进行感知,以确定是否拆卸成功,可以进一步增加自移动设备工作的可靠性,避免出现意外情况时无法将拖布组件拆卸下来,给用户带来不好的使用体验。Control the connection component at the second height to rise to the fourth height, and separate the mop component from the connection component through the disassembly component at the fourth height; then sense the mop component to determine whether the disassembly is successful, which can further increase self-movement The reliability of the equipment's operation prevents the mop assembly from being unable to be disassembled in the event of an unexpected situation, which brings a bad experience to the user.
需要说明的是,上述第四高度设置的拆卸组件可以为一个挡板,也可以为其他装置,该组件仅可以令连接组件通过,而拖布组件无法通过,从而在连接组件上升至第四高度时,连接组件与拖布组件在拆卸组件的作用下自动分离,从而将该拖布组件拆卸下来。可选的,该拆卸组件还可以通过将拖布组件固定,从而使连接组件可以与该拖布组件进行螺旋分离,本申请对此不作限制。It should be noted that the above-mentioned disassembly component set at the fourth height can be a baffle or other device. This component can only allow the connection component to pass, but the mop component cannot pass. Therefore, when the connection component rises to the fourth height, , the connecting component and the mop component are automatically separated under the action of the disassembly component, thereby disassembling the mop component. Optionally, the disassembly component can also be fixed by fixing the mop component so that the connecting component can be spirally separated from the mop component, which is not limited in this application.
为了更好的理解上述拖布组件的安装方法,以下结合图60对上述拖布组件的安装和拆卸过程进行说明,但不用于限定本发明实施例的技术方案,图60是根据本发明实施例的一种可选的自移动设备的结构示意图,如图60所示,包括:In order to better understand the installation method of the above-mentioned mop assembly, the installation and disassembly process of the above-mentioned mop assembly will be described below with reference to FIG. 60 , but it is not used to limit the technical solution of the embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 60 is a diagram according to the embodiment of the present invention. A schematic structural diagram of an optional mobile device, as shown in Figure 60, includes:
拖布组件32,位于第一高度,当拖布组件32位于清洁基站中时,拖布组件32所处的位置即第一位置;The mop assembly 32 is located at a first height. When the mop assembly 32 is located in the cleaning base station, the position where the mop assembly 32 is located is the first position;
需要说明的是,上述第一位置用于指示拖布组件在清洁基站中的位置,也是自移动设备进行拖布组件的安装、拆卸过程的位置,即第一位置用于指示处于同一垂直区域的空间区域; It should be noted that the above-mentioned first position is used to indicate the position of the mop assembly in the cleaning base station, and is also the position where the mop assembly is installed and removed from the mobile device. That is, the first position is used to indicate the spatial area in the same vertical area. ;
连接组件34,用于连接拖布组件32,以将拖布组件32安装到自移动设备上;当连接组件处于空闲状态或连接组件34携带有拖布组件32进行工作时,位于第二高度;若连接组件34进行拖布组件32的安装、拆卸过程,则可能位于第一高度或第二高度;若连接组件34安装有拖布组件32但不使用拖布组件32时,则位于第三高度;The connection component 34 is used to connect the mop component 32 to install the mop component 32 on the mobile device; when the connection component is in an idle state or when the connection component 34 carries the mop component 32 for work, it is located at the second height; if the connection component 34 During the installation and disassembly process of the mop assembly 32, it may be located at the first height or the second height; if the connecting assembly 34 is installed with the mop assembly 32 but the mop assembly 32 is not used, it may be located at the third height;
可选的,连接组件34表面或内部可以设置电磁组件,通过控制电磁组件的通电和断电来实现连接组件34与拖布组件32的连接与断开。Optionally, an electromagnetic component may be provided on the surface or inside of the connecting component 34, and the connecting component 34 and the mop component 32 can be connected and disconnected by controlling the power on and off of the electromagnetic component.
拆卸组件36,位于第四高度,用于协助进行拖布组件32的拆卸。The disassembly assembly 36 is located at the fourth height and is used to assist in disassembling the mop assembly 32 .
需要特别说明的是,实施例2中清洁设备的连接组件可以为实施例1中提供的任意一个升降结构。最佳地,连接组件为实施例1中的升降结构或第一驱动结构。对应地,实施例2中连接组件的第二高度可对应升降结构的第二固定体(或第一转动件)的拖地位置,连接组件的第三高度可对应升降结构的第二固定体(或第一转动件)的抬升位置;连接组件的第四高度可对应升降结构的第二固定体(或第一转动件)的分离位置;连接组件的第五高度可对应升降结构的第二固定体(或第一转动件)的手动安装位置。It should be noted that the connection component of the cleaning equipment in Embodiment 2 can be any lifting structure provided in Embodiment 1. Optimally, the connecting component is the lifting structure or the first driving structure in Embodiment 1. Correspondingly, the second height of the connecting component in Embodiment 2 may correspond to the mopping position of the second fixed body (or first rotating member) of the lifting structure, and the third height of the connecting component may correspond to the second fixed body (or first rotating member) of the lifting structure. or the lifting position of the first rotating member); the fourth height of the connecting component can correspond to the separation position of the second fixed body (or the first rotating member) of the lifting structure; the fifth height of the connecting component can correspond to the second fixed position of the lifting structure The manual installation position of the body (or first rotating part).
当然,连接组件除了为前述的升降结构外,还可以为其他的升降结构,例如气缸、齿轮与齿条、丝杠、绳索等。Of course, in addition to the aforementioned lifting structure, the connecting component can also be other lifting structures, such as cylinders, gears and racks, screws, ropes, etc.
基于上述步骤,确定自移动设备的待清洁任务是否使用拖布组件之后,所述方法还包括:在所述待清洁任务不使用所述拖布组件的情况下,确定所述自移动设备是否设置有所述拖布组件,以及确定所述自移动设备是否位于所述清洁基站中;在所述自移动设备设置有所述拖布组件,且所述自移动设备位于所述清洁基站中的情况下,将所述自移动设备的拖布组件从所述自移动设备中拆卸。Based on the above steps, after determining whether the task to be cleaned of the self-mobile device uses the mop component, the method further includes: in the case that the task to be cleaned does not use the mop component, determine whether the self-mobile device is configured with a mop component. The mop component, and determine whether the self-mobile device is located in the cleaning base station; in the case where the self-mobile device is provided with the mop component, and the self-mobile device is located in the cleaning base station, the self-mobile device is The mop assembly of the self-moving device is detached from the self-moving device.
若自移动设备接收到的待清洁任务不需要使用拖布组件,则确定该自移动设备是否设置有该拖布组件,以及确定自移动设备是否位于该清洁基站中;若自移动设备设置有拖布组件,且自移动设备位于该清洁基站中,则将拖布组件从该自移动设备上拆卸下来;通过上述方案,在自移动设备接收到不需要拖布组件的清洁任务,且自移动设备位于清洁基站中,则控制自移动设备将拖布组件拆卸下来,避免拖布组件影响到自移动设备的脱困能力,能够更好地完成清扫任务。If the to-be-cleaned task received from the self-mobile device does not require the use of a mop component, determine whether the self-mobile device is equipped with the mop component, and determine whether the self-mobile device is located in the cleaning base station; if the self-mobile device is provided with a mop component, and the self-mobile device is located in the cleaning base station, then the mop component is detached from the self-mobile device; through the above solution, when the self-mobile device receives a cleaning task that does not require the mop component, and the self-mobile device is located in the cleaning base station, Then, the self-moving device is controlled to disassemble the mop assembly, so as to prevent the mop assembly from affecting the self-moving device's ability to get out of trouble, and the cleaning task can be better completed.
基于上述步骤,确定所述自移动设备是否设置有所述拖布组件,以及确定所述自移动设备是否位于所述清洁基站中之后,所述方法还包括:在所述自移动设备设置有所述拖布组件,且所述自移动设备未位于所述清洁基站中的情况下,确定所述自移动设备的工作状态;在所述工作状态指示所述自移动设备处于工作态的情况下,控制处于第二高度的连接组件上升至第三高度,其中,所述连接组件用于连接所述拖布组件,所述第三高度为针对所述待清洁任务设置的拖布组件抬升高度;在所述工作状态指示所述自移动设备处于空闲态的情况下,控制所述自移动设备移动至所述清洁基站的所述第一位置,以将所述自移动设备的拖布组件从所述自移动设备中拆卸。Based on the above steps, after determining whether the self-mobile device is provided with the mop assembly and determining whether the self-mobile device is located in the cleaning base station, the method further includes: Mop assembly, and when the self-mobile device is not located in the cleaning base station, determine the working state of the self-mobile device; when the working state indicates that the self-mobile device is in a working state, the control is in The connection component of the second height rises to a third height, wherein the connection component is used to connect the mop component, and the third height is the lifting height of the mop component set for the task to be cleaned; in the working state When indicating that the self-mobile device is in an idle state, control the self-mobile device to move to the first position of the cleaning base station to detach the mop assembly of the self-mobile device from the self-mobile device .
若自移动设备接收到不需要拖布组件的待清洁任务,且自移动设备设置有该拖布组件,且自移动设备未位于清洁基站中;则需要进一步确定自移动设备的工作状态;若自移动设备处于工作态,即自移动设备正在执行清洁任务,则在执行该待清洁任务前,直接控制处于第二高度的连接组件上升至第三高度,暂时不返回清洁基站拆卸拖布组件,仅将拖布抬升;若自移动设备处于空闲态,即自移动设备在清洁基站外待机,则控制自移动设备返回清洁基站,先将拖布组件拆卸下来再执行待清洁任务;通过上述方案,使得自移动设备执行清洁任务更加有效率,避免损耗大量时间,影响工作效率。If the self-mobile device receives a cleaning task that does not require a mop component, and the self-mobile device is equipped with the mop component, and the self-mobile device is not located in the cleaning base station; then it is necessary to further determine the working status of the self-mobile device; if the self-mobile device In the working state, that is, since the mobile device is performing a cleaning task, before performing the cleaning task, the connecting component at the second height is directly controlled to rise to the third height. It does not return to the cleaning base station to disassemble the mop component for the time being, but only raises the mop. ; If the self-mobile device is in an idle state, that is, the self-mobile device is waiting outside the cleaning base station, the self-mobile device is controlled to return to the cleaning base station, and the mop assembly is first disassembled before performing the cleaning task; through the above solution, the self-mobile device is allowed to perform cleaning Tasks are more efficient, avoiding wasting a lot of time and affecting work efficiency.
可选的,上述步骤S202,确定自移动设备的待清洁任务是否使用拖布组件,可以通过以下方案来实现,包括:确定所述待清洁任务的数量是否大于1;在所述待清洁任务的数量为1的情况下,确定所述待清洁任务是否使用所述拖布组件。Optionally, the above-mentioned step S202, determining whether the to-be-cleaned tasks from the mobile device use a mop assembly can be implemented through the following solutions, including: determining whether the number of the to-be-cleaned tasks is greater than 1; If it is 1, it is determined whether the task to be cleaned uses the mop assembly.
可选的,确定自移动设备的待清洁任务是否使用拖布组件,可以通过以下步骤:确定接收到的待清洁任务的数量是否大于1,若数量为1,则根据待清洁任务的类别确定是否使用该拖布组件。Optionally, determine whether the mop component is used for tasks to be cleaned from the mobile device. The following steps can be used: determine whether the number of received tasks to be cleaned is greater than 1. If the number is 1, determine whether to use the mop component according to the category of the tasks to be cleaned. The mop component.
需要说明的是,上述待清洁任务的类别至少包括:单清扫任务、扫拖任务和拖地任务;其中单清扫任务不需要使用拖布组件;扫拖任务和拖地任务需要使用拖布组件。It should be noted that the above categories of cleaning tasks at least include: single cleaning tasks, sweeping and mopping tasks, and floor mopping tasks; the single cleaning task does not require the use of a mop assembly; the sweeping and mopping tasks require the use of a mop assembly.
基于上述确定步骤:确定所述待清洁任务的数量是否大于1之后,所述方法还包括:在所述待清洁任务的数量大于1的情况下,确定所述待清洁任务中使用所述拖布组件的第一清洁任务,以及所述待清洁任务中不使用所述拖布组件的第二清洁任务;确定当前时刻所述自移动设备是否设置有所述拖布组件;根据当前时刻所述自移动设备是否设置有所述拖布组件确定所述第一清洁任务和所述第二清洁任务的执行顺序。 Based on the above determination step: after determining whether the number of tasks to be cleaned is greater than 1, the method further includes: when the number of tasks to be cleaned is greater than 1, determining to use the mop assembly in the tasks to be cleaned. The first cleaning task, and the second cleaning task that does not use the mop component among the tasks to be cleaned; determine whether the self-mobile device is equipped with the mop component at the current moment; whether the self-mobile device is equipped with the mop component at the current moment; The mop assembly is provided to determine the execution order of the first cleaning task and the second cleaning task.
若待清洁任务的数量大于1,即接收到了多个待清洁任务,则根据是否需要使用拖布组件将待清洁任务分为需要使用拖布组件的第一清洁任务和不需要使用拖布组件的第二清洁任务;并确定在当前时刻自移动设备是否设置有拖布组件,根据是否设置有拖布组件确定该第一清洁任务和第二清洁任务的执行顺序;通过上述方案,将多个清洁任务分类执行,从而避免了在执行清洁任务的过程中,多次安装和拆卸拖布组件,影响工作效率。If the number of tasks to be cleaned is greater than 1, that is, multiple tasks to be cleaned are received, the tasks to be cleaned are divided into first cleaning tasks that require the use of the mop component and second cleaning tasks that do not require the use of the mop component according to whether the mop component is required. task; and determine whether the mobile device is equipped with a mop component at the current moment, and determine the execution order of the first cleaning task and the second cleaning task according to whether the mop component is provided; through the above solution, multiple cleaning tasks are classified and executed, so that It avoids multiple installation and disassembly of mop components during cleaning tasks, which affects work efficiency.
可选的,根据当前时刻所述自移动设备是否设置有所述拖布组件确定所述第一清洁任务和所述第二清洁任务的执行顺序,可以包括以下步骤:在所述自移动设备在当前时刻设置有所述拖布组件的情况下,执行所述第一清洁任务;在所述第一清洁任务执行完成的情况下,控制所述自移动设备移动至所述清洁基站中的第一位置,以将所述自移动设备的拖布组件从所述自移动设备中拆卸;执行所述第二清洁任务。Optionally, determining the execution order of the first cleaning task and the second cleaning task according to whether the self-mobile device is equipped with the mop assembly at the current moment may include the following steps: When the mop assembly is installed at all times, the first cleaning task is executed; when the execution of the first cleaning task is completed, controlling the mobile device to move to the first position in the cleaning base station, To detach the mop assembly of the self-moving device from the self-moving device; and perform the second cleaning task.
若当前时刻自移动设备设置有拖布组件,则让自移动设备先执行需要拖布组件的第一清洁任务,第一清洁任务执行完毕后,再前往清洁基站将拖布组件拆卸,然后执行不需要拖布组件的第二清洁任务;通过上述方案,减少了自移动设备安装和拆卸拖布组件的次数和频率,提升了工作效率,且降低了频繁安装和拆卸拖布组件对拖布组件造成损耗的可能。If the mobile device is equipped with a mop component at the current moment, let the mobile device first perform the first cleaning task that requires the mop component. After the first cleaning task is completed, go to the cleaning base station to disassemble the mop component, and then perform the mop component that does not require the mop component. The second cleaning task; through the above solution, the number and frequency of installing and removing the mop assembly from the mobile device are reduced, the work efficiency is improved, and the possibility of frequent installation and removal of the mop assembly causing damage to the mop assembly is reduced.
可选的,根据当前时刻所述自移动设备是否设置有所述拖布组件确定所述第一清洁任务和所述第二清洁任务的执行顺序,还可以包括以下步骤:在所述自移动设备在当前时刻未设置有所述拖布组件的情况下,执行所述第二清洁任务;在所述第二清洁任务执行完成的情况下,控制所述自移动设备移动至所述清洁基站中的第一位置,以将所述清洁基站中的所述拖布组件安装在自移动设备上;执行所述第一清洁任务。Optionally, determining the execution order of the first cleaning task and the second cleaning task according to whether the self-mobile device is equipped with the mop assembly at the current moment may also include the following steps: when the self-mobile device is When the mop assembly is not provided at the current moment, the second cleaning task is executed; when the execution of the second cleaning task is completed, the mobile device is controlled to move to the first cleaning base station. position to install the mop assembly in the cleaning base station on the mobile device; and perform the first cleaning task.
若当前时刻自移动设备未安装有拖布组件,则先执行不需要拖布组件的第二清洁任务,第二清洁任务执行完毕后,再前往清洁基站安装拖布组件;然后执行需要拖布组件的第一清洁任务。举例说明,主人同时下发了清扫A个区域的A个待清洁任务,其中,B个区域中存在例如地毯等无法进行拖地的家具等物品,即B个待清洁任务不需要拖布组件;而A个待清洁任务中除了这B个待清洁任务之外的C个待清洁任务需要拖布组件;而此时自移动设备未安装拖布组件,为了提高工作效率,自移动设备进行任务顺序决策,决定先执行这B个待清洁任务,执行完毕后,自移动设备再前往清洁基站安装拖布组件,然后继续执行这C个待清洁任务。通过上述方案,一方面节省了自移动设备频繁安装、拆卸拖布组件的时间,提高了工作效率;另一方面避免了自移动设备在执行拖地任务后携带脏污的拖布组件返回清洁基站的过程中频繁对干净区域造成二次污染。If the mobile device does not have a mop component installed at the current moment, first perform the second cleaning task that does not require the mop component. After the second cleaning task is completed, go to the cleaning base station to install the mop component; and then perform the first cleaning task that requires the mop component. Task. For example, the owner has simultaneously issued a cleaning task A to clean area A. Among them, area B contains items such as carpets and other furniture that cannot be mopped, that is, the cleaning task B does not require a mop assembly; and Among the A to-be-cleaned tasks, in addition to the B to-be-cleaned tasks, C to-be-cleaned tasks require a mop component; at this time, the self-mobile device does not have a mop component installed. In order to improve work efficiency, the self-mobile device makes a task sequence decision and decides First perform the B tasks to be cleaned. After the execution is completed, the mobile device will go to the cleaning base station to install the mop assembly, and then continue to perform the C tasks to be cleaned. Through the above solution, on the one hand, it saves the time of frequently installing and disassembling the mop assembly on the mobile device and improves work efficiency; on the other hand, it avoids the process of the mobile device carrying the dirty mop assembly back to the cleaning base station after performing the mopping task. Frequently causing secondary pollution to clean areas.
在本实施例中还提供了一种拖布组件的拆卸方法,图61是根据本发明实施例的拖布组件的拆卸方法的流程图,该流程图包括如下步骤:This embodiment also provides a method for disassembling a mop assembly. Figure 61 is a flow chart of a method for disassembling a mop assembly according to an embodiment of the present invention. The flow chart includes the following steps:
步骤402,确定自移动设备的待清洁任务是否使用拖布组件;Step 402, determine whether the cleaning task from the mobile device uses the mop component;
步骤404,在所述待清洁任务不使用所述拖布组件的情况下,确定所述自移动设备对应的清洁基站中是否存在所述拖布组件,以及确定所述自移动设备是否设置有所述拖布组件;Step 404: When the task to be cleaned does not use the mop component, determine whether the mop component exists in the cleaning base station corresponding to the self-mobile device, and determine whether the self-mobile device is equipped with the mop component. components;
步骤406:在所述清洁基站中不存在所述拖布组件、且所述自移动设备设置有所述拖布组件的情况下,控制所述自移动设备移动至所述清洁基站中的第一位置,以将所述自移动设备的拖布组件从所述自移动设备中拆卸,其中,所述第一位置至少为所述自移动设备在所述清洁基站中进行拖布组件的拆卸的位置。Step 406: In the case where the mop assembly does not exist in the cleaning base station and the mop assembly is provided on the self-mobile device, control the self-mobile device to move to the first position in the cleaning base station, To detach the mop assembly of the self-mobile device from the self-mobile device, wherein the first position is at least a position where the self-mobile device detaches the mop assembly in the cleaning base station.
通过上述步骤,通过确定自移动设备的待清洁任务是否使用拖布组件;在所述待清洁任务不使用所述拖布组件的情况下,确定所述自移动设备对应的清洁基站中是否存在所述拖布组件,以及确定所述自移动设备是否设置有所述拖布组件;从而确定自移动设备是否需要前往清洁基站拆卸拖布组件,在所述清洁基站中不存在所述拖布组件、且所述自移动设备设置有所述拖布组件的情况下,控制所述自移动设备移动至所述清洁基站中的第一位置,以将所述自移动设备的拖布组件从所述自移动设备中拆卸,其中,所述第一位置至少为所述自移动设备在所述清洁基站中进行拖布组件的拆卸的位置。采用上述技术方案,解决了现有技术中,由于扫地机器人无法自动拆卸拖布,导致扫地机器人脱困能力降低、且脏污拖布可能会对干净区域造成污染的问题;实现了可以随时根据任务需求,自动拆卸拖布组件;从而更好地完成清扫的技术效果。Through the above steps, by determining whether the to-be-cleaned task of the self-mobile device uses the mop component; when the to-be-cleaned task does not use the mop component, it is determined whether the mop exists in the cleaning base station corresponding to the self-mobile device. component, and determine whether the self-mobile device is provided with the mop component; thereby determining whether the self-mobile device needs to go to the cleaning base station to remove the mop component, the mop component does not exist in the cleaning base station, and the self-mobile device When the mop assembly is provided, the self-mobile device is controlled to move to the first position in the cleaning base station to detach the mop assembly of the self-mobile device from the self-mobile device, wherein, The first position is at least a position where the mobile device disassembles the mop assembly in the cleaning base station. The above technical solution is adopted to solve the problem in the existing technology that the sweeping robot cannot automatically disassemble the mop, which leads to the reduction of the sweeping robot's escape ability and the dirty mop may cause contamination to the clean area; it realizes that the sweeping robot can automatically disassemble the mop at any time according to the task requirements. Disassemble the mop assembly to better complete the technical effect of cleaning.
基于上述实施方式,本说明书实施例还提供一种自移动设备的拖布组件的拆卸方法,所述自移动设备包括连接组件,所述拖布组件可拆卸连接于所述连接组件;沿所述自移动设备的高度方向,所述连接组件至少具有第四高度和低于第四高度的第二高度和/或第三高度;至少在所述第二高度和/或第三高度时,所述拖布组件可与所述连接组件连接。所述方法包括:在所述自移动设备上设置有拖布组件、所述自移动设备的待清洁任务不使用拖布组件、且所述自移动设备位于清洁基站中的情况下,控制所述连接组件从所述第二高度或第三高度上升至第四高度,以在所述第四高度处,将所述自移动设备上的拖布组件与连接组件分离。 Based on the above embodiments, embodiments of this specification also provide a method for disassembling a mop assembly of a self-moving device. The self-moving device includes a connecting assembly, and the mopping assembly is detachably connected to the connecting assembly; along the self-moving device In the height direction of the device, the connection assembly has at least a fourth height and a second height and/or a third height lower than the fourth height; at least at the second height and/or the third height, the mop assembly Can be connected to the connecting component. The method includes: controlling the connection component when the mop component is provided on the self-mobile device, the mop component is not used for cleaning tasks of the self-mobile device, and the self-mobile device is located in a cleaning base station. Rise from the second height or the third height to a fourth height to separate the mop assembly from the connection assembly on the mobile device at the fourth height.
例如,自移动设备在利用拖布组件执行完拖地任务后,若接收到不需要拖布组件的待清洁任务、或者接收到返回清洁基站的指令,则可以返回清洁基站,在清洁基站中执行拖布组件的拆卸。此情况下,自移动设备可以在接收到指令后,先将拖布组件上升至第三高度,然后,再返回清洁基站。通过先将拖布组件上升至第三高度、之后再返回清洁基站的方式,可以避免拖布组件上的脏污污染地面;同时,将拖布组件上升至第三高度,还可以增大拖布组件与地面、拖布组件与清洁基站的清洁盘之间的间隙,提高自移动设备的越障能力,使得自移动设备可以更加顺畅的返回至清洁基站中。自移动设备移动至清洁基站后,可以控制连接组件从第三高度上升至第四高度,在第四高度处,将拖布组件与连接组件分离,完成拖布组件的拆卸。For example, after the mobile device uses the mop component to perform the mopping task, if it receives a cleaning task that does not require the mop component, or receives an instruction to return to the cleaning base station, it can return to the cleaning base station and execute the mop component in the cleaning base station. disassembly. In this case, after receiving the instruction, the mobile device can first raise the mop assembly to the third height, and then return to the cleaning base station. By first raising the mop component to the third height and then returning to the cleaning base station, you can avoid dirt on the mop component from contaminating the ground. At the same time, raising the mop component to the third height can also increase the distance between the mop component and the ground. The gap between the mop assembly and the cleaning plate of the cleaning base station improves the obstacle-crossing ability of the self-moving device, allowing the self-moving device to return to the cleaning base station more smoothly. After the mobile device moves to the cleaning base station, the connection component can be controlled to rise from the third height to the fourth height. At the fourth height, the mop component is separated from the connection component to complete the disassembly of the mop component.
或者,自移动设备移动至清洁基站后,还可以先控制连接组件从第三高度下降至第二高度,以使拖布组件与清洁基站上的拖布放置位进行对准,进而使得拖布组件可以准确拆卸至预设的拖布放置位。拖布放置位的位置与上述实施例中的第一位置相对应,以便自移动设备在执行拖布组件安装时,移动至清洁基站中的第一位置,准确完成拖布组件的安装操作。在完成上述对准处理后,自移动设备可以控制连接组件从第二高度上升至第四高度,在第四高度处,将拖布组件与连接组件分离,完成拖布组件的拆卸。在自移动设备移动至清洁基站后,先控制连接组件从第三高度下降至第二高度,完成拖布组件与拖布放置位的对准操作,之后,再执行拖布组件的拆卸,可以使得拖布组件准确拆卸至预设的拖布放置位,同时,也可以方便自移动设备在需要使用拖布组件时,移动至拖布放置位,快速地完成拖布组件的安装。Alternatively, after the mobile device moves to the cleaning base station, the connection component can be controlled to drop from the third height to the second height to align the mop component with the mop placement position on the cleaning base station, so that the mop component can be accurately disassembled. to the preset mop placement position. The position of the mop placement position corresponds to the first position in the above embodiment, so that when installing the mop component, the mobile device can move to the first position in the cleaning base station to accurately complete the installation operation of the mop component. After completing the above alignment process, the mobile device can control the connection component to rise from the second height to the fourth height. At the fourth height, the mop component is separated from the connection component to complete the disassembly of the mop component. After moving from the mobile device to the cleaning base station, first control the connection component to drop from the third height to the second height, complete the alignment operation of the mop component and the mop placement position, and then perform the disassembly of the mop component, so that the mop component can be accurately It can be disassembled to the preset mop placement position. At the same time, it is also convenient for the mobile device to move to the mop placement position when the mop assembly needs to be used, and the installation of the mop assembly can be quickly completed.
在第四高度处执行拖布组件与连接组件的分离,让连接组件保持在第四高度处执行后续的清洁任务,可以在拖布组件分离后,尽可能避免自移动设备进入或者离开清洁基站时,对拖布组件的位置造成影响,进而影响拖布组件的安装;同时,还可保证自移动设备的越障能力。因此,利用本说明书上述实施例提供的方案,在拖布组件的整体拆卸过程中,在更好地满足实际应用场景需求的基础上,利用简单的拆卸控制逻辑,即可完成拖布组件的拆卸操作。Perform the separation of the mop component and the connection component at the fourth height, and keep the connection component at the fourth height to perform subsequent cleaning tasks. After the mop component is separated, it is possible to avoid as much as possible the impact on the mobile device when entering or leaving the cleaning base station. The position of the mop component affects the installation of the mop component; at the same time, it also ensures the obstacle-crossing ability of the mobile device. Therefore, using the solutions provided by the above embodiments of this specification, during the overall disassembly process of the mop assembly, on the basis of better meeting the needs of actual application scenarios, the disassembly operation of the mop assembly can be completed by using simple disassembly control logic.
当然,自移动设备在返回清洁基站的过程中,也可以一直保持拖布组件位于第二高度处,或者,将拖布组件调整至第二高度与第三高度之间的任意位置,等等,此处不过限定。Of course, when the mobile device returns to the cleaning base station, it can also keep the mop assembly at the second height, or adjust the mop assembly to any position between the second height and the third height, etc., here But limited.
本说明书提供的上述实施例中,第四高度相对较高,采用在第四高度处将拖布组件与连接组件进行分离,可以尽可能地降低或避免对已分离的拖布组件的干扰;且在拖布组件与连接组件分离后,无需更多操作,即可使得自移动设备的运行更符合实际应用场景。In the above embodiments provided in this specification, the fourth height is relatively high, and the mop assembly and the connecting assembly are separated at the fourth height, which can reduce or avoid interference to the separated mop assembly as much as possible; and when the mop is After the components are separated from the connected components, no further operations are required to make the operation of the mobile device more consistent with actual application scenarios.
一些实施方式中,可以在第一高度、第二高度、第三高度、第四高度中任一高度处或者多个高度处设置检测元件,检测元件可以检测连接组件是否位于相应的高度处,以确定连接组件在任意两个高度之间运动的时长,进而确定连接组件在任意两个高度之间的运动是否存在异常。In some embodiments, the detection element may be disposed at any one of the first height, the second height, the third height, and the fourth height, or at multiple heights, and the detection element may detect whether the connection component is located at the corresponding height to detect whether the connection component is located at the corresponding height. Determine the duration of movement of the connecting component between any two heights, and then determine whether there is an abnormality in the movement of the connecting component between any two heights.
例如,可以通过分析两个高度处所接收到的检测元件所发出的信号的时间差,确定连接组件在任意两个高度之间上升的时长。如,连接组件执行从第三高度上升至第四高度的上升动作,以连接组件离开第三高度的时刻为t0,连接组件到达第四高度的时刻为t1,连接组件从第三高度上升至第四高度的时长为t1-t0,若t1-t0小于等于预设时长,则认为连接组件运动无异常,若t1-t0大于预设时长,则连接组件运动异常。或者,也可以仅在一个高度处设置检测元件,如可以以在第四高度处设置检测元件;以连接组件从第三高度处开始上升的时刻为初始时刻0,检测元件在第四高度处检测到拖布组件的时刻为t,则t即为连接组件从第三高度上升至第四高度的时长;若t小于等于预设时长,则认为连接组件运动无异常,若t大于预设时长,则连接组件运动异常。For example, the duration of the rise of the connecting component between any two heights can be determined by analyzing the time difference between the signals emitted by the detection elements received at the two heights. For example, the connecting component performs an ascending action from the third height to the fourth height. The moment when the connecting component leaves the third height is t 0 , the moment when the connecting component reaches the fourth height is t 1 , and the connecting component rises from the third height. The duration to the fourth height is t 1 -t 0 . If t 1 -t 0 is less than or equal to the preset duration, it is considered that the movement of the connecting component is normal. If t 1 -t 0 is greater than the preset duration, the movement of the connecting component is abnormal. Alternatively, the detection element can also be set at only one height, for example, the detection element can be set at the fourth height; the moment when the connecting component starts to rise from the third height is regarded as the initial time 0, and the detection element detects at the fourth height. The time when the mop component is reached is t, then t is the time for the connecting component to rise from the third height to the fourth height; if t is less than or equal to the preset time, it is considered that there is no abnormality in the movement of the connected component; if t is greater than the preset time, then Abnormal movement of connected components.
通常情况下,连接组件运动异常时,连接组件卡在初始高度或者初始高度与目标高度之间。例如,连接组件卡在第三高度或第三高度与第四高度之间的位置,若自移动设备在t0时刻后,经过预设时长,仍然未接收到第四高度处的检测元件所反馈的连接组件位于第四高度处的信号,则可以确认连接组件在第三高度与第四高度之间上升的时长超过预设时长。Usually, when the connecting component moves abnormally, the connecting component is stuck between the initial height or between the initial height and the target height. For example, if the connecting component is stuck at the third height or between the third height and the fourth height, if the mobile device still does not receive feedback from the detection element at the fourth height after a preset time period after time t 0 If the connecting component is located at the fourth height, it can be confirmed that the rising time of the connecting component between the third height and the fourth height exceeds the preset time.
当然,上述检测连接组件的运动的时长、以及判断运动的时长是否超过预设时长的方案仅为优选举例说明,并不构成限定。Of course, the above-mentioned solution of detecting the duration of movement of the connecting component and determining whether the duration of movement exceeds the preset duration is only a preferred example and does not constitute a limitation.
通过时长检测,可以判断连接组件在该两个高度之间的运动是否存在异常,如果存在异常,可以控制连接组件回退,再在该两个高度之间尝试上升或下降,以避免偶然的卡顿导致连接组件的运动异常,进而导致拖布组件拆卸或安装失败。在尝试回退几次后,若运动的时长仍超过预设时长,则可以发出异常提醒,以使用户介入检查。Through duration detection, it can be judged whether there is an abnormality in the movement of the connecting component between the two heights. If there is an abnormality, the connecting component can be controlled to retreat, and then try to rise or fall between the two heights to avoid accidental jamming. The sudden pause causes abnormal movement of the connecting component, which in turn causes the mop component to fail to disassemble or install. After trying to go back several times, if the duration of exercise still exceeds the preset duration, an abnormality reminder can be issued to allow the user to intervene and check.
基于上述实施方式,一些实施例中,对于拖布组件的拆卸,针对所述连接组件在第二高度、第三高度、第 四高度中的任两个高度之间的上升动作,当存在所述连接组件在该两个高度之间上升的时长超过预设时长的情况下,控制所述连接组件回退到上升前的高度、再执行一次上升动作。在两个高度之间执行上升的动作次数超过预设阈值的情况下,发出异常提醒。Based on the above embodiments, in some embodiments, for the disassembly of the mop assembly, the connecting assembly is at the second height, the third height, and the third height. In the ascending action between any two of the four heights, if the connecting component rises between the two heights for more than the preset time, the connecting component is controlled to return to the height before rising. , perform the rising action again. When the number of ascending actions between two heights exceeds the preset threshold, an abnormal reminder is issued.
在控制所述连接组件从所述第二高度上升至第四高度的情况下,可以检测所述连接组件从所述第二高度上升至第四高度的时长,在所述连接组件从所述第二高度上升至第四高度的时长超过相应的预设时长的情况下,控制所述连接组件执行升降动作,从当前高度下降至第二高度、再从所述第二高度上升至第四高度。In the case of controlling the connection component to rise from the second height to the fourth height, the duration of the connection component rising from the second height to the fourth height may be detected. When the duration of rising from the second height to the fourth height exceeds the corresponding preset duration, the connecting component is controlled to perform a lifting action, descending from the current height to the second height, and then rising from the second height to the fourth height.
通常情况下,连接组件运动异常时,连接组件卡在第二高度或第二高度与第四高度之间的位置,以连接组件从第二高度处开始上升的时刻为初始时刻0,经过预设时长,连接组件所卡在的高度为当前高度。相应的,当前高度可能为第二高度、或第二高度与第四高度之间的任意高度。Normally, when the connection component moves abnormally, the connection component is stuck at the second height or between the second height and the fourth height. The moment when the connection component starts to rise from the second height is the initial time 0. After the preset Duration, the height where the connected component is stuck is the current height. Correspondingly, the current height may be the second height, or any height between the second height and the fourth height.
或者,在控制所述连接组件从所述第二高度上升至第四高度的情况下,可以分别检测所述连接组件从所述第二高度上升至第三高度的时长、以及从第三高度上升至第四高度的时长。在所述连接组件从所述第二高度上升至第三高度的时长超过相应的预设时长的情况下,控制所述连接组件执行升降动作,从当前高度下降至第二高度、再从所述第二高度上升至第三高度;其中,当前高度可能为第二高度、或第二高度与第三高度之间的任意高度。以及,在所述连接组件从所述第三高度上升至第四高度的时长超过相应的预设时长的情况下,控制所述连接组件执行升降动作,从当前高度下降至第三高度、再从所述第三高度上升至第四高度;其中,当前高度可能为第三高度、或第三高度与第四高度之间的任意高度。Alternatively, when controlling the connection component to rise from the second height to the fourth height, the duration of the connection component rising from the second height to the third height and the rise from the third height can be detected respectively. The duration to reach the fourth height. When the duration of the connection component rising from the second height to the third height exceeds the corresponding preset duration, the connection component is controlled to perform a lifting action, descending from the current height to the second height, and then from the current height to the second height. The second height rises to the third height; wherein, the current height may be the second height, or any height between the second height and the third height. And, when the duration of the connecting component rising from the third height to the fourth height exceeds the corresponding preset duration, the connecting component is controlled to perform a lifting action, descending from the current height to the third height, and then from the current height to the third height. The third height rises to a fourth height; wherein, the current height may be the third height, or any height between the third height and the fourth height.
在一些应用场景中,第三高度对应为拖布组件的抬升高度,相应的,基于预设的控制逻辑,连接组件在上升至第三高度处可能会存在信号反馈或者停顿;或者,在一些应用场景中,仅第三高度处设置有执行拖布组件与连接组件连接状态检测的传感器,连接组件运动至第三高度处也可能会存在信号反馈或者停顿。因此,在接收到拖布组件与连接组件分离的信号后,分别检测所述连接组件从所述第二高度上升至第三高度的时长、以及从第三高度上升至第四高度的时长,可以使得连接组件运动异常检测逻辑与实际应用场景下的其他控制逻辑融合度更高,逻辑控制更加顺畅。In some application scenarios, the third height corresponds to the lifting height of the mop component. Accordingly, based on the preset control logic, there may be signal feedback or pause when the connecting component rises to the third height; or, in some application scenarios, , only the third height is provided with a sensor for detecting the connection status of the mop component and the connecting component. There may also be signal feedback or pause when the connecting component moves to the third height. Therefore, after receiving the signal that the mop component is separated from the connection component, respectively detecting the time duration for the connection component to rise from the second height to the third height, and the time duration for the connection component to rise from the third height to the fourth height, it is possible to achieve The motion anomaly detection logic of connected components is more closely integrated with other control logic in actual application scenarios, making logic control smoother.
或者,对于拖布组件的拆卸,在控制所述连接组件从所述第三高度上升至第四高度的情况下,可以检测所述连接组件从所述第三高度上升至第四高度的时长,在所述连接组件从所述第三高度上升至第四高度的时长超过相应的预设时长的情况下,控制所述连接组件执行升降动作,从当前高度下降至第三高度、再从所述第三高度上升至第四高度;其中,当前高度为第三高度、或者第三高度与第四高度之间的任意高度。Or, for the disassembly of the mop assembly, in the case of controlling the connection assembly to rise from the third height to the fourth height, the duration of the connection assembly rising from the third height to the fourth height can be detected. When the duration of the connecting component rising from the third height to the fourth height exceeds the corresponding preset duration, the connecting component is controlled to perform a lifting action, descending from the current height to the third height, and then from the third height. The third height rises to the fourth height; where the current height is the third height, or any height between the third height and the fourth height.
针对上述实施例,还可以分析在两个高度之间执行升降动作的次数,在两个高度之间执行升降动作的次数超过预设阈值的情况下,发出异常提醒。For the above embodiment, the number of lifting actions performed between two heights can also be analyzed, and when the number of lifting actions performed between two heights exceeds a preset threshold, an abnormality reminder is issued.
在上述实施例中,因连接组件从第二高度上升至第四高度对应拖布组件的整体分离动作,通过分析连接组件从第二高度上升至第四高度的整体时长,可以使得检测更符合实际拆卸场景。当然,也可以如上述实施例所示,采用分段执行时长检测的方式,可以更加及时准确地判断连接组件在哪两个高度段之间出现异常,方便用户执行异常排查。In the above embodiment, since the rising of the connecting component from the second height to the fourth height corresponds to the overall separation action of the mop component, by analyzing the overall duration of the rising of the connecting component from the second height to the fourth height, the detection can be made more consistent with actual disassembly. Scenes. Of course, as shown in the above embodiment, the segmented execution duration detection method can also be used to more timely and accurately determine at which two height segments an abnormality occurs in the connection component, making it easier for the user to perform abnormality troubleshooting.
一些实施例中,还可以感知拖布组件是否成功拆卸。例如,还可以在第二位置感知到拖地组件的情况下,控制所述连接组件回退至第二高度或第三高度、再从所述第二高度或第三高度上升至第四高度。其中,所述第二位置为可与连接组件保持连接状态的拖布组件所在的位置。具体实现方式可以参考上述实施例,此处不做赘述。通过进一步对拖地组件的拆卸情况进行检测,则未成功完成拆卸的情况下,重复执行上升至第四高度的动作,再次尝试进行拖地组件的拆卸,可以进一步保证拖布组件被成功拆卸。当然,若重复次数超过预设阈值,可以发出异常提醒,以使用户介入,手动完成拖地组件的拆卸。In some embodiments, it can also be sensed whether the mop assembly is successfully disassembled. For example, when the mopping component is sensed at the second position, the connecting component can be controlled to retreat to the second or third height, and then rise from the second or third height to the fourth height. Wherein, the second position is the position where the mop component that can maintain a connected state with the connecting component is located. For specific implementation methods, reference may be made to the above embodiments and will not be described in detail here. By further detecting the disassembly of the mopping component, if the disassembly is not successfully completed, repeating the action of rising to the fourth height and trying to disassemble the mopping component again can further ensure that the mopping component is successfully disassembled. Of course, if the number of repetitions exceeds the preset threshold, an exception reminder can be issued to allow the user to intervene and manually complete the disassembly of the mopping component.
优选的,可以在第三高度处检测到拖布组件与连接组件连接的情况下,控制所述连接组件从第三高度上升至第四高度,或控制所述连接组件回退至第二高度、再从第二高度上升至第四高度。例如,可以在自移动设备的第三高度处设置第二传感器,第二传感器如可以为触碰传感器,连接组件移动至第三高度处时,拖布组件可与第二传感器进行接触,从而确定拖布组件与连接组件处于连接状态。第二传感器也可以为摄像装置或者红外装置,连接组件移动至第三高度处时,第二传感器可以采集到拖布组件的图像、或者红外信号因拖布组件的存在而发生改变,从而确定拖布组件与连接组件是否处于连接状态。或者,第二传感器感知拖布组件位于第三高度时发出的第二目标信号,若感知到第二目标信号,则确认拖布组件与连接组件处于连接状态。当然,还可以 采用其他方式在第三高度处检测拖布组件与连接组件的连接状态。Preferably, when it is detected that the mop component is connected to the connection component at the third height, the connection component can be controlled to rise from the third height to the fourth height, or the connection component can be controlled to retreat to the second height, and then Rise from the second height to the fourth height. For example, a second sensor can be provided at a third height from the mobile device. The second sensor can be a touch sensor. When the connecting component moves to the third height, the mop component can come into contact with the second sensor, thereby determining that the mop Components and connected components are connected. The second sensor can also be a camera device or an infrared device. When the connecting component moves to the third height, the second sensor can collect an image of the mop component, or the infrared signal changes due to the presence of the mop component, thereby determining the relationship between the mop component and the mop component. Whether the connected component is connected. Alternatively, the second sensor senses the second target signal emitted when the mop assembly is located at the third height. If the second target signal is sensed, it is confirmed that the mop assembly and the connection assembly are in a connected state. Of course, it's okay Use other methods to detect the connection status of the mop component and the connection component at the third height.
由上述实施方式可知,第三高度为针对清洁任务设置的拖布组件抬升高度,以执行不需要拖布组件的清洁任务,通过在第三高度处检测到拖布组件与连接组件的连接状态,可以在实现拖布组件与连接组件的连接状态检测的同时,检测自移动设备在执行不需要拖布组件的清洁任务时拖布组件是否上升至抬升高度。即,通过设置一个检测传感器,可同时实现拖布组件是否成功的安装/拆卸检测、以及拖布组件是否按清洁任务所需完成抬升的检测,从而降低自移动设备的结构设计复杂度以及结构成本。It can be seen from the above embodiments that the third height is the lifting height of the mop assembly set for cleaning tasks to perform cleaning tasks that do not require the mop assembly. By detecting the connection state of the mop assembly and the connection assembly at the third height, it is possible to realize While detecting the connection status of the mop component and the connection component, it is detected whether the mop component rises to the lifting height when the mobile device performs a cleaning task that does not require the mop component. That is, by setting up a detection sensor, it is possible to simultaneously detect whether the mop assembly is successfully installed/disassembled and whether the mop assembly is lifted as required for the cleaning task, thus reducing the structural design complexity and structural cost of the mobile device.
当然,也可以在其他高度处检测到拖布组件与连接组件的连接状态,在本说明书其他实施例中不做限定。Of course, the connection status of the mop component and the connection component can also be detected at other heights, which is not limited in other embodiments of this specification.
基于实施例的方案,如可以在控制连接组件从第二高度上升至第四高度执行拖布组件拆卸的过程中,检测连接组件从第二高度上升至第三高度的时长、以及第三高度上升至第四高度的时长,或者,第二高度上升至第四高度的时长。若出现超时,则执行对应的升降动作,在升降动作重复次数达到预设阈值后,则可以发出连接组件运动异常提醒。若未出现超时,可以检测拖布组件是否完成拆卸。若检测结果表明拖布组件未完成拆卸,还可以控制连接组件再次执行从第二高度上升至第四高度的动作,尝试再次拆卸,尝试次数达到预设阈值后,则可以拖布组件拆卸异常发出提醒。Based on the solution of the embodiment, for example, during the process of controlling the connection assembly to rise from the second height to the fourth height to perform the disassembly of the mop assembly, the duration of the rise of the connection assembly from the second height to the third height, and the rise of the third height to The duration of the fourth height, or the duration of the rise from the second height to the fourth height. If a timeout occurs, the corresponding lifting action will be executed. After the number of repetitions of the lifting action reaches the preset threshold, a reminder for abnormal motion of the connected component can be issued. If no timeout occurs, you can detect whether the mop component has been disassembled. If the detection result shows that the mop component has not been completely disassembled, the connecting component can be controlled to perform the action of rising from the second height to the fourth height again and try to disassemble again. After the number of attempts reaches the preset threshold, a reminder can be issued if the mop component is disassembled abnormally.
或者,在一些应用场景中,仅第三高度处设置有执行拖布组件与连接组件连接状态检测的传感器,其他高度处未设置有检测元件,对于此应用场景下,若控制连接组件从第二高度上升至第四高度,执行拖布组件的拆卸,则可以先检测连接组件从第二高度上升至第三高度的时长。如以控制器发出向向第四高度上升的指令的时刻为初始时刻,若经过预设时长后,在第三高度处未检测到反映拖布组件与连接组件连接状态的信号,则可以认为连接组件从第二高度上升至第三高度的过程中,出现运动异常。可以控制连接组件回退至第二高度,尝试再次上升至第三高度;若尝试多次后,均未能在预设时长内,在第三高度处检测到反映拖布组件与连接组件连接状态的信号,则发出连接组件在第二高度与第三高度之间存在运动异常的提醒。Or, in some application scenarios, only the sensor for detecting the connection status of the mop component and the connection component is provided at the third height, and no detection components are provided at other heights. For this application scenario, if the connection component is controlled from the second height After rising to the fourth height and performing the disassembly of the mop component, the duration of rising of the connecting component from the second height to the third height can be detected. For example, if the time when the controller issues an instruction to rise to the fourth height is taken as the initial time, if after a preset time period, no signal reflecting the connection status of the mop component and the connection component is detected at the third height, it can be considered that the connection component While ascending from the second altitude to the third altitude, motion abnormalities occurred. You can control the connection component to return to the second height and try to rise to the third height again; if after trying multiple times, the connection status of the mop component and the connection component cannot be detected at the third height within the preset time period. signal, it will send out a reminder that there is abnormal movement of the connecting component between the second height and the third height.
若在预设时长内,在第三高度处检测到反映拖布组件与连接组件连接状态的信号,则可以控制连接组件从第三高度上升至第四高度,并以从第三高度开始上升的时刻为初始时刻。如可以以在第三高度处检测到反映拖布组件与连接组件连接状态的信号的时刻为初始时刻;或者,如涉及重新发出控制指令,则可以控制器发出从第三高度向第四高度上升的指令的时刻为初始时刻,等等。经过预设时长后,可以控制连接组件回退至第三高度,以检测拖布组件与连接组件连接状态,若确认拖布组件与连接组件分离,则可以认为拖布组件拆卸成功。还可以进一步控制连接组件从第三高度上升至第四高度。拖布组件拆卸成功可以间接反映出连接组件在第三高度与第四高度之间的运动无异常。当然,若在第三高度处确认拖布组件与连接组件仍处于连接状态,则认为连接组件在第三高度与第四高度之间的运动存在异常,此时,连接组件可以尝试从第三高度上升至第四高度,经过预设时长后,再返回至第三高度,检测拖布组件与连接组件连接状态;重复几次后,若拖布组件与连接组件仍处于连接状态,则可以发出连接组件在第三高度与第四高度之间的运动存在异常或者拆卸存在异常的提醒。If within the preset time period, a signal reflecting the connection status of the mop component and the connection component is detected at the third height, the connection component can be controlled to rise from the third height to the fourth height, and the moment starting from the third height is the initial moment. For example, the moment when the signal reflecting the connection status of the mop component and the connection component is detected at the third height can be used as the initial moment; or, if it involves re-issuing the control command, the controller can issue a signal rising from the third height to the fourth height. The time of the instruction is the initial time, etc. After a preset time period, the connection component can be controlled to return to the third height to detect the connection status of the mop component and the connection component. If it is confirmed that the mop component and the connection component are separated, the mop component can be considered to be successfully disassembled. The connection assembly can also be further controlled to rise from the third height to the fourth height. The successful disassembly of the mop assembly can indirectly reflect that the movement of the connecting assembly between the third and fourth heights is normal. Of course, if it is confirmed that the mop component and the connecting component are still connected at the third height, it is considered that there is an abnormality in the movement of the connecting component between the third height and the fourth height. At this time, the connecting component can try to rise from the third height. to the fourth height, and after a preset time period, return to the third height to detect the connection status of the mop component and the connection component; after repeating several times, if the mop component and the connection component are still connected, the connection component can be sent out at the third height. It is a reminder that there is an abnormality in the movement between the third height and the fourth height or there is an abnormality in the disassembly.
相应的,一些实施例中,针对仅第三高度处设置有执行拖布组件与连接组件连接状态检测的传感器的情况,对于连接组件从第二高度上升至第四高度的控制逻辑如下:在从第二高度开始上升之后的预设时长后,在第三高度处检测到反映拖布组件与连接组件连接状态的信号,则控制连接组件从第三高度上升至第四高度。若在第三高度处未检测到反映拖布组件与连接组件连接状态的信号,则控制连接组件回退至第二高度,尝试再次上升至第三高度。在从第三高度开始上升之后的预设时长后,控制连接组件回退至第三高度,若在第三高度处检测到反映拖布组件与连接组件连接状态的信号,则确认拖布组件拆卸成功;若在第三高度处未检测到反映拖布组件与连接组件连接状态的信号,则控制连接组件回退至第三高度,尝试再次上升至第四高度。利用上述控制逻辑,可以在简化检测元件的同时,进一步简化拖布组件拆卸的控制逻辑。Correspondingly, in some embodiments, for the case where a sensor for detecting the connection status of the mop component and the connection component is provided only at the third height, the control logic for the connection component rising from the second height to the fourth height is as follows: After a preset time period after the second height begins to rise, a signal reflecting the connection status of the mop component and the connection component is detected at the third height, and the connection component is controlled to rise from the third height to the fourth height. If no signal reflecting the connection status of the mop component and the connection component is detected at the third height, the connection component is controlled to return to the second height and attempts to rise to the third height again. After a preset time period after starting to rise from the third height, the connection component is controlled to return to the third height. If a signal reflecting the connection status of the mop component and the connection component is detected at the third height, it is confirmed that the mop component is successfully disassembled; If no signal reflecting the connection status of the mop component and the connection component is detected at the third height, the connection component is controlled to return to the third height and attempts to rise to the fourth height again. By utilizing the above control logic, while simplifying the detection components, the control logic for disassembling the mop assembly can be further simplified.
当然,也可以在发出控制连接组件上升至第四高度的指令后,经过预设时长,检测连接组件与拖布组件的连接状态。若检测结果表明拖布组件未完成拆卸,还可以控制连接组件再次执行从第二高度或第三高度上升至第四高度的动作,尝试再次拆卸,尝试次数达到预设阈值后,则可以拖布组件拆卸异常发出提醒。通过将时长控制与连接状态检测结合,可以更加简单方便地进行拖布组件的拆卸控制。Of course, it is also possible to detect the connection status of the connecting component and the mop component after a preset time period has elapsed after issuing an instruction to control the connecting component to rise to the fourth height. If the detection result shows that the mop component has not been completely disassembled, the connecting component can be controlled to perform the action of rising from the second height or the third height to the fourth height again, and try to disassemble again. After the number of attempts reaches the preset threshold, the mop component can be disassembled. Alerts for exceptions. By combining duration control with connection status detection, the disassembly control of the mop assembly can be more simply and conveniently controlled.
基于上述实施方式,本说明书实施例还提供一种自移动设备的拖布组件的安装方法,所述自移动设备包括连接组件,所述拖布组件可拆卸连接于所述连接组件;沿所述自移动设备的高度方向,所述连接组件至少具有第二高度和高于第二高度的第三高度和/或第四高度。在所述第二高度时,与所述连接组件连接的拖布组件能够进行拖地工作。相应的,所述方法包括:在所述清洁基站中存在拖布组件、所述自移动设备上未设置有拖布组 件、所述自移动设备的待清洁任务需要使用拖布组件、且所述自移动设备位于清洁基站中的情况下,控制所述连接组件从所述第三高度或第四高度下降至第二高度,以在所述第二高度处,将所述清洁基站中的拖布组件与所述连接组件连接。Based on the above embodiments, embodiments of this specification also provide a method for installing a mop component of a self-moving device. The self-moving device includes a connecting component, and the mop component is detachably connected to the connecting component; along the self-moving device In the height direction of the device, the connecting component has at least a second height and a third height and/or a fourth height higher than the second height. At the second height, the mop component connected to the connection component can perform mopping work. Correspondingly, the method includes: there is a mop assembly in the cleaning base station, and there is no mop assembly on the mobile device. When the cleaning task of the self-mobile device requires the use of a mop assembly and the self-mobile device is located in a cleaning base station, control the connection component to drop from the third height or the fourth height to the second height. , to connect the mop component in the cleaning base station with the connection component at the second height.
例如,自移动设备在清洁基站中拆卸完拖布组件后,可以保持连接组件位于第四高度,之后,自移动设备离开清洁基站,执行不需要拖布组件的清洁任务;在接收到需要使用拖布组件的待清洁任务后,再前往清洁基站完成拖布组件的安装。相应的,在确定自移动设备位于清洁基站中的情况下,可以控制连接组件从第四高度下降至第二高度,在所述第二高度处,将拖布组件与连接组件连接,完成拖布组件的安装。For example, after the self-mobile device disassembles the mop component in the cleaning base station, the connected component can be kept at the fourth height. After that, the self-mobile device leaves the cleaning base station and performs cleaning tasks that do not require the mop component; after receiving a request that requires the use of the mop component After the cleaning task, go to the cleaning base station to complete the installation of the mop assembly. Correspondingly, when it is determined that the mobile device is located in the cleaning base station, the connection component can be controlled to drop from the fourth height to the second height. At the second height, the mop component is connected to the connection component to complete the mop component. Install.
在连接组件保持在第四高度的情况下,自移动设备离开和/或进入清洁基站,可以尽可能避免自移动设备在离开和/或进入清洁基站时,连接组件影响已拆卸的拖布组件在清洁基站中的位置,导致拖布组件发生移动,进而影响拖布组件的安装。在连接组件保持在第四高度的情况下,自移动设备执行不需要拖布组件的清洁任务,还可以保证连接组件与地面之间有足够大的距离,提高自移动设备的越障能力;同时,针对连接组件内设置有电磁组件,以通过电磁方式实现与拖布组件连接的情况,自移动设备执行不需要拖布组件的清洁任务,控制连接组件保持在第四高度,还可以避免连接组件行进过程中磁吸其他金属件,进而影响拖布组件的安装。When the connecting component is maintained at the fourth height, when the self-moving device leaves and/or enters the cleaning base station, it can be avoided as much as possible that the connecting component affects the disassembled mop component during cleaning when the self-moving device leaves and/or enters the cleaning base station. The position in the base station causes the mop component to move, which in turn affects the installation of the mop component. When the connecting component is maintained at the fourth height, the self-moving device can perform cleaning tasks that do not require a mop component, and can also ensure that there is a sufficient distance between the connecting component and the ground, improving the obstacle-crossing ability of the self-moving device; at the same time, For the case where an electromagnetic component is provided in the connecting component to realize the connection with the mop component through electromagnetic means, the mobile device performs a cleaning task that does not require the mop component, and controls the connecting component to remain at the fourth height, which can also avoid the movement of the connecting component. Magnetically attracts other metal parts, thereby affecting the installation of the mop assembly.
当然,自移动设备在拆卸完拖布组件后,也可以保持拖布组件位于第三高度处,或者,将拖布组件调整至第二高度与第三高度之间的任意位置,等等,此处不过限定。Of course, after the mobile device has disassembled the mop assembly, it can also keep the mop assembly at the third height, or adjust the mop assembly to any position between the second height and the third height, etc. This is not a limitation. .
第二高度为拖布组件可执行拖地工作的高度,在该位置处拖布组件与连接组件的连接更加稳定,因此,本说明书上述实施例,采用在第二高度处执行拖布部件与连接组件的连接操作,可以使得拖布组件与连接组件的连接成功率更高,且连接更加稳定。且在拖布组件与连接组件安装后,无需更多操作,即可使得自移动设备执行所需的拖地工作,从而在更好地满足实际应用场景的基础上,进一步降低拖布组件安装控制逻辑的复杂度。The second height is the height at which the mopping component can perform mopping work. At this position, the connection between the mopping component and the connecting component is more stable. Therefore, in the above embodiments of this specification, the connection between the mopping component and the connecting component is performed at the second height. Operation can make the connection success rate of the mop component and the connection component higher and the connection more stable. And after the mop component and the connection component are installed, the mobile device can perform the required mopping work without any further operations, thereby further reducing the complexity of the mop component installation control logic on the basis of better meeting the actual application scenarios. the complexity.
一些实施例中,对于拖布组件的安装,针对所述连接组件在第二高度、第三高度、第四高度中的任两个高度之间的下降动作,当存在所述连接组件在该两个高度之间下降的时长超过预设时长的情况下,控制所述连接组件回退到下降前的高度、再执行一次下降动作。在两个高度之间执行下降的动作次数超过预设阈值的情况下,发出异常提醒。In some embodiments, for the installation of the mop assembly, for the descending action of the connecting assembly between any two heights of the second height, the third height, and the fourth height, when there is a position of the connecting assembly between the two heights, If the descending time between heights exceeds the preset time length, the connecting component is controlled to return to the height before descending and perform the descending action again. When the number of descending actions between two heights exceeds the preset threshold, an abnormal reminder is issued.
对于拖布组件的安装,在控制所述连接组件从所述第四高度下降至第二高度的情况下,可以检测所述连接组件从所述第四高度下降至第二高度的时长,在所述连接组件从所述第四高度下降至第二高度的时长超过相应的预设时长的情况下,控制所述连接组件执行升降动作,从当前高度上升至第四高度、再从第四高度下降至第二高度;其中,当前高度可能为第四高度、或者第四高度与第二高度之间的任意高度。For the installation of the mop assembly, in the case of controlling the descending of the connecting assembly from the fourth height to the second height, the duration of the descending of the connecting assembly from the fourth height to the second height can be detected. When the time for the connecting component to drop from the fourth height to the second height exceeds the corresponding preset time, the connecting component is controlled to perform a lifting action, rising from the current height to the fourth height, and then falling from the fourth height to The second height; where the current height may be the fourth height, or any height between the fourth height and the second height.
或者,可以分段检测时长,在所述连接组件从第四高度下降至第三高度的时长超过相应的预设时长的情况下,控制所述连接组件执行升降动作,从当前高度上升至第四高度、再从第四高度下降至第三高度;其中,当前高度可能为第四高度、或者第四高度与第三高度之间的任意高度。以及,在所述连接组件从所述第三高度下降至第二高度的时长超过相应的预设时长的情况下,控制所述连接组件执行升降动作,从当前高度上升至第三高度、再从第三高度下降至第二高度;其中,当前高度可能为第三高度、或者第三高度与第二高度之间的任意高度。Alternatively, the duration can be detected in segments. When the duration of the connection component falling from the fourth height to the third height exceeds the corresponding preset duration, the connection component is controlled to perform a lifting action to rise from the current height to the fourth height. height, and then descends from the fourth height to the third height; where the current height may be the fourth height, or any height between the fourth height and the third height. And, when the duration of the connection component falling from the third height to the second height exceeds the corresponding preset duration, the connection component is controlled to perform a lifting action, rising from the current height to the third height, and then from the current height to the third height. The third height descends to the second height; where the current height may be the third height, or any height between the third height and the second height.
或者,对于拖布组件的安装,在控制所述连接组件从所述第三高度下降至第二高度的情况下,可以检测所述连接组件从所述第三高度下降至第二高度的时长,在所述连接组件从所述第三高度下降至第二高度的时长超过相应的预设时长的情况下,控制所述连接组件执行升降动作,从当前高度上升至第三高度、再从第三高度下降至第二高度;其中,当前高度可能为第三高度、或者第三高度与第二高度之间的任意高度。Alternatively, for the installation of the mop assembly, in the case of controlling the descent of the connection assembly from the third height to the second height, the duration of the descent of the connection assembly from the third height to the second height can be detected, in When the duration of the connection component falling from the third height to the second height exceeds the corresponding preset duration, the connection component is controlled to perform a lifting action, rising from the current height to the third height, and then from the third height. Descend to the second altitude; where the current altitude may be the third altitude, or any altitude between the third altitude and the second altitude.
针对上述实施例,还可以分析在两个高度之间执行升降动作的次数,在两个高度之间执行升降动作的次数超过预设阈值的情况下,发出异常提醒。For the above embodiment, the number of lifting actions performed between two heights can also be analyzed, and when the number of lifting actions performed between two heights exceeds a preset threshold, an abnormality reminder is issued.
一些实施例中,还可以感知拖布组件是否成功拆卸。例如,还可以在第二位置感知到拖地组件的情况下,控制所述连接组件回退至所述第三高度或第四高度、再从第三高度或第四高度下降至第二高度。其中,所述第二位置为可与连接组件保持连接状态的拖布组件所在的位置。具体实现方式可以参考上述实施例,此处不做赘述。在连接组件下降至第二高度后,对拖地组件的安装情况进行检测,则未成功完成安装的情况下,重复执行上述升降动作,再次尝试进行拖地组件的安装,可以进一步保证拖布组件被成功安装。当然,若上述升降动作的重复次数超过预设阈值,可以发出异常提醒,以使用户介入,手动完成拖地组件的安装。In some embodiments, it can also be sensed whether the mop assembly is successfully disassembled. For example, when the mopping component is sensed at the second position, the connecting component can be controlled to retreat to the third height or the fourth height, and then drop from the third height or the fourth height to the second height. Wherein, the second position is the position where the mop component that can maintain a connected state with the connection component is located. For specific implementation methods, reference may be made to the above embodiments and will not be described in detail here. After the connecting component drops to the second height, the installation of the mopping component is detected. If the installation is not successfully completed, repeat the above lifting action and try to install the mopping component again, which can further ensure that the mopping component is installed. Installed successfully. Of course, if the number of repetitions of the above-mentioned lifting actions exceeds the preset threshold, an abnormal reminder can be issued to allow the user to intervene and manually complete the installation of the mopping component.
优选的,可以在第三高度处检测到拖布组件与连接组件未连接的情况下,控制所述连接组件从第三高度下 降至第二高度,或控制所述连接组件回退至第四高度、再从第四高度下降至第二高度;和/或,控制所述自移动设备在所述清洁基站中移动。在第三高度处检测到拖布组件与连接组件连接状态的方案参考上述实施例,此处不做赘述。Preferably, when it is detected at the third height that the mop component and the connection component are not connected, the connection component can be controlled to descend from the third height. Lower to the second height, or control the connection assembly to return to the fourth height, and then drop from the fourth height to the second height; and/or control the mobile device to move in the cleaning base station. For the solution of detecting the connection state of the mop component and the connection component at the third height, refer to the above embodiment and will not be described again here.
基于实施例的方案,如可以在控制连接组件从第四高度下降至第二高度执行拖布组件安装的过程中,检测连接组件从第四高度下降至第三高度的时长、以及第三高度下降至第二高度的时长,或者,第四高度下降至第二高度的时长。若出现超时,则执行对应的升降动作,在升降动作重复次数达到预设阈值后,则可以发出连接组件运动异常提醒。若未出现超时,可以检测拖布组件是否完成安装。若检测结果表明拖布组件未完成安装,还可以控制连接组件再次执行从第四高度下降至第二高度的动作,尝试再次安装,尝试次数达到预设阈值后,则可以拖布组件安装异常发出提醒。Based on the solution of the embodiment, for example, during the process of controlling the connection component to drop from the fourth height to the second height to install the mop component, the duration of the drop of the connection component from the fourth height to the third height, and the length of the drop of the third height to The duration of the second altitude, or the duration of the descent from the fourth altitude to the second altitude. If a timeout occurs, the corresponding lifting action will be executed. After the number of repetitions of the lifting action reaches the preset threshold, a reminder for abnormal motion of the connected component can be issued. If no timeout occurs, you can check whether the mop component has been installed. If the detection results indicate that the mop component has not been installed, the connecting component can be controlled to perform the action of descending from the fourth height to the second height again and try to install again. After the number of attempts reaches the preset threshold, a reminder can be issued for abnormal installation of the mop component.
或者,在一些应用场景中,仅第三高度处设置有执行拖布组件与连接组件连接状态检测的传感器,其他高度处未设置有检测元件,对于此应用场景下,若控制连接组件从第四高度下降至第二高度,执行拖布组件的拆卸,则可以先检测连接组件从第四高度下降至第三高度的时长。如以控制器发出向向第二高度下降的指令的时刻为初始时刻,若经过预设时长后,在第三高度处未检测到反映拖布组件与连接组件连接状态的信号,则可以认为连接组件从第四高度下降至第三高度的过程中,出现运动异常。可以控制连接组件回退至第四高度,尝试再次下降至第三高度;若尝试多次后,均未能在预设时长内,在第三高度处检测到反映拖布组件与连接组件连接状态的信号,则发出连接组件在第四高度与第三高度之间存在运动异常的提醒。Or, in some application scenarios, only the sensor for detecting the connection status of the mop component and the connection component is provided at the third height, and no detection components are provided at other heights. For this application scenario, if the connection component is controlled from the fourth height After descending to the second height and performing the disassembly of the mop component, the duration of the connection component descending from the fourth height to the third height can be detected first. For example, if the moment when the controller sends an instruction to descend to the second height is taken as the initial moment, if after a preset time period, no signal reflecting the connection status of the mop component and the connection component is detected at the third height, it can be considered that the connection component During the descent from the fourth altitude to the third altitude, motion abnormalities occurred. You can control the connecting component to return to the fourth height and try to descend to the third height again; if after trying multiple times, the connection status of the mop component and the connecting component cannot be detected at the third height within the preset time period. signal, it will send out a reminder that there is abnormal movement of the connecting component between the fourth height and the third height.
若在预设时长内,在第三高度处检测到反映拖布组件与连接组件连接状态的信号,则可以控制连接组件从第三高度下降至第二高度,并以从第三高度开始下降的时刻为初始时刻。如可以以在第三高度处检测到反映拖布组件与连接组件连接状态的信号的时刻为初始时刻;或者,如涉及重新发出控制指令,则可以控制器发出从第三高度向第二高度下降的指令的时刻为初始时刻,等等。经过预设时长后,可以控制连接组件回退至第三高度,以检测拖布组件与连接组件连接状态,若确认拖布组件与连接组件连接,则可以认为拖布组件安装成功。拖布组件安装成功可以间接反映出连接组件在第三高度与第二高度之间的运动无异常。当然,若在第三高度处确认拖布组件与连接组件仍处于分离状态,则认为连接组件在第三高度与第二高度之间的运动存在异常,此时,连接组件可以尝试从第三高度下降至第二高度,经过预设时长后,再返回至第三高度,检测拖布组件与连接组件连接状态;重复几次后,若拖布组件与连接组件仍处于分离状态,则可以发出连接组件在第三高度与第二高度之间的运动存在异常或者拆卸存在异常的提醒。If a signal reflecting the connection status of the mop component and the connection component is detected at the third height within the preset time period, the connection component can be controlled to drop from the third height to the second height, and the time when the drop starts from the third height is the initial moment. For example, the moment when the signal reflecting the connection status of the mop component and the connection component is detected at the third height can be used as the initial moment; or, if it involves re-issuing the control command, the controller can issue a command to descend from the third height to the second height. The time of the instruction is the initial time, and so on. After a preset time period, the connection component can be controlled to return to the third height to detect the connection status of the mop component and the connection component. If it is confirmed that the mop component is connected to the connection component, it can be considered that the mop component is installed successfully. The successful installation of the mop component can indirectly reflect that there is no abnormality in the movement of the connecting component between the third height and the second height. Of course, if it is confirmed that the mop component and the connecting component are still separated at the third height, it is considered that there is an abnormality in the movement of the connecting component between the third height and the second height. At this time, the connecting component can try to descend from the third height. to the second height, and after a preset time period, return to the third height to detect the connection status of the mop component and the connection component; after repeating several times, if the mop component and the connection component are still in a separated state, the connection component can be sent out at the third height. It is a reminder that there is an abnormality in the movement between the third height and the second height or there is an abnormality in the disassembly.
相应的,一些实施例中,针对仅第三高度处设置有执行拖布组件与连接组件连接状态检测的传感器的情况,对于连接组件从第四高度下降至第二高度的控制逻辑如下:在从第四高度开始下降之后的预设时长后,在第三高度处检测到反映拖布组件与连接组件连接状态的信号,则控制连接组件从第三高度下降至第二高度。若在第三高度处未检测到反映拖布组件与连接组件连接状态的信号,则控制连接组件回退至第四高度,尝试再次下降至第三高度。在从第三高度开始下降之后的预设时长后,控制连接组件回退至第三高度,若在第三高度处检测到反映拖布组件与连接组件连接状态的信号,则确认拖布组件安装成功;若在第三高度处未检测到反映拖布组件与连接组件连接状态的信号,则控制连接组件回退至第三高度,尝试再次下降至第二高度。利用上述控制逻辑,可以在简化检测元件的同时,进一步简化拖布组件安装的控制逻辑。Correspondingly, in some embodiments, for the case where a sensor for detecting the connection status of the mop component and the connection component is provided only at the third height, the control logic for the connection component to drop from the fourth height to the second height is as follows: After a preset time period after the fourth height begins to decrease, a signal reflecting the connection status of the mop component and the connection component is detected at the third height, and the connection component is controlled to drop from the third height to the second height. If no signal reflecting the connection status of the mop component and the connection component is detected at the third height, the connection component is controlled to return to the fourth height and attempts to descend to the third height again. After a preset time period after starting to descend from the third height, the connection component is controlled to return to the third height. If a signal reflecting the connection status of the mop component and the connection component is detected at the third height, it is confirmed that the mop component is installed successfully; If no signal reflecting the connection status of the mop component and the connection component is detected at the third height, the connection component is controlled to return to the third height and attempts to descend to the second height again. By utilizing the above control logic, while simplifying the detection components, the control logic for installing the mop assembly can be further simplified.
或者,也可以在发出控制连接组件下降至第二高度的指令后,经过预设时长,检测连接组件与拖布组件的连接状态。若检测结果表明拖布组件未完成安装,还可以控制连接组件再次执行从第四高度或第三高度下降至第二高度的动作,尝试再次安装,尝试次数达到预设阈值后,则可以拖布组件安装异常发出提醒。通过将时长控制与连接状态检测结合,可以更加简单方便地进行拖布组件的安装控制。Alternatively, the connection status of the connecting component and the mop component may be detected after a preset time period has elapsed after the instruction is issued to control the connecting component to descend to the second height. If the detection results indicate that the mop component has not been installed, the connecting component can also be controlled to perform the action of descending from the fourth height or the third height to the second height again, and try to install it again. After the number of attempts reaches the preset threshold, the mop component can be installed. Alerts for exceptions. By combining duration control with connection status detection, the installation control of the mop component can be made more simple and convenient.
或者,还可以在确定拖布组件未完成安装的情况下,在控制连接组件从第三高度或者第四高度下降至第二高度的过程中,控制自移动设备在清洁基站中进行小幅度的移动,从而可以在拖布组件存在位置偏差的情况下,保证拖布组件完成安装。例如,可以在未感知到第二目标信号的情况下,控制连接组件从第三高度下降的同时,控制自移动设备执行后退操作,尝试执行拖布组件的安装。Alternatively, when it is determined that the mop assembly has not been completely installed, in the process of controlling the connection assembly to drop from the third height or the fourth height to the second height, the self-mobile device can be controlled to move slightly in the cleaning base station, This can ensure that the mop component is installed completely even if there is a positional deviation of the mop component. For example, without sensing the second target signal, the connecting component may be controlled to descend from the third height and at the same time, the mobile device may be controlled to perform a backward operation to attempt to install the mop component.
由上述实施方式可知,自移动设备偶尔也需要用户介入手动完成拖布组件的安装、拆卸;或者在没有清洁基站的情况下,自移动设备需要用户手动完成拖布组件的安装、拆卸。针对拖布组件的拆卸,不限制连接组件所在的位置,用户均可手动拆卸拖布组件。针对拖布组件的安装,在确认需要用户手动安装拖布组件时,可以判断拖布组件是否位于第四高度;若拖布组件位于第四高度,则可以控制拖布组件从第四高度下降至第三高度、 或第二高度、或第三高度与第二高度之间的任意高度,之后,用户可以手动将拖布组件连接在连接组件上。It can be seen from the above embodiments that the self-mobile device occasionally requires the user to intervene to manually complete the installation and disassembly of the mop assembly; or in the absence of a cleaning base station, the self-mobile device requires the user to manually complete the installation and disassembly of the mop assembly. Regarding the disassembly of the mop component, the user can manually disassemble the mop component regardless of the location of the connecting component. Regarding the installation of the mop component, when it is confirmed that the user is required to manually install the mop component, it can be determined whether the mop component is located at the fourth height; if the mop component is located at the fourth height, the mop component can be controlled to drop from the fourth height to the third height. or the second height, or any height between the third height and the second height, after which the user can manually connect the mop component to the connection component.
基于上述实施方式,本说明书实施例还提供一种自移动设备的拖布组件的安装方法,所述自移动设备包括连接组件,所述拖布组件可拆卸连接于所述连接组件;沿所述自移动设备的高度方向,所述连接组件至少具有第二高度和高于第二高度的第三高度和/或第四高度。在所述第二高度时,与所述连接组件连接的拖布组件能够进行拖地工作。在所述自移动设备上未设置有拖布组件、所述自移动设备的待清洁任务需要使用拖布组件、所述自移动设备的轮子悬空、且在第三高度处检测到拖布组件与连接组件未连接的情况下,控制所述连接组件从第三高度下降至第五高度,以在第五高度处,将拖布组件连接到所述连接组件上;其中,第五高度为低于第三高度、且使得第三高度处检测不到拖布组件与连接组件连接状态的高度。Based on the above embodiments, embodiments of this specification also provide a method for installing a mop component of a self-moving device. The self-moving device includes a connecting component, and the mop component is detachably connected to the connecting component; along the self-moving device In the height direction of the device, the connecting component has at least a second height and a third height and/or a fourth height higher than the second height. At the second height, the mop component connected to the connection component can perform mopping work. There is no mop assembly on the self-moving device, the cleaning task of the self-moving device requires the use of a mop assembly, the wheels of the self-moving device are suspended, and it is detected at the third height that the mop assembly and the connection assembly are not connected. In the case of connection, the connecting component is controlled to drop from the third height to the fifth height, so as to connect the mop component to the connecting component at the fifth height; wherein the fifth height is lower than the third height, And the height at which the mop component and the connection component are connected cannot be detected at the third height.
可以仅在第三高度设置检测拖布组件与连接组件的连接状态的传感器,具体实施方式参考上述实施例,此处不做赘述。相应的,在确认需要用户手动安装拖布组件时,若拖布组件位于第四高度,则可以控制拖布组件从第四高度下降,连接组件经过第三高度时,可以利用第三高度处的传感器确定拖布组件与连接组件的连接状态。若拖布组件与连接组件未连接,则可以控制连接组件继续从第三高度下降,下降至第三高度处检测不到拖布组件与连接组件连接状态的高度即停止,以使用户将拖布组件手动安装至连接组件。在用户将拖布组件安装至自移动设备上后,还可以控制连接组件上升至第三高度处,检测拖布组件与连接组件的连接状态,以确定拖布组件是否安装成功。The sensor for detecting the connection status of the mop component and the connection component may be provided only at the third height. For specific implementation details, refer to the above embodiments and will not be described again here. Correspondingly, when it is confirmed that the user is required to manually install the mop component, if the mop component is located at the fourth height, the mop component can be controlled to descend from the fourth height. When the connecting component passes the third height, the sensor at the third height can be used to determine the mop component. The connection status of components and connected components. If the mop component and the connection component are not connected, the connection component can be controlled to continue to descend from the third height, and stop when the connection state between the mop component and the connection component cannot be detected at the third height, so that the user can manually install the mop component. to connect components. After the user installs the mop component on the mobile device, the user can also control the connection component to rise to the third height, and detect the connection status of the mop component and the connection component to determine whether the mop component is installed successfully.
鉴于拖布组件与连接组件是否连接的检测高度仅处于第三高度,连接组件在从第三高度向第二高度下降时,第三高度处的传感器,无法区分连接组件是在第二高度处还是在第二高度与第三高度之间。相应的,若是将第二高度处作为手动安装拖布组件的高度,则还需要在第二高度设置检测元件,确定连接组件是否移动至第二高度。而采用上述实施例的方案,控制连接组件从第三高度下降过程中,第三高度处的传感器恰好检测不到拖布组件与连接组件的连接状态时,即停止下降,在该高度安装拖布组件,只需利用第三高度的传感器,即可完成拖布组件手动安装的控制,从而可以进一步简化控制逻辑以及检测结构。Since the detection height of whether the mop component and the connecting component are connected is only at the third height, when the connecting component descends from the third height to the second height, the sensor at the third height cannot distinguish whether the connecting component is at the second height or at the second height. between the second and third heights. Correspondingly, if the second height is used as the height for manually installing the mop assembly, it is also necessary to set a detection element at the second height to determine whether the connection assembly has moved to the second height. According to the solution of the above embodiment, when the sensor at the third height cannot detect the connection state between the mop component and the connection component when the connection component is controlled to descend from the third height, the descent is stopped and the mop component is installed at that height. Only the sensor at the third height can be used to control the manual installation of the mop assembly, thus further simplifying the control logic and detection structure.
同时,上述实施例的方案,使得连接组件处于第二高度与第三高度之间,无论连接组件与拖布组件之间是采用卡接、螺纹连接、还是磁性连接等连接方式,连接组件基于均已处于方便用户手动操作的范围内,从而可满足用户的手动安装需求,且可保证拖布组件与连接组件安装的稳定性。At the same time, the solution of the above embodiment makes the connecting component between the second height and the third height. No matter whether the connecting component and the mop component are connected by snap connection, threaded connection, or magnetic connection, the connecting component is based on It is within the range that is convenient for users to manually operate, thereby meeting the user's manual installation needs and ensuring the stability of the installation of the mop component and the connecting component.
一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:在所述自移动设备设置有所述拖布组件、且所述自移动设备未位于所述清洁基站中的情况下,确定所述自移动设备的工作状态;在所述工作状态指示所述自移动设备处于工作态的情况下,控制处于第二高度的连接组件上升至第三高度,所述第三高度为针对所述待清洁任务设置的拖布组件抬升高度;在所述工作状态指示所述自移动设备处于空闲态的情况下,控制所述自移动设备移动至所述清洁基站,以将所述自移动设备的拖布组件与连接组件分离。具体实施方式可以参考上述实施例,此处不做赘述。In some embodiments, the method further includes: determining the working status of the self-mobile device when the self-mobile device is provided with the mop assembly and the self-mobile device is not located in the cleaning base station. ; When the working state indicates that the mobile device is in a working state, control the connection assembly at the second height to rise to a third height, and the third height is the lifting of the mop assembly set for the cleaning task to be done Height; when the working status indicates that the self-mobile device is in an idle state, control the self-mobile device to move to the cleaning base station to separate the mop component of the self-mobile device from the connection component. For specific implementation methods, reference may be made to the above embodiments, which will not be described in detail here.
一些实施例中,在所述自移动设备的待清洁任务的数量大于1的情况下,所述方法还包括:根据当前时刻所述自移动设备是否设置有所述拖布组件,确定第一清洁任务和第二清洁任务的执行顺序;其中,第一清洁任务为所述待清洁任务中使用所述拖布组件的任务,第二清洁任务为所述待清洁任务中不使用所述拖布组件的任务。In some embodiments, when the number of tasks to be cleaned on the self-mobile device is greater than 1, the method further includes: determining the first cleaning task according to whether the self-mobile device is equipped with the mop assembly at the current moment. and the execution sequence of the second cleaning task; wherein the first cleaning task is a task that uses the mop assembly among the tasks to be cleaned, and the second cleaning task is a task that does not use the mop assembly among the tasks to be cleaned.
在所述自移动设备在当前时刻设置有拖布组件的情况下,执行所述第一清洁任务;在所述第一清洁任务执行完成的情况下,控制所述自移动设备移动至所述清洁基站,以将所述自移动设备的拖布组件与连接组件分离;在将所述自移动设备的拖布组件与连接组件分离后,执行所述第二清洁任务。When the self-mobile device is equipped with a mop assembly at the current moment, execute the first cleaning task; when the execution of the first cleaning task is completed, control the self-mobile device to move to the cleaning base station to separate the mop assembly of the self-mobile device from the connection assembly; and after the mop assembly of the self-mobile device is separated from the connection assembly, the second cleaning task is performed.
在所述自移动设备在当前时刻未设置有拖布组件的情况下,执行所述第二清洁任务;在所述第二清洁任务执行完成的情况下,控制所述自移动设备移动至所述清洁基站,以将所述清洁基站中的拖布组件与所述连接组件连接;在将所述清洁基站中的拖布组件与所述连接组件连接之后,执行所述第一清洁任务。When the self-mobile device is not equipped with a mop assembly at the current moment, execute the second cleaning task; when the execution of the second cleaning task is completed, control the self-mobile device to move to the cleaning a base station to connect the mop assembly in the cleaning base station with the connection assembly; and perform the first cleaning task after connecting the mop assembly in the cleaning base station with the connection assembly.
具体实施方式可以参考上述实施例,此处不做赘述。For specific implementation methods, reference may be made to the above embodiments, which will not be described in detail here.
本说明书另一些实施例中还提供一种移动设备上的拖布组件的拆装方法,所述移动设备包括连接组件,所述拖布组件可拆卸连接于所述连接组件;沿所述移动设备的高度方向,所述连接组件至少具有第一高度和第二高度,在所述第二高度时,与所述连接组件连接的拖布组件能够进行拖地工作。所述方法包括:在所述清洁基站中存在所述拖布组件、所述自移动设备未设置有所述拖布组件、所述自移动设备的待清洁任务需要使用拖布组件、且所述自移动设备位于清洁基站中的情况下,控制所述自移动设备从所述第二高度下降到所述第一高度,以在所述第一高度处,将所述清洁基站中的拖布组件与所述连接组件连接、或者将所述自移动设备上的拖布组件与连接组件分离。 Other embodiments of this specification also provide a method of disassembling and assembling a mop assembly on a mobile device. The mobile device includes a connection assembly, and the mop assembly is detachably connected to the connection assembly; along the height of the mobile device direction, the connecting component has at least a first height and a second height. At the second height, the mop component connected to the connecting component can perform mopping work. The method includes: the mop component is present in the cleaning base station, the self-mobile device is not provided with the mop component, the cleaning task of the self-mobile device requires the use of the mop component, and the self-mobile device When located in a cleaning base station, control the mobile device to descend from the second height to the first height, so as to connect the mop assembly in the cleaning base station to the first height. The component is connected, or the mop component on the mobile device is separated from the connecting component.
第一高度与第二高度之间也可以执行连接组件运动异常检测的方案,如可以检测连接组件从第二高度下降至第一高度的时长是否大于预设时长,如果大于,则连接组件回退到第二高度,再下降至第一高度,重复几次,如果均大于预设时长,则发出异常提醒。当然,还可以检测拖布组件与连接组件的连接状态;如果连接状态不符合拖布组件拆卸/安装要求,则连接组件回退到第二高度,再下降至第一高度;重复几次,如果连接状态均不符合拖布组件拆卸/安装要求,则发出异常提醒。当然,也可以参考上述实施例,在每次发出下降至第一高度的指令后,经过预设时长,检测连接状态是否符合拖布组件拆卸/安装要求。拖布组件与连接组件的连接状态的检测,可以在任意高度。优选的,在第二高度处检测拖布组件与连接组件的连接状态。在第一高度处执行拖布组件的安装以及拆卸的具体实施方式可以参考上述实施例,此处不做赘述。A solution for detecting abnormal motion of the connecting component can also be implemented between the first height and the second height. For example, it can be detected whether the time for the connecting component to drop from the second height to the first height is greater than the preset time. If it is greater, the connecting component moves back. Go to the second height, then drop to the first height, repeat several times, and if it is longer than the preset time, an abnormal reminder will be issued. Of course, the connection status of the mop component and the connection component can also be detected; if the connection status does not meet the disassembly/installation requirements of the mop component, the connection component returns to the second height and then drops to the first height; repeat several times, if the connection status If they do not meet the requirements for disassembly/installation of the mop component, an abnormality reminder will be issued. Of course, you can also refer to the above embodiment to check whether the connection status meets the requirements for disassembly/installation of the mop assembly after each preset time period after issuing an instruction to descend to the first height. The connection status of the mop component and the connection component can be detected at any height. Preferably, the connection state of the mop component and the connection component is detected at the second height. For specific implementation methods of installing and disassembling the mop assembly at the first height, reference may be made to the above embodiments and will not be described again here.
本说明书另一些实施例中还提供一种自移动设备上的拖布组件的拆卸方法,所述自移动设备包括连接组件,所述拖布组件可拆卸连接于所述连接组件;所述连接组件至少具有拖地位置、抬升位置以及分离位置;至少在拖地位置、抬升位置,所述拖布组件可与所述连接组件连接。所述方法包括:在所述自移动设备上设置有拖布组件、所述自移动设备的待清洁任务不使用拖布组件、且所述自移动设备位于清洁基站中的情况下,控制所述连接组件从所述拖地位置或抬升位置移动至分离位置,以在所述分离位置处,将所述自移动设备上的拖布组件与连接组件分离。Other embodiments of this specification also provide a method for disassembling a mop assembly on a self-moving device. The self-moving device includes a connecting assembly, and the mopping assembly is detachably connected to the connecting assembly; the connecting assembly at least has The mopping position, the lifting position and the separation position; at least in the mopping position and the lifting position, the mopping component can be connected to the connecting component. The method includes: controlling the connection component when the mop component is provided on the self-mobile device, the mop component is not used for cleaning tasks of the self-mobile device, and the self-mobile device is located in a cleaning base station. Move from the mopping position or the lifting position to the separation position, so as to separate the mop assembly and the connection assembly on the self-moving device at the separation position.
沿所述自移动设备的高度方向,所述连接组件的拖地位置对应的高度为第二高度,所述连接组件的抬升位置对应的高度为第三高度,所述连接组件的分离位置对应的高度为第四高度。相应的,针对所述连接组件具有拖地位置、抬升位置以及分离位置时,所述连接组件与所述拖布组件的分离操作可以参考上述实施例,此处不做赘述。Along the height direction of the mobile device, the height corresponding to the mopping position of the connecting component is the second height, the height corresponding to the lifting position of the connecting component is the third height, and the separation position of the connecting component corresponds to The height is the fourth height. Correspondingly, when the connection component has a mopping position, a lifting position and a separation position, the separation operation of the connection component and the mop component may refer to the above embodiment, and will not be described again here.
本说明书另一些实施例中还提供一种自移动设备上的拖布组件的安装方法,所述自移动设备包括连接组件,所述拖布组件可拆卸连接于所述连接组件;所述连接组件至少具有拖地位置、抬升位置以及分离位置;至少在拖地位置、抬升位置,所述拖布组件可与所述连接组件连接。所述方法包括:在所述清洁基站中存在拖布组件、所述自移动设备上未设置有拖布组件、所述自移动设备的待清洁任务需要使用拖布组件、且所述自移动设备位于清洁基站中的情况下,控制所述连接组件从所述抬升位置或分离位置移动至拖地位置,以在所述拖地位置处,将所述清洁基站中的拖布组件与所述连接组件连接。Other embodiments of this specification also provide a method for installing a mop assembly on a self-moving device. The self-moving device includes a connecting assembly, and the mopping assembly is detachably connected to the connecting assembly; the connecting assembly at least has The mopping position, the lifting position and the separation position; at least in the mopping position and the lifting position, the mopping component can be connected to the connecting component. The method includes: there is a mop assembly in the cleaning base station, the mop assembly is not provided on the self-moving device, the cleaning task of the self-moving device requires the use of a mop assembly, and the self-moving device is located at the cleaning base station. In this case, the connecting component is controlled to move from the lifting position or the separation position to the mopping position, so as to connect the mop component in the cleaning base station with the connecting component at the mopping position.
沿所述自移动设备的高度方向,所述连接组件的拖地位置对应的高度为第二高度,所述连接组件的抬升位置对应的高度为第三高度,所述连接组件的分离位置对应的高度为第四高度。相应的,针对所述连接组件具有拖地位置、抬升位置以及分离位置时,所述连接组件与所述拖布组件的连接操作可以参考上述实施例,此处不做赘述。Along the height direction of the mobile device, the height corresponding to the mopping position of the connecting component is the second height, the height corresponding to the lifting position of the connecting component is the third height, and the separation position of the connecting component corresponds to The height is the fourth height. Correspondingly, when the connection component has a mopping position, a lifting position and a separation position, the connection operation of the connection component and the mop component can refer to the above embodiment, and will not be described again here.
通过以上的实施方式的描述,本领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到根据上述实施例的方法可借助软件加必需的通用硬件平台的方式来实现,当然也可以通过硬件,但很多情况下前者是更佳的实施方式。基于这样的理解,本发明的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质(如ROM/RAM、磁碟、光盘)中,包括若干指令用以使得一台终端设备(可以是手机,计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本发明各个实施例的方法。Through the description of the above embodiments, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that the method according to the above embodiments can be implemented by means of software plus the necessary general hardware platform. Of course, it can also be implemented by hardware, but in many cases the former is Better implementation. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present invention can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence or the part that contributes to the existing technology. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium (such as ROM/RAM, disk, CD), including several instructions to cause a terminal device (which can be a mobile phone, computer, server, or network device, etc.) to execute the methods of various embodiments of the present invention.
在本实施例中还提供了一种拖布组件的安装装置,该装置用于实现上述实施例及优选实施方式,已经进行过说明的不再赘述。如以下所使用的,术语“模块”可以实现预定功能的软件和/或硬件的组合。尽管以下实施例所描述的设备较佳地以软件来实现,但是硬件,或者软件和硬件的组合的实现也是可能并被构想的。This embodiment also provides an installation device for a mop assembly. The device is used to implement the above embodiments and preferred implementations. What has already been described will not be described again. As used below, the term "module" may be a combination of software and/or hardware that implements a predetermined function. Although the devices described in the following embodiments are preferably implemented in software, implementation in hardware, or a combination of software and hardware, is also possible and contemplated.
图62是根据本发明实施例的一种可选的拖布组件的安装装置的结构框图,该装置包括:Figure 62 is a structural block diagram of an optional mop assembly installation device according to an embodiment of the present invention. The device includes:
第一确定模块52,用于确定自移动设备的待清洁任务是否使用拖布组件;The first determination module 52 is used to determine whether the cleaning task from the mobile device uses the mop assembly;
第二确定模块54,用于在所述待清洁任务使用所述拖布组件的情况下,确定所述自移动设备对应的清洁基站中是否存在所述拖布组件,以及确定所述自移动设备是否设置有所述拖布组件;The second determination module 54 is used to determine whether the mop component exists in the cleaning base station corresponding to the self-mobile device when the to-be-cleaned task uses the mop component, and determine whether the self-mobile device is configured Has said mop assembly;
第一控制模块56,用于在所述清洁基站中存在所述拖布组件、且所述自移动设备未设置有所述拖布组件的情况下,控制所述自移动设备移动至所述清洁基站中的第一位置,以将所述清洁基站中的所述拖布组件自移动设备上,其中,所述第一位置至少为所述自移动设备在所述清洁基站中进行拖布组件的安装的位置。The first control module 56 is used to control the mobile device to move to the cleaning base station when the mop assembly is present in the cleaning base station and the mop assembly is not provided on the self-mobile device. The first position is at least a position where the mobile device installs the mop assembly in the cleaning base station.
通过上述装置,通过确定自移动设备的待清洁任务是否使用拖布组件;在所述待清洁任务使用所述拖布组 件的情况下,确定所述自移动设备对应的清洁基站中是否存在所述拖布组件,以及确定所述自移动设备是否设置有所述拖布组件;从而确定自移动设备是否需要前往清洁基站安装拖布组件,在所述清洁基站中存在所述拖布组件、且所述自移动设备未设置有所述拖布组件的情况下,控制所述自移动设备移动至所述清洁基站中的第一位置,以将所述清洁基站中的所述拖布组件自移动设备上,其中,所述第一位置至少为所述自移动设备在所述清洁基站中进行拖布组件的安装的位置。采用上述技术方案,解决了现有技术中,由于扫地机器人无法自动安装拖布,导致用户需要手动安装拖布,用户体验差的问题;实现了可以随时根据任务需求,自动安装拖布组件;从而更好地完成清扫的技术效果。Through the above device, by determining whether the mop assembly is used in the task to be cleaned from the mobile device; using the mop assembly in the task to be cleaned In the case of components, determine whether the mop component exists in the cleaning base station corresponding to the self-mobile device, and determine whether the self-mobile device is equipped with the mop component; thereby determining whether the self-mobile device needs to go to the cleaning base station to install the mop. component, when the mop component is present in the cleaning base station and the mop component is not provided on the self-mobile device, control the self-mobile device to move to the first position in the cleaning base station, to The mop assembly in the cleaning base station is placed on a mobile device, wherein the first position is at least a position where the mop assembly is installed in the cleaning base station by the mobile device. Adopting the above technical solution solves the problem in the existing technology that the sweeping robot cannot automatically install the mop, causing the user to manually install the mop, resulting in poor user experience; it realizes that the mop component can be automatically installed at any time according to task requirements; thereby better Complete technical effects of cleaning.
其中,第二确定模块54,还用于接收所述清洁基站的第一感知信息,其中,所述第一感知信息用于指示所述清洁基站上的第一传感器对来自所述第一位置的第一目标信号的感知结果,所述第一目标信号为设置于所述拖布组件的电子元件所发出的;在所述第一感知信息指示在所述第一位置感知到所述第一目标信号的情况下,确定所述清洁基站中存在所述拖布组件。Wherein, the second determination module 54 is also used to receive the first sensing information of the cleaning base station, wherein the first sensing information is used to indicate that the first sensor on the cleaning base station has a pair of signals from the first location. The sensing result of a first target signal, which is emitted by an electronic component provided on the mop assembly; when the first sensing information indicates that the first target signal is sensed at the first position In the case of , it is determined that the mop assembly exists in the cleaning base station.
清洁基站可以通过第一传感器对第一位置进行感知,确定是否能感知到设置于拖布组件中的电子元件发出的第一目标信号,若能感知到,则说明清洁基站中存在该拖布组件;若感知不到该第一目标信号,则说明清洁基站中不存在该拖布组件;并将感知结果发送给自移动设备,以告知自移动设备结果;通过上述步骤,通过传感器感知第一目标信号的方式使得自移动设备可以简单快速地获知基站中是否存在拖布组件,以帮助自移动设备完成是否前往清洁基站进行拖布组件的安装决策。The cleaning base station can sense the first position through the first sensor and determine whether it can sense the first target signal emitted by the electronic component provided in the mop assembly. If it can sense it, it means that the mop assembly exists in the cleaning base station; if If the first target signal cannot be sensed, it means that the mop component does not exist in the cleaning base station; and the sensing result is sent to the self-mobile device to inform the self-mobile device of the result; through the above steps, the first target signal is sensed through the sensor. The self-mobile device can simply and quickly learn whether there is a mop component in the base station, so as to help the self-mobile device complete the decision of whether to go to the cleaning base station to install the mop component.
需要说明的是,上述第一传感器可以是霍尔传感器,其中,霍尔传感器可以分为线型霍尔传感器和开关型霍尔传感器两种;还可以是温度传感器等其他传感器;与之对应的,霍尔传感器对应感知的电子元件可以为磁感应开关元件;温度传感器对应感知的电子元件可以为易发热的电子元件,如功率二极管、稳压管等。It should be noted that the above-mentioned first sensor can be a Hall sensor, wherein the Hall sensor can be divided into two types: a linear Hall sensor and a switch Hall sensor; it can also be other sensors such as a temperature sensor; correspondingly , the electronic components corresponding to the Hall sensor can be magnetic induction switching components; the electronic components corresponding to the temperature sensor can be electronic components that are prone to heat, such as power diodes, voltage regulator tubes, etc.
需要说明的是,上述确定清洁基站中是否存在拖布组件的过程还可以通过其他可选的方法来实现,例如通过图像采集装置对清洁基站中的第一位置进行图像采集,并对采集的图像进行图像识别,以确定清洁基站中是否存在拖布组件;还可以通过其他方式,本申请对此不作限制。It should be noted that the above-mentioned process of determining whether there is a mop assembly in the cleaning base station can also be implemented through other optional methods, for example, using an image acquisition device to collect images of the first position in the cleaning base station, and performing the collected images. Image recognition is used to determine whether there is a mop component in the cleaning base station; other methods can also be used, and this application is not limited to this.
可选的,第二确定模块54,还用于接收所述自移动设备的第二感知信息,其中,所述第二感知信息用于指示所述自移动设备的第二传感器对来自所述第二位置的第二目标信号的感知结果,所述第二目标信号为设置于所述拖布组件的电子元件所发出的,所述第二位置为所述自移动设备安装所述拖布组件的安装位置;在所述第二感知信息指示在所述第二位置未感知到所述第二目标信号的情况下,确定所述自移动设备未设置有所述拖布组件。Optionally, the second determination module 54 is also configured to receive the second perception information of the self-mobile device, wherein the second perception information is used to indicate that the second sensor pair of the self-mobile device comes from the third sensor. Perception results of second target signals at two locations, the second target signal is emitted by an electronic component provided on the mop assembly, and the second location is the installation location where the mop assembly is installed on the mobile device. ; In the case where the second sensing information indicates that the second target signal is not sensed at the second location, determine that the self-moving device is not provided with the mop component.
自移动设备可以通过自身的第二传感器对自移动设备的拖布组件的安装位置进行感知,在该第二位置感知到拖布组件发出的第二目标信号的情况下,确定自移动设备设置有该拖布组件;在该第二位置未感知到该拖布组件发出的第二目标信号的情况下,确定该自移动设备未设置有该拖布组件;通过上述步骤,可以让自移动设备清楚地感知到自身是否安装有拖布组件,且通过感知第二目标信号的方式可以更加简便地实现该效果,无需为自移动设备设置复杂的电路、组件等;从而在需要拖布组件而未安装的时候,前往清洁基站进行自动安装,在不需要拖布组件而已安装的时候,前往清洁基站进行自动拆卸。The self-mobile device can sense the installation position of the mop component of the self-mobile device through its own second sensor. When the second position senses the second target signal sent by the mop component, it is determined that the self-mobile device is equipped with the mop. component; when the second location does not sense the second target signal sent by the mop component, it is determined that the self-mobile device is not equipped with the mop component; through the above steps, the self-mobile device can clearly sense whether it The mop component is installed, and the effect can be achieved more easily by sensing the second target signal. There is no need to set up complex circuits, components, etc. for the mobile device; thus, when the mop component is needed but not installed, go to the cleaning base station for cleaning. Automatic installation. When the mop component is installed and no longer required, go to the cleaning base station for automatic disassembly.
需要说明的是,上述第二传感器与第一传感器可以为相同的传感器,也可以不同,本申请对此不作限制。It should be noted that the above-mentioned second sensor and the first sensor may be the same sensor or may be different, and this application does not limit this.
需要说明的是,上述确定自移动设备是否设置有拖布组件的方案还可以通过其他方法来实现,例如:在该第二位置设置电路,在拖布组件安装到该第二位置时,通过设置在拖布组件上的电子元件与该预先设置好的电路形成通路;从而传达电信号给自移动设备,以告知自移动设备已安装了拖布组件;还可以通过其他方式,本申请对此不作限制。It should be noted that the above solution of determining whether the mobile device is equipped with a mop assembly can also be implemented by other methods, for example: setting a circuit in the second position, and when the mop assembly is installed in the second position, by setting the mop assembly in the second position. The electronic components on the component form a path with the preset circuit, thereby transmitting an electrical signal to the mobile device to inform the mobile device that the mop component has been installed; other methods can also be used, and this application is not limited to this.
可选的,第二确定模块54,还用于将所述清洁基站中的所述拖布组件自移动设备之前,确定自动拆装开关是否打开;在所述自动拆装开关未打开的情况下,禁止将所述拖布组件自移动设备;在所述自动拆装开关打开的情况下,将所述拖布组件自移动设备。Optionally, the second determination module 54 is also used to determine whether the automatic disassembly and assembly switch is turned on before removing the mop assembly in the cleaning base station from the mobile device; if the automatic disassembly and assembly switch is not turned on, It is forbidden to remove the mop assembly from the mobile device; when the automatic disassembly and assembly switch is turned on, the mop assembly is removed from the mobile device.
自移动设备和/或基站上还可以设置有自动拆装的开关,在开关打开的情况下,才执行对拖布组件的自动拆装;在开关未打开的情况下,不执行对拖布组件的自动拆装。通过设置自动拆装的开关,可以由用户根据需求配置拖布组件是否执行自动拆装,进一步提高拖布组件拆装的灵活性。如在自移动设备和/或基站上的自动拆装的开关打开的情况下,自移动设备和/或基站才检测自移动设备和/或清洁组件上是否存在拖布组件。或者,在确定自移动设备未设置有拖布组件的情况下,还要确定自移动设备和/或基站的自动拆装的开关是否打开,在打 开的情况下,控制自移动设备移动至清洁基站中的第一位置,以将拖布组件安装到自移动设备上。关于自动拆装的开关对拖布组件的自动拆装控制方式,此处不做限定。The mobile device and/or the base station can also be provided with an automatic disassembly and assembly switch. When the switch is turned on, the automatic disassembly and assembly of the mop assembly is performed; when the switch is not turned on, the automatic disassembly and assembly of the mop assembly is not performed. Disassembly and assembly. By setting the automatic disassembly and assembly switch, the user can configure whether to automatically disassemble and assemble the mop assembly according to needs, further improving the flexibility of disassembly and assembly of the mop assembly. For example, when the automatic disassembly and assembly switch on the self-mobile device and/or the base station is turned on, the self-mobile device and/or the base station detects whether there is a mop component on the self-mobile device and/or the cleaning component. Or, when it is determined that the mobile device is not equipped with a mop component, it is also necessary to determine whether the switch for automatic disassembly and assembly of the mobile device and/or the base station is turned on. When the mop assembly is turned on, the mobile device is controlled to move to the first position in the cleaning base station to install the mop assembly on the mobile device. Regarding the automatic disassembly and assembly control method of the mop assembly by the automatic disassembly and assembly switch, there is no limitation here.
其中,第一控制模块56,还用于控制自移动设备的连接组件下降至第一高度,其中,所述连接组件用于连接所述拖布组件;在所述连接组件下降至所述第一高度的情况下,将所述拖布组件连接到所述连接组件上;控制处于所述第一高度的连接组件上升至第二高度,并对所述拖布组件进行感知,以确定所述拖布组件是否已自移动设备上;重复上述控制连接组件下降至对拖布组件感知的步骤,直至确定所述拖布组件已自移动设备上Among them, the first control module 56 is also used to control the connection component from the mobile device to drop to the first height, wherein the connection component is used to connect the mop component; when the connection component drops to the first height In the case of , connect the mop component to the connection component; control the connection component at the first height to rise to the second height, and sense the mop component to determine whether the mop component has been from the mobile device; repeat the above steps of controlling the connection component down to sensing the mop component until it is determined that the mop component has been removed from the mobile device.
自移动设备自动安装该拖布组件的过程包括:先控制自移动设备的连接组件下降至第一高度,第一高度为自移动设备安装/卸载拖布组件的高度,下降至第一高度后,将该拖布组件连接到连接组件上;然后控制连接组件上升至第二高度,第二高度为自移动设备携带拖布组件的工作高度,也对应了令拖布组件处于第二位置的高度。然后,对所述拖布组件进行感知,以确定所述拖布组件是否已自移动设备上。例如,可以控制自移动设备的第二传感器对该第二位置进行感知,在得到的第二感知信息指示感知到了第二目标信号的情况下,确定该拖布组件已安装到该自移动设备上,具体实现方式可以参考上述实施例,此处不做赘述。当然,也可以参考上述实施例所给的其他拖布组件感知方式,确定拖布组件是否已安装到该自移动设备上。The process of automatically installing the mop component from the mobile device includes: first controlling the connection component of the mobile device to drop to a first height. The first height is the height for installing/uninstalling the mop component from the mobile device. After dropping to the first height, the mop component is automatically installed from the mobile device. The mop component is connected to the connection component; and then the connection component is controlled to rise to a second height. The second height is the working height of the mop component carried by the mobile device, and also corresponds to the height at which the mop component is in the second position. Then, the mop component is sensed to determine whether the mop component has been removed from the mobile device. For example, the second sensor of the self-mobile device can be controlled to sense the second position, and when the obtained second sensing information indicates that the second target signal is sensed, it is determined that the mop component has been installed on the self-mobile device, For specific implementation methods, reference may be made to the above embodiments and will not be described in detail here. Of course, you can also refer to other mop component sensing methods given in the above embodiments to determine whether the mop component has been installed on the mobile device.
若基于感知信息确定拖布组件未安装到该自移动设备上,则可以重复上述控制连接组件下降至对拖布组件感知的步骤,直至确定所述拖布组件已自移动设备上。当然,还可以设置重复次数阈值,若重复次数达到重复次数阈值后,拖布组件仍未安装到该自移动设备上,自移动设备可以发出提醒,以利用人工介入的方式完成拖布组件的安装。If it is determined based on the sensing information that the mop component is not installed on the mobile device, the above steps of controlling the connection component to descend to sense the mop component may be repeated until it is determined that the mop component is installed on the mobile device. Of course, you can also set a threshold for the number of repetitions. If the number of repetitions reaches the threshold, and the mop component has not been installed on the self-mobile device, the self-mobile device can issue a reminder to complete the installation of the mop component through manual intervention.
需要说明的是,上述连接组件可以是拖布桶套,还可以是其他装置,用于将拖布组件连接到自移动设备上,本申请对此不作限制。It should be noted that the above-mentioned connection component may be a mop bucket sleeve or other device used to connect the mop component to the mobile device, which is not limited in this application.
可选的,上述拖布组件连接到连接组件可以通过以下方案来实现:自移动设备控制为设置于连接组件内的电磁组件通电,从而使电磁组件带有磁性,同时拖布组件中也设置可被吸附的金属组件,从而使得连接组件能够吸附住拖布组件,从而使拖布组件与连接组件连接起来。Optionally, the above mop component can be connected to the connection component through the following solution: the mobile device controls to energize the electromagnetic component provided in the connection component, thereby making the electromagnetic component magnetic, and at the same time, the mop component is also configured to be adsorbed The metal component allows the connecting component to adsorb the mop component, so that the mop component and the connecting component are connected.
需要说明的是,上述电磁组件可以设置于连接组件的内部,也可以设置于连接组件的表面,本申请对此不作限制。It should be noted that the above-mentioned electromagnetic component can be disposed inside the connecting component or on the surface of the connecting component, which is not limited in this application.
可选的,连接拖布组件与连接组件还可以通过其他方案来实现:将连接组件设置为磁性装置,为拖布组件设置可被磁性装置吸引的金属;从而在连接组件下降后,可以通过磁力使连接组件与拖布组件连接;或,可以将连接组件设置为螺旋杆结构,并对应为拖布组件设置配套结构,使得连接组件与拖布组件螺旋连接;还可以通过其他方式进行连接,本申请对此不作限制。Optionally, the connection between the mop component and the connection component can also be realized through other solutions: setting the connection component as a magnetic device, and providing the mop component with metal that can be attracted by the magnetic device; thus, after the connection component is lowered, the connection can be made by magnetic force The component is connected to the mop component; or, the connection component can be set as a spiral rod structure, and a matching structure is provided for the mop component, so that the connection component and the mop component are spirally connected; the connection can also be made in other ways, and this application does not limit this .
需要说明的是,上述第一目标信号与第二目标信号可以为相同的信号,也可以为不同的信号,本申请对此不作限制。It should be noted that the above-mentioned first target signal and second target signal may be the same signal or may be different signals, which is not limited in this application.
在一个示例性实施例中,在所述自移动设备执行完所述待清洁任务的情况下,还可以再次控制所述自移动设备移动至所述清洁基站中的第一位置,以将所述自移动设备的拖布组件从所述自移动设备中拆卸。在清洁任务完成后,及时将拖布组件进行拆除,可以避免不小心触发或者挪动自移动设备的情况下,拖布使主机发生碰撞、剐蹭,或者尖锐物体钩住拖布导致扫地机器人被困等现象的发生,进一步提高使用体验感。In an exemplary embodiment, after the self-mobile device completes the task to be cleaned, the self-mobile device can also be controlled to move to the first position in the cleaning base station again, so as to move the self-mobile device to the first position in the cleaning base station. The mop assembly of the self-moving device is detached from the self-moving device. After the cleaning task is completed, remove the mop assembly in time to avoid accidental triggering or moving of the mobile device. The mop will cause the host to collide or scratch, or sharp objects will hook the mop and cause the sweeping robot to be trapped. , to further improve the user experience.
在一个示例性实施例中,第一控制模块56,还用于控制所述自移动设备中处于第二高度的连接组件下降至第一高度,其中,所述连接组件用于连接所述拖布组件;在处于第二高度的连接组件下降至第一高度的情况下,将所述拖布组件与所述连接组件分离;控制处于所述第一高度的连接组件上升至所述第二高度,并对所述拖布组件进行感知,以确定所述拖布组件是否已从所述自移动设备上拆卸;重复上述控制连接组件下降至对拖布组件感知的步骤,直至确定所述拖布组件已从所述自移动设备上拆卸。In an exemplary embodiment, the first control module 56 is also used to control the connection component at the second height in the mobile device to descend to the first height, wherein the connection component is used to connect the mop component. ; When the connecting component at the second height drops to the first height, separate the mop component from the connecting component; control the connecting component at the first height to rise to the second height, and The mop component senses to determine whether the mop component has been detached from the self-moving device; repeat the above steps of controlling the connection component to descend to sense the mop component until it is determined that the mop component has been removed from the self-moving device. Disassemble the device.
在待清洁任务不需要拖布组件的时候,或自移动设备执行完需要拖布组件的清洁任务后,就需要将拖布组件拆卸到基站中,避免脏污的拖布在自移动设备移动过程中对干净区域造成污染,甚至对地毯等自移动设备无法清扫的区域造成污染,给用户带来不好的体验。而将拖布组件从自移动设备中拆卸包括以下步骤:控制处于第二高度的连接组件下降至第一高度,将拖布组件与连接组件分离开来;然后对拖布组件进行感知,以确定拖布组件是否已拆卸成功。例如,可以控制自移动设备的第二传感器对该第二位置进行感知,在得到的第二感知信息指示未感知到第二目标信号的情况下,确定所述拖布组件已从所述自移动设备上拆卸,具体感知实现方式可以参考上述实施例,此处不做赘述。当然,也可以参考上述实施例所给的其他拖布组件感知方式,确定拖布 组件是否已从所述自移动设备上拆卸。When the mop component is not required for the cleaning task, or after the mobile device has completed the cleaning task that requires the mop component, the mop component needs to be disassembled into the base station to prevent the dirty mop from damaging the clean area during the movement of the mobile device. Cause pollution, even to areas such as carpets that cannot be cleaned by mobile devices, giving users a bad experience. Detaching the mop component from the mobile device includes the following steps: controlling the connection component at the second height to drop to the first height, separating the mop component from the connection component; and then sensing the mop component to determine whether the mop component Disassembled successfully. For example, the second sensor of the self-mobile device can be controlled to sense the second position, and when the obtained second sensing information indicates that the second target signal is not sensed, it is determined that the mop component has moved from the self-mobile device. When disassembling, please refer to the above embodiment for specific sensing implementation methods, which will not be described in detail here. Of course, you can also refer to other mop component sensing methods given in the above embodiments to determine whether the mop component Whether the component has been removed from the mobile device.
若基于感知信息确定拖布组件未从所述自移动设备上拆卸,则可以重复上述控制连接组件下降至对拖布组件感知的步骤,直至确定所述拖布组件已从所述自移动设备上拆卸。当然,还可以设置重复次数阈值,若重复次数达到重复次数阈值后,拖布组件仍未从所述自移动设备上拆卸,自移动设备可以发出提醒,以利用人工介入的方式完成拖布组件的拆卸。If it is determined based on the sensing information that the mop assembly has not been detached from the self-moving device, the above steps of controlling the connection component to descend to sense the mop assembly may be repeated until it is determined that the mop assembly has been detached from the self-moving device. Of course, a repetition threshold can also be set. If the mop assembly has not been disassembled from the self-moving device after the repetitions reach the repetition threshold, the self-moving device can issue a reminder to complete the disassembly of the mop assembly through manual intervention.
通过上述步骤,实现了自移动设备自动拆卸拖布组件,从而避免了对干净区域造成污染,影响用户体验。Through the above steps, the mop assembly is automatically disassembled from the mobile device, thereby avoiding contamination of the clean area and affecting the user experience.
可选的,分离连接组件与拖布组件的方法如可以包括:控制设置于连接组件中的电磁组件断电,从而失去磁性后的连接组件自然与拖布组件分离。在连接组件与拖布组件采用其他连接方式的情况下,连接组件与拖布组件的分离还可以适应性的采用其他方式,此处不做限定。Optionally, the method of separating the connection component and the mop component may include: controlling the electromagnetic component provided in the connection component to be powered off, so that the connection component after losing its magnetism is naturally separated from the mop component. In the case where the connecting component and the mopping component are connected in other ways, the connecting component and the mopping component can be separated by other adaptive methods, which are not limited here.
可选的,第一控制模块56,还用于控制所述自移动设备中处于第二高度的连接组件上升至第四高度,其中,所述连接组件用于连接所述拖布组件;通过拆卸组件将所述拖布组件与所述连接组件分离,其中,所述拆卸组件设置于所述自移动设备,且所述拆卸组件设置于所述第四高度;控制所述连接组件下降至所述第二高度,并对所述拖布组件进行感知,以确定所述拖布组件是否已从所述自移动设备上拆卸;重复上述控制连接组件上升至对拖布组件感知的步骤,直至确定所述拖布组件已从所述自移动设备上拆卸。Optionally, the first control module 56 is also used to control the connection component at the second height in the mobile device to rise to the fourth height, wherein the connection component is used to connect the mop component; by disassembling the component Separate the mop assembly from the connection assembly, wherein the detachment assembly is provided on the self-moving device, and the detachment assembly is disposed at the fourth height; control the connection assembly to descend to the second height, and sense the mop assembly to determine whether the mop assembly has been detached from the mobile device; repeat the above steps of controlling the connection assembly to rise to sensing the mop assembly until it is determined that the mop assembly has been removed from the mobile device. Detached from the mobile device.
控制处于第二高度的连接组件上升至第四高度,通过设置于第四高度的拆卸组件将该拖布组件与连接组件分离;然后对拖布组件进行感知,以确定是否拆卸成功,可以进一步增加自移动设备工作的可靠性,避免出现意外情况时无法将拖布组件拆卸下来,给用户带来不好的使用体验。Control the connection component at the second height to rise to the fourth height, and separate the mop component from the connection component through the disassembly component at the fourth height; then sense the mop component to determine whether the disassembly is successful, which can further increase self-movement The reliability of the equipment's operation prevents the mop assembly from being unable to be disassembled in the event of an unexpected situation, which brings a bad experience to the user.
需要说明的是,上述第四高度设置的拆卸组件可以为一个挡板,也可以为其他装置,该组件仅可以令连接组件通过,而拖布组件无法通过,从而在连接组件上升至第四高度时,连接组件与拖布组件在拆卸组件的作用下自动分离,从而将该拖布组件拆卸下来。可选的,该拆卸组件还可以通过将拖布组件固定,从而使连接组件可以与该拖布组件进行螺旋分离,本申请对此不作限制。It should be noted that the above-mentioned disassembly component set at the fourth height can be a baffle or other device. This component can only allow the connection component to pass, but the mop component cannot pass. Therefore, when the connection component rises to the fourth height, , the connecting component and the mop component are automatically separated under the action of the disassembly component, thereby disassembling the mop component. Optionally, the disassembly component can also be fixed by fixing the mop component so that the connecting component can be spirally separated from the mop component, which is not limited in this application.
基于上述步骤,第一确定模块52,还用于确定自移动设备的待清洁任务是否使用拖布组件之后,在所述待清洁任务不使用所述拖布组件的情况下,确定所述自移动设备是否设置有所述拖布组件,以及确定所述自移动设备是否位于所述清洁基站中;在所述自移动设备设置有所述拖布组件,且所述自移动设备位于所述清洁基站中的情况下,将所述自移动设备的拖布组件从所述自移动设备中拆卸。Based on the above steps, the first determination module 52 is also used to determine whether the task to be cleaned of the self-mobile device uses the mop assembly, and in the case that the task to be cleaned does not use the mop assembly, determine whether the self-mobile device The mop assembly is provided, and determining whether the self-moving device is located in the cleaning base station; in the case where the self-moving device is provided with the mop assembly, and the self-moving device is located in the cleaning base station. , disassemble the mop assembly of the self-moving device from the self-moving device.
若自移动设备接收到的待清洁任务不需要使用拖布组件,则确定该自移动设备是否设置有该拖布组件,以及确定自移动设备是否位于该清洁基站中;若自移动设备设置有拖布组件,且自移动设备位于该清洁基站中,则将拖布组件从该自移动设备上拆卸下来;通过上述方案,在自移动设备接收到不需要拖布组件的清洁任务,且自移动设备位于清洁基站中,则控制自移动设备将拖布组件拆卸下来,避免拖布组件影响到自移动设备的脱困能力,能够更好地完成清扫任务。If the to-be-cleaned task received from the self-mobile device does not require the use of a mop component, determine whether the self-mobile device is equipped with the mop component, and determine whether the self-mobile device is located in the cleaning base station; if the self-mobile device is provided with a mop component, and the self-mobile device is located in the cleaning base station, then the mop component is detached from the self-mobile device; through the above solution, when the self-mobile device receives a cleaning task that does not require the mop component, and the self-mobile device is located in the cleaning base station, Then, the self-moving device is controlled to disassemble the mop assembly, so as to prevent the mop assembly from affecting the self-moving device's ability to get out of trouble, and the cleaning task can be better completed.
基于上述步骤,第二确定模块54,还用于确定所述自移动设备是否设置有所述拖布组件,以及确定所述自移动设备是否位于所述清洁基站中之后,在所述自移动设备设置有所述拖布组件,且所述自移动设备未位于所述清洁基站中的情况下,确定所述自移动设备的工作状态;在所述工作状态指示所述自移动设备处于工作态的情况下,控制处于第二高度的连接组件上升至第三高度,其中,所述连接组件用于连接所述拖布组件,所述第三高度为针对所述待清洁任务设置的拖布组件抬升高度;在所述工作状态指示所述自移动设备处于空闲态的情况下,控制所述自移动设备移动至所述清洁基站的所述第一位置,以将所述自移动设备的拖布组件从所述自移动设备中拆卸。Based on the above steps, the second determination module 54 is also used to determine whether the self-mobile device is equipped with the mop assembly, and after determining whether the self-mobile device is located in the cleaning base station, after the self-mobile device is set When there is the mop assembly and the self-mobile device is not located in the cleaning base station, determine the working status of the self-moving device; when the working status indicates that the self-moving device is in a working state , controlling the connection component at the second height to rise to a third height, wherein the connection component is used to connect the mop component, and the third height is the lifting height of the mop component set for the task to be cleaned; where When the working status indicates that the self-mobile device is in an idle state, control the self-mobile device to move to the first position of the cleaning base station to move the mop assembly of the self-mobile device from the self-mobile device. Disassemble the device.
若自移动设备接收到不需要拖布组件的待清洁任务,且自移动设备设置有该拖布组件,且自移动设备未位于清洁基站中;则需要进一步确定自移动设备的工作状态;若自移动设备处于工作态,即自移动设备正在执行清洁任务,则在执行该待清洁任务前,直接控制处于第二高度的连接组件上升至第三高度,暂时不返回清洁基站拆卸拖布组件,仅将拖布抬升;若自移动设备处于空闲态,即自移动设备在清洁基站外待机,则控制自移动设备返回清洁基站,先将拖布组件拆卸下来再执行待清洁任务;通过上述方案,使得自移动设备执行清洁任务更加有效率,避免损耗大量时间,影响工作效率。If the self-mobile device receives a cleaning task that does not require a mop component, and the self-mobile device is equipped with the mop component, and the self-mobile device is not located in the cleaning base station; then it is necessary to further determine the working status of the self-mobile device; if the self-mobile device In the working state, that is, since the mobile device is performing a cleaning task, before performing the cleaning task, the connecting component at the second height is directly controlled to rise to the third height. It does not return to the cleaning base station to disassemble the mop component for the time being, but only raises the mop. ; If the self-mobile device is in an idle state, that is, the self-mobile device is waiting outside the cleaning base station, the self-mobile device is controlled to return to the cleaning base station, and the mop assembly is first disassembled before performing the cleaning task; through the above solution, the self-mobile device is allowed to perform cleaning Tasks are more efficient, avoiding wasting a lot of time and affecting work efficiency.
可选的,第一确定模块52,还用于确定所述待清洁任务的数量是否大于1;在所述待清洁任务的数量为1的情况下,确定所述待清洁任务是否使用所述拖布组件。Optionally, the first determination module 52 is also used to determine whether the number of tasks to be cleaned is greater than 1; when the number of tasks to be cleaned is 1, determine whether the task to be cleaned uses the mop components.
可选的,确定自移动设备的待清洁任务是否使用拖布组件,可以通过以下步骤:确定接收到的待清洁任务 的数量是否大于1,若数量为1,则根据待清洁任务的类别确定是否使用该拖布组件。Optionally, to determine whether the cleaning task from the mobile device uses the mop component, you can follow the following steps: Determine the received cleaning task Whether the number is greater than 1, if the number is 1, determine whether to use the mop component according to the category of the cleaning task.
需要说明的是,上述待清洁任务的类别至少包括:单清扫任务、扫拖任务和拖地任务;其中单清扫任务不需要使用拖布组件;扫拖任务和拖地任务需要使用拖布组件。It should be noted that the above categories of cleaning tasks at least include: single cleaning tasks, sweeping and mopping tasks, and floor mopping tasks; the single cleaning task does not require the use of a mop assembly; the sweeping and mopping tasks require the use of a mop assembly.
基于上述步骤,第一确定模块52,还用于确定所述待清洁任务的数量是否大于1之后,在所述待清洁任务的数量大于1的情况下,确定所述待清洁任务中使用所述拖布组件的第一清洁任务,以及所述待清洁任务中不使用所述拖布组件的第二清洁任务;确定当前时刻所述自移动设备是否设置有所述拖布组件;根据当前时刻所述自移动设备是否设置有所述拖布组件确定所述第一清洁任务和所述第二清洁任务的执行顺序。Based on the above steps, the first determination module 52 is further configured to determine whether the number of tasks to be cleaned is greater than 1, and if the number of tasks to be cleaned is greater than 1, determine whether the number of tasks to be cleaned is used in the tasks to be cleaned. The first cleaning task of the mop component, and the second cleaning task that does not use the mop component among the tasks to be cleaned; determine whether the self-moving device is equipped with the mop component at the current moment; and determine whether the self-moving device is equipped with the mop component at the current moment; Whether the device is provided with the mop assembly determines the execution order of the first cleaning task and the second cleaning task.
若待清洁任务的数量大于1,即接收到了多个待清洁任务,则根据是否需要使用拖布组件将待清洁任务分为需要使用拖布组件的第一清洁任务和不需要使用拖布组件的第二清洁任务;并确定在当前时刻自移动设备是否设置有拖布组件,根据是否设置有拖布组件确定该第一清洁任务和第二清洁任务的执行顺序;通过上述方案,将多个清洁任务分类执行,从而避免了在执行清洁任务的过程中,多次安装和拆卸拖布组件,影响工作效率。If the number of tasks to be cleaned is greater than 1, that is, multiple tasks to be cleaned are received, the tasks to be cleaned are divided into first cleaning tasks that require the use of the mop component and second cleaning tasks that do not require the use of the mop component according to whether the mop component is required. task; and determine whether the mobile device is equipped with a mop component at the current moment, and determine the execution order of the first cleaning task and the second cleaning task according to whether the mop component is provided; through the above solution, multiple cleaning tasks are classified and executed, so that It avoids multiple installation and disassembly of mop components during cleaning tasks, which affects work efficiency.
可选的,第一确定模块52,还用于在所述自移动设备在当前时刻设置有所述拖布组件的情况下,执行所述第一清洁任务;在所述第一清洁任务执行完成的情况下,控制所述自移动设备移动至所述清洁基站中的第一位置,以将所述自移动设备的拖布组件从所述自移动设备中拆卸;执行所述第二清洁任务。Optionally, the first determination module 52 is also configured to execute the first cleaning task if the mobile device is equipped with the mop assembly at the current moment; after the first cleaning task is completed, In this case, the self-mobile device is controlled to move to a first position in the cleaning base station to detach the mop assembly of the self-mobile device from the self-mobile device; and the second cleaning task is performed.
若当前时刻自移动设备设置有拖布组件,则让自移动设备先执行需要拖布组件的第一清洁任务,第一清洁任务执行完毕后,再前往清洁基站将拖布组件拆卸,然后执行不需要拖布组件的第二清洁任务;通过上述方案,减少了自移动设备安装和拆卸拖布组件的次数和频率,提升了工作效率,且降低了频繁安装和拆卸拖布组件对拖布组件造成损耗的可能。If the mobile device is equipped with a mop component at the current moment, let the mobile device first perform the first cleaning task that requires the mop component. After the first cleaning task is completed, go to the cleaning base station to disassemble the mop component, and then perform the mop component that does not require the mop component. The second cleaning task; through the above solution, the number and frequency of installing and removing the mop assembly from the mobile device are reduced, the work efficiency is improved, and the possibility of frequent installation and removal of the mop assembly causing damage to the mop assembly is reduced.
可选的,第一确定模块52,还用于在所述自移动设备在当前时刻未设置有所述拖布组件的情况下,执行所述第二清洁任务;在所述第二清洁任务执行完成的情况下,控制所述自移动设备移动至所述清洁基站中的第一位置,以将所述清洁基站中的所述拖布组件自移动设备上;执行所述第一清洁任务。Optionally, the first determination module 52 is also configured to execute the second cleaning task if the mobile device is not equipped with the mop assembly at the current moment; after the execution of the second cleaning task is completed, In the case of controlling the mobile device to move to a first position in the cleaning base station, so as to move the mop assembly in the cleaning base station to the mobile device; perform the first cleaning task.
若当前时刻自移动设备未安装有拖布组件,则先执行不需要拖布组件的第二清洁任务,第二清洁任务执行完毕后,再前往清洁基站安装拖布组件;然后执行需要拖布组件的第一清洁任务。举例说明,主人同时下发了清扫A个区域的A个待清洁任务,其中,B个区域中存在例如地毯等无法进行拖地的家具等物品,即B个待清洁任务不需要拖布组件;而A个待清洁任务中除了这B个待清洁任务之外的C个待清洁任务需要拖布组件;而此时自移动设备未安装拖布组件,为了提高工作效率,自移动设备进行任务顺序决策,决定先执行这B个待清洁任务,执行完毕后,自移动设备再前往清洁基站安装拖布组件,然后继续执行这C个待清洁任务。通过上述方案,一方面节省了自移动设备频繁安装、拆卸拖布组件的时间,提高了工作效率;另一方面避免了自移动设备在执行拖地任务后携带脏污的拖布组件返回清洁基站的过程中频繁对干净区域造成二次污染。If the mobile device does not have a mop component installed at the current moment, first perform the second cleaning task that does not require the mop component. After the second cleaning task is completed, go to the cleaning base station to install the mop component; and then perform the first cleaning task that requires the mop component. Task. For example, the owner has simultaneously issued a cleaning task A to clean area A. Among them, area B contains items such as carpets and other furniture that cannot be mopped, that is, the cleaning task B does not require a mop assembly; and Among the A to-be-cleaned tasks, in addition to the B to-be-cleaned tasks, C to-be-cleaned tasks require a mop component; at this time, the self-mobile device does not have a mop component installed. In order to improve work efficiency, the self-mobile device makes a task sequence decision and decides First perform the B tasks to be cleaned. After the execution is completed, the mobile device will go to the cleaning base station to install the mop assembly, and then continue to perform the C tasks to be cleaned. Through the above solution, on the one hand, it saves the time of frequently installing and disassembling the mop assembly on the mobile device and improves work efficiency; on the other hand, it avoids the process of the mobile device carrying the dirty mop assembly back to the cleaning base station after performing the mopping task. Frequently causing secondary pollution to clean areas.
图63是根据本发明实施例的一种可选的拖布组件的拆卸装置的结构框图,该装置包括:Figure 63 is a structural block diagram of an optional mop assembly disassembly device according to an embodiment of the present invention. The device includes:
第三确定模块62,用于确定自移动设备的待清洁任务是否使用拖布组件;The third determination module 62 is used to determine whether the cleaning task from the mobile device uses the mop assembly;
第四确定模块64,用于在所述待清洁任务不使用所述拖布组件的情况下,确定所述自移动设备对应的清洁基站中是否存在所述拖布组件,以及确定所述自移动设备是否设置有所述拖布组件;The fourth determination module 64 is used to determine whether the mop component exists in the cleaning base station corresponding to the self-mobile device when the task to be cleaned does not use the mop component, and determine whether the self-mobile device The mop component is provided;
第二控制模块66,用于在所述清洁基站中不存在所述拖布组件、且所述自移动设备设置有所述拖布组件的情况下,控制所述自移动设备移动至所述清洁基站中的第一位置,以将所述自移动设备的拖布组件从所述自移动设备中拆卸,其中,所述第一位置至少为所述自移动设备在所述清洁基站中进行拖布组件的拆卸的位置。The second control module 66 is used to control the mobile device to move to the cleaning base station when the mop assembly does not exist in the cleaning base station and the mop assembly is provided on the self-mobile device. a first position to disassemble the mop assembly of the self-mobile device from the self-mobile device, wherein the first position is at least a position where the self-mobile device performs disassembly of the mop assembly in the cleaning base station Location.
通过上述装置,通过确定自移动设备的待清洁任务是否使用拖布组件;在所述待清洁任务不使用所述拖布组件的情况下,确定所述自移动设备对应的清洁基站中是否存在所述拖布组件,以及确定所述自移动设备是否设置有所述拖布组件;从而确定自移动设备是否需要前往清洁基站拆卸拖布组件,在所述清洁基站中不存在所述拖布组件、且所述自移动设备设置有所述拖布组件的情况下,控制所述自移动设备移动至所述清洁基站中的第一位置,以将所述自移动设备的拖布组件从所述自移动设备中拆卸,其中,所述第一位置至少为所述自移动设备在所述清洁基站中进行拖布组件的拆卸的位置。采用上述技术方案,解决了现有技术中,由于扫地机器人无法自动拆卸拖布,导致扫地机器人脱困能力降低、且脏污拖布可能会对干净区域造成污染的问题;实现了可以随时根据任务需求,自动拆卸拖布组件;从而更好地完成清扫的技术效果。Through the above device, it is determined whether the to-be-cleaned task of the self-mobile device uses the mop component; when the to-be-cleaned task does not use the mop component, it is determined whether the mop exists in the cleaning base station corresponding to the self-mobile device. component, and determine whether the self-mobile device is provided with the mop component; thereby determining whether the self-mobile device needs to go to the cleaning base station to remove the mop component, the mop component does not exist in the cleaning base station, and the self-mobile device When the mop assembly is provided, the self-mobile device is controlled to move to the first position in the cleaning base station to detach the mop assembly of the self-mobile device from the self-mobile device, wherein, The first position is at least a position where the mobile device disassembles the mop assembly in the cleaning base station. The above technical solution is adopted to solve the problem in the existing technology that the sweeping robot cannot automatically disassemble the mop, which leads to the reduction of the sweeping robot's escape ability and the dirty mop may cause contamination to the clean area; it realizes that the sweeping robot can automatically disassemble the mop at any time according to the task requirements. Disassemble the mop assembly to better complete the technical effect of cleaning.
本发明的实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序,其中,该计算机程序被设置为运行时执行上述任一项方法实施例中的步骤。 Embodiments of the present invention also provide a computer-readable storage medium that stores a computer program, wherein the computer program is configured to execute the steps in any of the above method embodiments when running.
可选地,在本实施例中,上述存储介质可以被设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的计算机程序:Optionally, in this embodiment, the above-mentioned storage medium may be configured to store a computer program for performing the following steps:
S1,确定自移动设备的待清洁任务是否使用拖布组件;S1, determine whether the to-be-cleaned task of the mobile device uses the mop component;
S2,在所述待清洁任务使用所述拖布组件的情况下,确定所述自移动设备对应的清洁基站中是否存在所述拖布组件,以及确定所述自移动设备是否设置有所述拖布组件;S2, when the task to be cleaned uses the mop component, determine whether the mop component exists in the cleaning base station corresponding to the self-mobile device, and determine whether the self-mobile device is equipped with the mop component;
S3,在所述清洁基站中存在所述拖布组件、且所述自移动设备未设置有所述拖布组件的情况下,控制所述自移动设备移动至所述清洁基站中的第一位置,以将所述清洁基站中的所述拖布组件自移动设备上,其中,所述第一位置至少为所述自移动设备在所述清洁基站中进行拖布组件的安装的位置。S3. If the mop assembly is present in the cleaning base station and the mop assembly is not provided on the self-mobile device, control the self-mobile device to move to the first position in the cleaning base station to The mop assembly in the cleaning base station is placed on a mobile device, wherein the first position is at least a position where the mop assembly is installed in the cleaning base station by the mobile device.
可选的,上述存储介质还可以被设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的计算机程序:Optionally, the above storage medium can also be configured to store a computer program for performing the following steps:
S1,确定自移动设备的待清洁任务是否使用拖布组件;S1, determine whether the to-be-cleaned task of the mobile device uses the mop component;
S2,在所述待清洁任务不使用所述拖布组件的情况下,确定所述自移动设备对应的清洁基站中是否存在所述拖布组件,以及确定所述自移动设备是否设置有所述拖布组件;S2. If the task to be cleaned does not use the mop component, determine whether the mop component exists in the cleaning base station corresponding to the self-mobile device, and determine whether the self-mobile device is equipped with the mop component. ;
S3,在所述清洁基站中不存在所述拖布组件、且所述自移动设备设置有所述拖布组件的情况下,控制所述自移动设备移动至所述清洁基站中的第一位置,以将所述自移动设备的拖布组件从所述自移动设备中拆卸,其中,所述第一位置至少为所述自移动设备在所述清洁基站中进行拖布组件的拆卸的位置。S3: In the case where the mop assembly does not exist in the cleaning base station and the mop assembly is provided on the self-mobile device, control the self-mobile device to move to the first position in the cleaning base station to The mop assembly of the self-mobile device is detached from the self-mobile device, wherein the first position is at least a position where the self-mobile device detaches the mop assembly in the cleaning base station.
在一个示例性实施例中,上述计算机可读存储介质可以包括但不限于:U盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,简称为ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,简称为RAM)、移动硬盘、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储计算机程序的介质。In an exemplary embodiment, the computer-readable storage medium may include but is not limited to: U disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, referred to as ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, referred to as RAM) , mobile hard disk, magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store computer programs.
本实施例中的具体示例可以参考上述实施例及示例性实施方式中所描述的示例,本实施例在此不再赘述。For specific examples in this embodiment, reference may be made to the examples described in the above-mentioned embodiments and exemplary implementations, and details will not be described again in this embodiment.
本发明的实施例还提供了一种电子装置,包括存储器和处理器,该存储器中存储有计算机程序,该处理器被设置为运行计算机程序以执行上述任一项方法实施例中的步骤。An embodiment of the present invention also provides an electronic device, including a memory and a processor. A computer program is stored in the memory, and the processor is configured to run the computer program to perform the steps in any of the above method embodiments.
可选地,在本实施例中,上述处理器可以被设置为通过计算机程序执行以下步骤:Optionally, in this embodiment, the above-mentioned processor may be configured to perform the following steps through a computer program:
S1,确定自移动设备的待清洁任务是否使用拖布组件;S1, determine whether the to-be-cleaned task of the mobile device uses the mop component;
S2,在所述待清洁任务使用所述拖布组件的情况下,确定所述自移动设备对应的清洁基站中是否存在所述拖布组件,以及确定所述自移动设备是否设置有所述拖布组件;S2, when the task to be cleaned uses the mop component, determine whether the mop component exists in the cleaning base station corresponding to the self-mobile device, and determine whether the self-mobile device is equipped with the mop component;
S3,在所述清洁基站中存在所述拖布组件、且所述自移动设备未设置有所述拖布组件的情况下,控制所述自移动设备移动至所述清洁基站中的第一位置,以将所述清洁基站中的所述拖布组件自移动设备上,其中,所述第一位置至少为所述自移动设备在所述清洁基站中进行拖布组件的安装的位置。S3. If the mop assembly is present in the cleaning base station and the mop assembly is not provided on the self-mobile device, control the self-mobile device to move to the first position in the cleaning base station to The mop assembly in the cleaning base station is placed on a mobile device, wherein the first position is at least a position where the mop assembly is installed in the cleaning base station by the mobile device.
可选的,上述处理器还可以被设置为通过计算机程序执行以下步骤:Optionally, the above-mentioned processor can also be set to perform the following steps through a computer program:
S1,确定自移动设备的待清洁任务是否使用拖布组件;S1, determine whether the to-be-cleaned task of the mobile device uses the mop component;
S2,在所述待清洁任务不使用所述拖布组件的情况下,确定所述自移动设备对应的清洁基站中是否存在所述拖布组件,以及确定所述自移动设备是否设置有所述拖布组件;S2. If the task to be cleaned does not use the mop component, determine whether the mop component exists in the cleaning base station corresponding to the self-mobile device, and determine whether the self-mobile device is equipped with the mop component. ;
S3,在所述清洁基站中不存在所述拖布组件、且所述自移动设备设置有所述拖布组件的情况下,控制所述自移动设备移动至所述清洁基站中的第一位置,以将所述自移动设备的拖布组件从所述自移动设备中拆卸,其中,所述第一位置至少为所述自移动设备在所述清洁基站中进行拖布组件的拆卸的位置。S3: In the case where the mop assembly does not exist in the cleaning base station and the mop assembly is provided on the self-mobile device, control the self-mobile device to move to the first position in the cleaning base station to The mop assembly of the self-mobile device is detached from the self-mobile device, wherein the first position is at least a position where the self-mobile device detaches the mop assembly in the cleaning base station.
本实施例中的具体示例可以参考上述实施例及示例性实施方式中所描述的示例,本实施例在此不再赘述。For specific examples in this embodiment, reference may be made to the examples described in the above-mentioned embodiments and exemplary implementations, and details will not be described again in this embodiment.
显然,本领域的技术人员应该明白,上述的本发明的各模块或各步骤可以用通用的计算装置来实现,它们可以集中在单个的计算装置上,或者分布在多个计算装置所组成的网络上,它们可以用计算装置可执行的程序代码来实现,从而,可以将它们存储在存储装置中由计算装置来执行,并且在某些情况下,可以以不同于此处的顺序执行所示出或描述的步骤,或者将它们分别制作成各个集成电路模块,或者将它们中的多个模块或步骤制作成单个集成电路模块来实现。这样,本发明不限制于任何特定的硬件和软件结合。Obviously, those skilled in the art should understand that the above-mentioned modules or steps of the present invention can be implemented using general-purpose computing devices. They can be concentrated on a single computing device, or distributed across a network composed of multiple computing devices. They may be implemented in program code executable by a computing device, such that they may be stored in a storage device for execution by the computing device, and in some cases may be executed in a sequence different from that shown herein. Or the described steps can be implemented by making them into individual integrated circuit modules respectively, or by making multiple modules or steps among them into a single integrated circuit module. As such, the invention is not limited to any specific combination of hardware and software.
显然,上述所描述的实施例仅仅是本发明一部分的实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本发明中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下,可以做出其它不同形式的变化或变动,都应当属于本发明保护的范围。 Obviously, the above-described embodiments are only part of the embodiments of the present invention, rather than all embodiments. Based on the embodiments of the present invention, those of ordinary skill in the art can make other changes or modifications in different forms without making creative efforts, and all of them shall fall within the scope of protection of the present invention.

Claims (20)

  1. 一种清洁设备,其特征在于,包括:A cleaning equipment, characterized in that it includes:
    机体;organism;
    升降结构,所述升降结构包括驱动组件和螺纹机构;所述螺纹机构连接有清洁组件;Lifting structure, the lifting structure includes a driving component and a threaded mechanism; the threaded mechanism is connected to a cleaning component;
    至少一个配合件,设在所述机体上;At least one matching piece is provided on the body;
    所述螺纹机构与所述配合件之间抵接,以使所述驱动组件驱动所述螺纹机构升降,以带动所述清洁组件在工作位置和非工作位置之间升降;所述清洁组件在升降过程中,所述配合件相对于所述清洁组件或机体保持静止;The threaded mechanism is in contact with the mating piece, so that the driving component drives the threaded mechanism to rise and fall, so as to drive the cleaning component to rise and fall between the working position and the non-working position; the cleaning component is lifted and lowered. During the process, the fitting part remains stationary relative to the cleaning component or the body;
    所述清洁组件在工作位置时,所述驱动组件驱动所述螺纹机构带动所述清洁组件转动,所述螺纹机构与所述配合件之间形成转动抵接,和/或过盈的柔性抵接。When the cleaning assembly is in the working position, the driving assembly drives the threaded mechanism to drive the cleaning assembly to rotate, and a rotational abutment and/or an interference flexible abutment is formed between the threaded mechanism and the matching piece. .
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的清洁设备,其特征在于,至少一个所述配合件为转动体,所述转动体相对于所述机体可转动设置;以使所述清洁组件在工作位置转动时,所述转动体与所述螺纹机构之间形成转动抵接。The cleaning equipment according to claim 1, characterized in that at least one of the matching parts is a rotating body, and the rotating body is rotatably arranged relative to the body; so that when the cleaning component rotates in the working position, the A rotational contact is formed between the rotating body and the threaded mechanism.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的清洁设备,其特征在于,至少一个所述配合件采用柔性或弹性材料制成,所述配合件的内侧端过盈抵接在所述螺纹机构的外壁上,所述配合件的外侧端安装在所述机体上。The cleaning device according to claim 2, characterized in that at least one of the fitting parts is made of flexible or elastic material, and the inner end of the fitting part is in interference contact with the outer wall of the threaded mechanism, and the The outer end of the fitting piece is installed on the body.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的清洁设备,其特征在于,所述配合件包括阻尼条,所述阻尼条的内壁上固定若干植毛,所述植毛的过盈抵接在所述螺纹机构的外壁上;或者The cleaning equipment according to claim 3, characterized in that the matching piece includes a damping strip, a plurality of hair transplants are fixed on the inner wall of the damping strip, and the interference of the hair transplants is in contact with the outer wall of the threaded mechanism; or
    所述机体内固定有若干植毛,所述植毛围绕在所述螺纹机构的外周壁上,所述植毛的过盈抵接在所述螺纹机构的外壁上;或者A number of hair transplants are fixed in the body, the hair transplants surround the outer peripheral wall of the threaded mechanism, and the interference of the hair transplants is in contact with the outer wall of the threaded mechanism; or
    所述配合件为阻尼条,所述阻尼条采用弹性材料制成,所述阻挡条的内侧壁过盈抵接在所述螺纹机构的外壁上,所述阻挡条的外侧壁安装在所述机体上。The fitting part is a damping strip, which is made of elastic material. The inner wall of the blocking strip is in interference contact with the outer wall of the threaded mechanism. The outer wall of the blocking strip is installed on the body. superior.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的清洁设备,其特征在于,还包括设在所述机体上的底座支架,所述阻尼条通过安装在所述底座支架上,而设在所述机体上;和/或The cleaning equipment according to claim 4, further comprising a base bracket provided on the body, and the damping strip is installed on the base bracket and is provided on the body; and/or
    所述阻尼条呈环状,套在所述螺纹机构的外周壁上。The damping strip is annular and is placed on the outer peripheral wall of the threaded mechanism.
  6. 根据权利要求1-5中任一项所述的清洁设备,其特征在于,还包括具有容置腔的安装件,所述安装件设在所述容置腔内;所述配合件设在所述安装件与所述螺纹机构之间。The cleaning equipment according to any one of claims 1 to 5, further comprising an installation member having a receiving cavity, the installation member being provided in the receiving cavity; and the fitting member being provided in the receiving cavity. between the mounting piece and the threaded mechanism.
  7. 根据权利要求2所述的清洁设备,其特征在于,其特征在于,还包括具有容置腔的安装件,所述安装件还包括至少一个弹性体,至少一个所述弹性体设置在所述槽口内,且所述弹性体的内表面与所述螺纹机构的外表面存在间距;The cleaning device according to claim 2, further comprising a mounting part having a receiving cavity, the mounting part further comprising at least one elastic body, at least one of the elastic bodies being disposed in the groove. In the mouth, and there is a distance between the inner surface of the elastomer and the outer surface of the threaded mechanism;
    所述转动体通过转轴可转动地设在所述弹性件上;所述弹性体具有始终朝向所述螺纹机构的外表面的弹性力,以使所述转动体与所述螺纹机构的外表面抵接。The rotating body is rotatably mounted on the elastic member through a rotating shaft; the elastic body has an elastic force always facing the outer surface of the threaded mechanism, so that the rotating body contacts the outer surface of the threaded mechanism. catch.
  8. 根据权利要求1-5中任一项所述的清洁设备,其特征在于,所述螺纹机构包括第一转动件、第二转动件;The cleaning equipment according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein the thread mechanism includes a first rotating member and a second rotating member;
    所述驱动组件连接于所述第二转动件,所述第二转动件与所述第一转动件之间螺纹配合,所述第一转动件的外壁与所述配合件过盈抵接。The driving component is connected to the second rotating member, the second rotating member and the first rotating member are threadedly engaged, and the outer wall of the first rotating member is in interference contact with the matching member.
  9. 根据权利要求6所述的清洁设备,其特征在于,所述螺纹机构包括第一转动件、第二转动件;The cleaning equipment according to claim 6, wherein the thread mechanism includes a first rotating member and a second rotating member;
    所述驱动组件连接于所述第二转动件,所述第二转动件与所述第一转动件之间螺纹配合,所述第一转动件的外壁与所述配合件过盈抵接;The driving component is connected to the second rotating member, the second rotating member and the first rotating member are threadedly engaged, and the outer wall of the first rotating member is in interference contact with the matching member;
    还包括安装件,所述配合件设在所述安装件上;It also includes a mounting piece, and the matching piece is provided on the mounting piece;
    所述机体的底部设有移动通道,所述第二固定体的底部与所述清洁组件连接;所述升降结构受驱动力,驱动所述螺纹机构带动所述清洁组件在所述移动通道内移动,使所述清洁组件在内缩位置和外摆位置之间切换;The bottom of the body is provided with a moving channel, and the bottom of the second fixed body is connected to the cleaning component; the lifting structure is driven by the driving force to drive the threaded mechanism to drive the cleaning component to move in the moving channel. , causing the cleaning component to switch between the retracted position and the outward swing position;
    所述清洁设备还包括密封结构,所述密封结构设在所述安装件的外壁上,能够跟随所述升降结构在所述移动通道内移动,以密封或遮挡住所述移动通道。The cleaning equipment further includes a sealing structure, which is provided on the outer wall of the installation member and can move in the moving channel following the lifting structure to seal or block the moving channel.
  10. 一种清洁设备,其特征在于,包括A kind of cleaning equipment, characterized in that it includes
    机体,设有供至少一个清洁组件在内缩位置和外摆位置之间移动的移动通道;The body is provided with a moving channel for at least one cleaning component to move between a retracted position and an outward swing position;
    升降结构,包括外壳及设在所述外壳上的升降机构;所述螺纹机构相对于所述外壳做升降运动和/或旋转运动,以带动所述清洁组件做抬升运动和/或旋转以清洁待清洁表面;The lifting structure includes a housing and a lifting mechanism provided on the housing; the threaded mechanism performs lifting and/or rotating movements relative to the housing to drive the cleaning component to perform lifting and/or rotating to clean the parts to be cleaned. clean surfaces;
    密封结构,所述密封结构设在所述外壳上,所述密封结构在所述清洁组件的移动的带动下运动,至少在所述清洁组件处于所述内缩位置、所述外摆位置和摆动位置中的任一位置时,所述密封结构能够密封或遮挡住所述移动通道。 a sealing structure, the sealing structure is provided on the housing, the sealing structure moves driven by the movement of the cleaning component, at least when the cleaning component is in the retracted position, the swing-out position and the swinging position In any of the positions, the sealing structure can seal or block the moving channel.
  11. 一种清洁装置,用于清洁设备,其特征在于,包括:A cleaning device for cleaning equipment, characterized in that it includes:
    清洁组件;cleaning components;
    驱动组件,适于连接所述清洁设备;a drive assembly adapted to connect the cleaning device;
    升降传动组件,包括螺纹机构、及至少部分与所述螺纹机构的外表面相抵的转动体,所述螺纹机构分别连接所述清洁组件及所述驱动组件;The lifting transmission assembly includes a threaded mechanism and a rotating body that at least partially resists the outer surface of the threaded mechanism. The threaded mechanism is connected to the cleaning assembly and the driving assembly respectively;
    所述清洁组件具有沿所述清洁设备的高度方向排布的工作位置和非工作位置,所述驱动组件适于驱动所述螺纹机构带动所述清洁组件在所述工作位置和所述非工作位置之间切换,以及驱动所述螺纹机构带动所述清洁组件在所述工作位置转动;The cleaning component has a working position and a non-working position arranged along the height direction of the cleaning device, and the driving component is adapted to drive the thread mechanism to drive the cleaning component in the working position and the non-working position. Switch between, and drive the threaded mechanism to drive the cleaning component to rotate in the working position;
    其中,至少当所述清洁组件位于所述工作位置并转动时,所述转动体与所述螺纹机构转动抵接。Wherein, at least when the cleaning component is in the working position and rotates, the rotating body is in rotational contact with the threaded mechanism.
  12. 如权利要求11所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述转动体适于活动连接所述清洁设备;所述转动体的转动轴线平行或趋于平行于所述螺纹机构的旋转轴线。The cleaning device according to claim 11, wherein the rotating body is adapted to be movably connected to the cleaning equipment; the rotating axis of the rotating body is parallel or tends to be parallel to the rotating axis of the thread mechanism.
  13. 如权利要求12所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述升降传动组件还包括沿所述清洁设备的高度方向延伸设置的转轴,所述转动体套设于所述转轴上;The cleaning device according to claim 12, wherein the lifting transmission assembly further includes a rotating shaft extending along the height direction of the cleaning equipment, and the rotating body is sleeved on the rotating shaft;
    至少当所述清洁组件位于所述工作位置并转动时,所述转动体的外表面的至少一部分与所述螺纹机构的外表面转动抵接。At least when the cleaning assembly is in the working position and rotates, at least a part of the outer surface of the rotating body is in rotational contact with the outer surface of the threaded mechanism.
  14. 如权利要求13所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述转动体与所述转轴之间的静摩擦力,小于所述转动体的外表面与所述螺纹机构的外表面之间的静摩擦力。The cleaning device according to claim 13, wherein the static friction force between the rotating body and the rotating shaft is less than the static friction force between the outer surface of the rotating body and the outer surface of the thread mechanism.
  15. 如权利要求13所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述升降传动组件还包括具有容置腔的安装件,所述螺纹机构位于所述容置腔内。The cleaning device according to claim 13, wherein the lifting transmission assembly further includes a mounting member having an accommodating cavity, and the threaded mechanism is located in the accommodating cavity.
  16. 如权利要求15所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述安装件具有槽口,所述安装件还包括至少一个弹性体,至少一个所述弹性体设置在所述槽口内,且所述弹性体的内表面与所述螺纹机构的外表面存在间距;The cleaning device of claim 15, wherein the mounting member has a notch, the mounting member further includes at least one elastic body, at least one of the elastic bodies is disposed in the notch, and the elastic body There is a distance between the inner surface of the body and the outer surface of the threaded mechanism;
    所述转轴穿过所述弹性体设置;所述弹性体具有始终朝向所述螺纹机构的外表面的弹性力,以使所述转动体与所述螺纹机构的外表面抵接。The rotating shaft is arranged through the elastic body; the elastic body has an elastic force always facing the outer surface of the threaded mechanism, so that the rotating body abuts the outer surface of the threaded mechanism.
  17. 如权利要求16所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述弹性件具有朝向远离所述螺纹机构方向设置的第一凹部及与所述第一凹部连接的安装部,所述转轴与所述安装部连接;The cleaning device of claim 16, wherein the elastic member has a first recess disposed in a direction away from the thread mechanism and a mounting portion connected to the first recess, and the rotating shaft is connected to the mounting portion. external connection;
    所述第一凹部始终向所述安装部施加朝向靠近所述螺纹机构的方向的作用力。The first recessed portion always exerts a force on the mounting portion in a direction approaching the thread mechanism.
  18. 如权利要求17所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述第一凹部设置有两个,两个所述第一凹部分别连接所述安装部的两端;The cleaning device according to claim 17, wherein there are two first recessed parts, and the two first recessed parts are respectively connected to two ends of the mounting part;
    和/或and / or
    所述弹性体设置有两个,两个所述弹性体沿所述清洁设备的高度方向分布,且分别连接所述转轴的两端。There are two elastic bodies. The two elastic bodies are distributed along the height direction of the cleaning device and are respectively connected to both ends of the rotating shaft.
  19. 如权利要求11所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,至少当所述清洁组件位于所述工作位置并转动时,所述螺纹机构转动并带动所述转动体转动,以使所述转动体与所述螺纹机构之间转动抵接。The cleaning device of claim 11, wherein at least when the cleaning component is in the working position and rotates, the threaded mechanism rotates and drives the rotating body to rotate, so that the rotating body is in contact with the rotating body. The threaded mechanisms are in rotational contact with each other.
  20. 如权利要求19所述的清洁装置,其特征在于,所述驱动组件驱动所述清洁组件在所述工作位置和所述非工作位置之间切换时,所述转动体保持静止。 The cleaning device of claim 19, wherein when the driving component drives the cleaning component to switch between the working position and the non-working position, the rotating body remains stationary.
PCT/CN2023/113847 2022-08-18 2023-08-18 Cleaning equipment WO2024037640A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202222182410.5 2022-08-18
CN202222182410.5U CN218045012U (en) 2022-08-18 2022-08-18 Cleaning device and cleaning equipment
CN202211235037.3 2022-10-10
CN202211235037 2022-10-10
CNPCT/CN2023/100210 2023-06-14
PCT/CN2023/100210 WO2023241628A2 (en) 2022-06-14 2023-06-14 Cleaning device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024037640A1 true WO2024037640A1 (en) 2024-02-22

Family

ID=89940862

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/113847 WO2024037640A1 (en) 2022-08-18 2023-08-18 Cleaning equipment

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2024037640A1 (en)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110710932A (en) * 2018-07-13 2020-01-21 上海楠木机器人科技有限公司 Lifting mechanism, cleaning robot with same and working method thereof
CN215305548U (en) * 2021-02-08 2021-12-28 美智纵横科技有限责任公司 Lifting device and cleaning robot
CN215838764U (en) * 2021-09-06 2022-02-18 追觅创新科技(苏州)有限公司 Cleaning device of sweeper and sweeper
CN114504284A (en) * 2022-02-23 2022-05-17 无锡睿米信息技术有限公司 Driving system and cleaning equipment
CN114795009A (en) * 2022-04-15 2022-07-29 无锡睿米信息技术有限公司 Vibration wiping component and cleaning equipment comprising same
CN218045012U (en) * 2022-08-18 2022-12-16 追觅创新科技(苏州)有限公司 Cleaning device and cleaning equipment

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110710932A (en) * 2018-07-13 2020-01-21 上海楠木机器人科技有限公司 Lifting mechanism, cleaning robot with same and working method thereof
CN215305548U (en) * 2021-02-08 2021-12-28 美智纵横科技有限责任公司 Lifting device and cleaning robot
CN215838764U (en) * 2021-09-06 2022-02-18 追觅创新科技(苏州)有限公司 Cleaning device of sweeper and sweeper
CN114504284A (en) * 2022-02-23 2022-05-17 无锡睿米信息技术有限公司 Driving system and cleaning equipment
CN114795009A (en) * 2022-04-15 2022-07-29 无锡睿米信息技术有限公司 Vibration wiping component and cleaning equipment comprising same
CN218045012U (en) * 2022-08-18 2022-12-16 追觅创新科技(苏州)有限公司 Cleaning device and cleaning equipment

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR102648549B1 (en) Robot cleaning system, base station and control method
US11653806B2 (en) Autonomous cleaning robot
KR102614979B1 (en) Robot vacuum cleaner and its control method and ground handling system
KR102440144B1 (en) Robot vacuum cleaner, control method thereof, and robot cleaner system
CN213883079U (en) Wet-type cleaning assembly and automatic cleaning equipment
US20100125968A1 (en) Automated apparatus and equipped trashcan
US20240130595A1 (en) Automatic cleaning device
WO2020186583A1 (en) Autonomous cleaner
CN217039985U (en) Mop plate driving mechanism and cleaning robot
CN211674025U (en) Autonomous cleaner
US20230404351A1 (en) Cleaning robot, cleaning system, and cleaning method
WO2024037640A1 (en) Cleaning equipment
US20240122434A1 (en) Automatic cleaning apparatus
WO2022117105A1 (en) Cleaning robot
WO2023221906A1 (en) Robot cleaner
CN221153960U (en) Cleaning apparatus
CN216823251U (en) Basic station and sweep and drag robot assembly
RU2777408C1 (en) Robotic cleaning system, base station, and method for control thereof
WO2022193829A1 (en) Self-moving device, and system, modules and control method
CN117530614A (en) Control method of cleaning robot and cleaning robot
AU2022343136A1 (en) Position arrival switch assembly and automatic cleaning apparatus
CN114305229A (en) Basic station and sweep and drag robot subassembly
AU2022337419A1 (en) Button structure, liquid storage tank, and automatic cleaning device
CN118216848A (en) Base station control method, cleaning system and computer readable storage medium
CN110403533A (en) A kind of compound cleaning equipment

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23854535

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1